Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    Haiyan Zhu, editor.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date guidance on the diagnosis and treatment of sudden death, including sudden cardiac and non-cardiac death. Sudden death (SD) has become a major challenge confronting not only cardiologists, but also specialists in respiratory medicine, endocrine medicine, infectious diseases, etc. Chronic diseases are also among the causes of SD. This book summarizes the occurrence of SD, especially in specific groups (such as women, young and middle-aged groups), its causes, predisposing factors, lifestyle, morbidity, point of care testing, and advanced treatment methods including extra-corporeal membrane oxygenation, cardiopulmonary resuscitation and hypothermia treatment. In order to improve the early diagnosis, prevention and treatment of SD in clinical practice, the book also provides extensive data on its pathophysiological mechanism, epidemiology and etiology, together with detailed analyses.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction of Sudden Death
    Part I Sudden cardiac death
    Pathophysiological mechanism
    2 Etiology of Sudden Death
    3 Etiology Mechanism of Sudden Death Derived from Brain
    4 Progress in Pathophysiological mechanism of global cerebral ischemia-reperfusion injury
    5 Neuro-prognostication after cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    6 Progress in cardiorespiratory ischemia-reperfusion injury
    7 Progress in Reperfusion Injury of Other Important Organs in Cardiovascular Events
    Part 2 Diagnosis of sudden cardiac death
    8 Improvement in diagnosis of sudden cardiac death
    9 Chronic fatigue stress and sudden death
    10 The Children and infant Sudden Death
    Part 3 Treatment and progress of sudden cardiac death
    11 Prevention of Sudden Cardiac Death
    12 Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    13 Defibrillation in sudden cardiac death
    14 Airway management of sudden cardiac death
    15 Respiratory support strategy for sudden cardiac death
    16 The Use of Extracorporeal Lift Support (ECLS) in Sudden Cardiac Death
    17 Hypothermia therapy in sudden death
    18 Progress in clinical application of subcutaneous implantable cardioverter defibrillator in patients with sudden cardiac death
    Part 4 Sudden non-cardiac death
    19 Progress in diagnosis and treatment of sudden death of respiratory diseases
    20 Sudden Unexpected Death in Endocrine Diseases
    21 Infectious Diseases
    22 Sudden Non-cardiac Deaths Caused by Poisoning
    23 Digestive system disease and sudden death
    Part 5 Chinese medicine to prevent sudden death
    24 Prevention and Control of Sudden Death in Traditional Chinese Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Toshiko Sawaguchi, editor.
    Summary: Sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) is characterised by the sudden death of an infant that is not predicted by prior medical history and it is still responsible for a large percentage of infant mortalities. The exact causes have long remained unknown, though some risk factors such as including exposure to tobacco smoke, no breast feeding, and prone sleeping position, have been identified. However an analysis linking neurophysiological and neuropathological aspects in a prospective study of SIDS suggests that one of the causes of SIDS is arousal deficiency. This unique book provides the latest, comprehensive information on SIDS research from epidemiology to physiology.

    Contents:
    Sudden infant death syndrome and the pedunculpontine tegmental nucleus
    Developmental alteration of hypocretins (orexins) in the brainstem in the sudden infant death syndrome
    Sudden infant death syndrome from epidemiology to pathophysiology: Exploring the connections
    Sleep deprivation in infants, children and adolescents
    Sleep disturbance in children resulting from noises exposure
    Sudden infant death syndrome from the perspective of arousal deficiency
    Cerebral blood oxygenation changes over the occipital and frontal cortexes during sucking in infants: an optical topographic study
    Mismatch negativity in healthy neonates and premature babies.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, David J. Sugarbaker, Raphael Bueno, Bryan M. Burt, Shawn S. Groth, Gabriel Loor, Andrea S. Wolf with Marcia Williams, Ann Adams.
    Summary: "This book is intended for residents preparing for a case, surgeons seeking management tips, and surgeon specialists preparing for board recertification and remains steadfast in its mission to provide a comprehensive yet practical guide to the modern practice of general thoracic surgery"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2020
  • Digital
    Muhammad Tahir KhanImtiaz, Ahmed Khan, editors.
    Summary: Sugarcane exhibits all the major characteristics of a promising bioenergy crop including high biomass yield, C4 photosynthetic system, perennial nature, and ratooning ability. Being the largest agricultural commodity of the world with respect to total production, sugarcane biomass is abundantly available. Brazil has already become a sugarcane biofuels centered economy while Thailand, Colombia, and South Africa are also significantly exploiting this energy source. Other major cane producers include India, China, Pakistan, Mexico, Australia, Indonesia, and the United States. It has been projected that sugarcane biofuels will be playing extremely important role in worlds energy matrix in recent future. This book analyzes the significance, applications, achievements, and future avenues of biofuels and bioenergy production from sugarcane, in top cane growing countries around the globe. Moreover, we also evaluate the barriers and areas of improvement for targeting efficient, sustainable, and cost-effective biofuels from sugarcane to meet the worlds energy needs and combat the climate change.

    Contents:
    1. Sugarcane as a Bioenergy Source
    2. Biofuels Production from Sugarcane
    Various Routes of Harvesting Energy from the Crop
    3. Energy Cane: A Sound Alternative of a Bioenergy Crop for Tropics and Subtropics
    4. Genetically Modified Sugarcane for Biofuels Production: Status and Perspectives of Conventional Transgenic Approaches, RNA Interference and Genome Editing for Improving Sugarcane for Biofuels
    5. Biofuels Production from Sugarcane in Brazil
    6. Sugarcane Production and Its Utilization as a Biofuel in India: Status, Perspectives, and Current Policy
    7. Sugarcane biofuels production in China
    8. Biofuels Production from Sugarcane in Thailand
    9. Sugarcane Biofuels and Bioenergy Production in Pakistan: Current Scenario, Potential, and Future Avenues
    10. Ethanol Production from the Mexican Sugar Industry: Perspectives and Challenges
    11. Sugarcane Biofuels Production in Colombia
    12. Environmental, Economic and Social Impacts of Biofuels Production from Sugarcane in Australia
    13. Sugarcane Biofuels Production in Indonesia
    14. Sugarcane Biofuel Production in the USA
    15. Sugarcane Biofuels Production in South Africa, Guatemala, Philippines, Argentina, Vietnam, Cuba, and Sri Lanka
    16. Source-Sink Relationship of Sugarcane Energy Production at the Sugar Mills
    17. Challenges, Constraints, and Limitations of Cane Biofuels
    18. Sustainability and Environmental Impacts of Sugarcane Biofuels
    19. Future Perspectives of Sugarcane Biofuels
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Igor Galynker.
    Contents:
    Psychological models of suicide
    The narrative-crisis model of suicide
    Trait vulnerability assessment
    Stressful life events
    Suicidal narrative
    Suicidal crisis
    Emotional response
    Conducting short-term risk assessment interviews
    Interventions
    Conclusion : being vigilant.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Danuta Wasserman ; foreword by Norman L. Farberow and Shekhar Saxena.
    Summary: 'Suicide' examines the pharmacological, psychotherapeutic, and psychosocial measures adopted by psychiatrists, GPs, and other health-care staff, and emphasizes the need for a clearer psychodynamic understanding of the self if patients are to be successfully recognized, diagnosed and treated.

    Contents:
    Section I Epidemiology
    Suicide in the world, Alexandra Fleischmann
    Section II Theoretical models of suicide behaviour
    Stress-vulnerability model of suicidal behaviours / Danuta Wasserman and Marcus Sokolowski
    The suicidal process / Danuta Wasserman
    Neurobiology of suicide and attempted suicide / J. John Mann and Victoria Arango
    Social dimensions of suicide / Ilkka Henrik Makinen
    Section III Risk groups for suicide
    IIIA Psychiatric disorders
    Depression, bipolar disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
    Alcohol, other psychoactive substance use disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
    Anxiety and suicide / Jan Fawcett
    Eating disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
    Adjustment disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
    Suicide risk in schizophrenia / Alec Roy and Maurizio Pompili
    IIIB Personality disorders
    Personality disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
    IIIC Somatic disorders
    Physical illnesses and suicide / Jouko Lonnqvist
    Section IV Risk situations for suicide
    Negative life events and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
    Suicidal people's experiences of trauma and negative life events / Danuta Wasserman
    Attempted suicide as a risk factor for suicide / Lars Mehlum
    Immigrant populations and suicide / Ahmed Hankir and Dinesh Bhugra
    Suicide in the Criminal Justice System / Marco Sarchiapone
    Suicide in the Armed Forces / Vsevolod A. Rozanov
    Section V Age-related suicide
    Adolescent suicide and attempted suicide / Alan Apter and Yari Gvion
    Older adults and suicide / Siobhan T. O'Dwyer and Diego De Leo
    Section VI Suicide Risk Assessment
    Suicide risk assessment / Danuta Wasserman
    The suicidal patient-doctor relationship / Danuta Wasserman
    Heuristics and biases in suicide risk assessment / Gergo Hadlackzy
    Psychometric scales in suicide risk assessment / Per Bech, Lis R. Olsen, and Goran Hogberg
    Strategies in suicide prevention / Danuta Wasserman
    Section VII Suicide prevention
    VIIA Health care perspective
    Pharmacological treatment of underlying psychiatric disorders in suicidal patients / Hans-Jurgen Moller
    Psychological Treatments for Suicidal Individuals / Megan Chesin, Andriy Yuryev, and Barbara Stanley
    Education of general practitioners in depression and suicide prevention / Wolfgang Rutz and Zoltan Rihmer
    Collaboration between psychiatrists and other physicians / Jean-Pierre Soubrier
    The work environment for healthcare staff / Danuta Wasserman
    A psycho-educational perspective on family involvement in suicide prevention and postvention / Karl Andriessen and Karolina Krysinska
    VIIB Public Health Perspective
    Perestroika in the former USSR: history's most effective suicide-preventive programme for men / Danuta Wasserman and Airi Varnik
    Controlling the environment to prevent suicide / Annette L. Beautrais
    Suicide prevention through the Internet / Vladimir Carli
    Suicide prevention in schools / Danuta Wasserman and Veronique Narboni.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    César A. Alfonso, Prabha S. Chandra, Thomas G. Schulze, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses biopsychosocial and transcultural determinants of suicide by self-immolation, populations at risk throughout the world and prevention strategies specifically designed for young women in fragile environments. Self-immolation, the act of burning oneself as a means of suicide, is rare in high-income countries, and is usually a symbolic display of political protest among men that generally receives international media coverage. In contrast, in low- and-middle-income countries it is highly prevalent, primarily affects women, and may be one of the most common suicide methods in regions of Central and South Asia and parts of Africa. Psychiatric conditions, like adjustment disorders, traumatic stress disorders, and major depression, and family dynamics that include intimate partner violence, forced marriages, the threat of honor killings, and interpersonal family conflicts in a cultural context of war-related life events, poverty, forced migration and ethnic conflicts are important contributing factors. Written by over 40 academic psychiatrists from all continents, sociologists, and historians, the book covers topics such as region-specific cultural and historical factors associated with suicide; the role of religion and belief systems; marginalization, oppression, retraumatization and suicide risk; countertransference aspects of working in burn centers; responsible reporting and the media; and suicide prevention strategies to protect those at risk.

    Contents:
    Transcultural Aspects of Suicide by self-immolation
    Suicide by self-immolation-Historical
    overview
    Self-immolation in Iran
    Self-immolation in Afghanistan
    Self-immolation in India
    Self-immolation in Indonesia and Papua
    Self-immolation in Sub-Saharan Africa
    Self-Immolation in the Tibet Autonomous Region and Tibetan Diaspora
    Self-Immolation in the Tibet Autonomous Region and Tibetan Diaspora
    Self-Immolation in High-Income Countries
    Affective States in Suicide
    Early-Life Adversity, Suicide Risk and Epigenetics of Trauma
    Social Sciences, Suicide and Self-Immolation
    Religion, Spirituality, Belief Systems and Suicide
    Caring for the Suicidal Person
    The Role of Mental Health Professionals in Burn Centers and Units
    Media, Suicide and Contagion - Safe Reporting as Suicide Prevention
    Suicide Prevention Strategies to Protect Young Women at Risk.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Christine Yu Moutier, Anthony R. Pisani, Stephen M. Stahl.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    Tatiana Falcone, Jane Timmons-Mitchell, editors.
    Summary: The book begins by establishing the neurobiology of suicide before discussing the populations at risk for suicide and the various environments where they may present. The book addresses the epidemiology, including groups at heightened risk; etiology, including several types of risk factors; prevention, including large-scale community-based activities; and postvention, including the few evidence-based approaches that are currently available. Unlike any other text on the market, this book does not simply focus on one particular demographic; rather, the book covers a wide range of populations and concerns, including suicide in youths, racial minorities, patients suffering from serious mental and physical illnesses, psychopharmacological treatment in special populations, and a wide array of challenging scenarios that are often not addressed in the very few up-to-date resources available. Suicide Prevention is an outstanding resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, hospitalists, primary care doctors, nurses, social workers, and all medical professionals who may interface with suicidal patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1953-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L681 .U58
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Van G. Wilson, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Sumoylation / Van G. Wilson
    Molecular function. Roles of sumoylation in mRNA processing and metabolism / Patricia Richard, Vasupradha Vethantham, James L. Manley
    SUMO and chromatin remodeling / David Wotton, Lucy F. Pemberton, Jacqueline Merrill-Schools
    Functions of SUMO in the maintenance of genome stability / Nicola Zilio, Karolin Eifler-Olivi, Helle D. Ulrich
    Regulation of cellular processes by SUMO: understudied topics / Jorrit M. Enserink
    The molecular interface between the SUMO and ubiquitin systems / Jeff L. Staudinger
    SUMO and nucleocytoplasmic transport / Christopher Ptak, Richard W. Wozniak
    SUMO modification of ion channels / Mark Benson, Jorge A. Iñiguez-lluhí, Jeffrey Martens
    The roles of SUMO in metabolic regulation / Elena Kamynina, Patrick J. Stover
    Cell growth regulation. The SUMO pathway in mitosis / Debaditya Mukhopadhyay, Mary Dasso
    Wrestling with chromosomes: the roles of SUMO during meiosis / Amanda C. Nottke, Hyun-Min Kim, Monica P. Colaiácovo
    Sumoylation in development and differentiation / Adeline F. Deyrieux, Van G. Wilson
    The role of sumoylation in senescence / Lyndee L. Scurr, Sebastian Haferkamp, Helen Rizos
    Regulation of plant cellular and organismal development by SUMO / Nabil Elrouby
    SUMO in drosophila development / Joseph Cao, Albert J. Courey
    Diseases. Sumoylation: implications for neurodegenerative diseases / Dina B. Anderson, Camila A. Zanella, Jeremy M. Henley, Helena Cimarosti
    Sumoylation and its contribution to cancer / Jason S. Lee, Hee June Choi, Sung Hee Baek
    Sumoylation modulates the susceptibility to type 1 diabetes / Jing Zhang, Zhishui Chen, Zhiguang Zhou, Ping Yang, Cong-Yi Wang
    Sumoylation in craniofacial disorders / Erwin Pauws, Philip Stanier
    Coordination of cellular localization-dependent effects of sumoylation in regulating cardiovascular and neurological diseases / Jun-ichi Abe, Uday G. Sandhu, Nguyet Minh Hoang, Manoj Thangam [and others]
    Sumoylation as an integral mechanism in bacterial infection and disease progression / Chittur V. Srikanth, Smriti Verma.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    edited by Jörg Reichrath.
    Summary: "The goal of this volume is to comprehensively cover a highly readable, updated and extended, overview on our present knowledge of positive and negative effects of UV-exposure, with a focus on vitamin D and skin cancer. Topics that are discussed in-depth by leading researchers and clinicians range from the newest findings in endocrinology, epidemiology, histology, photobiology, immunology, cytogenetics and molecular pathology to new concepts for prophylaxis and treatment. Experts in the field as well as health care professionals not intimately involved in these specialized areas are provided with the most significant and timely information related to these topics. It is the aim of the second edition of this book to summarize essential up-to-date information for every clinician or scientist interested in how to balance between positive and negative effects of UV-exposure to minimize the risks of developing vitamin D deficiency and skin cancer"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Sunlight, ultraviolet radiation, vitamin D and skin cancer: how much sunlight do we need? / Michael F. Holick
    Vitamin D and cancer: an overview on epidemiological studies / José Manuel Ordóñez Mena and Hermann Brenner
    Vitamin D status and cancer incidence and mortality / Irene Shui and Edward Giovannucci
    Solar ultraviolet irradiance and cancer incidence and mortality / William B. Grant
    Vitamin D receptors polymorphisms and cancer / Sara Gandini, Patrizia Gnagnarella, Davide Serrano, Elena Pasquali and Srar Raimondi
    The role of vitamin D for cardiovascular disease and overall mortality / Armin Zittermann and Sylvana Prokop
    Epidemiology of skin cancer / Ulrike Leiter, Thomas Eigentler and Claus Garbe
    Histology of melanoma and nonmelanoma skin cancer / Cornelia S.L. Müller
    Cytogenetics of melanoma and nonmelanoma skin cancer / Melanie A. Carless and Lyn R. Griffiths
    The immune system and skin cancer / Sherry H. Yu, Jeremy S. Bordeaux and Elma D. Baron
    Human papillomaviruses and skin cancer / Sigrun Smola
    Ultraviolet damage, DNA repair and vitamin D in nonmelanoma skin cancer and in malignant melanoma: an update / Jörg Reichrath and Knuth Rass
    Molecular biology of basal and squamous cell carcinomas / Steffen Emmert, Michael P. Schön and Holger A. Haenssle
    Solar ultraviolet radiation, vitamin D and skin cancer surveillance in organ transplant recipients (OTRS): an update / Jörg Reichrath
    Therapy of metastatic malignant melanoma: on the way to individualized disease control / Thomas Vogt
    The vitamin D receptor: a tumor suppressor in skin / Daniel D. Bikle
    Protection from ultraviolet damage and photocarcinogenesis by vitamin D compounds / Clare Gordon-Thomson, Wannit Tongkao-on, Eric J. Song, Sally E. Carter, Katie M. Dixon and Rebecca S. Mason
    Interaction of hedgehog and vitamin D signaling pathways in basal cell carcinomas / Benedikt Albert and Heidi Hahn
    Solar ultraviolet exposure and mortality from skin tumors / Marianne Berwick, Claire Pestak and Nancy Thomas
    Ultraviolet radiation and cutaneous malignant melanoma / Johan Emilian Moan, Zivile Baturaite, Arne Dahlback and Alina Carmen Porojnicu
    Sun exposure and melanomas on sun-shielded and sun-exposed body areas / Asta Juzeniene, Aivile Baturaite and Johan Moan
    Sunlight, vitamin D and malignant melanoma: an update / Jörg Reichrath and Sandra Reichrath
    Ultraviolet exposure scenarios: risks of erythema from recommendations on cutaneous vitamin D synthesis / Ann R. Webb and Ola Engelsen
    Ultraviolet-radiation and health: optimal time for sun exposure / Johan Moan, Mantas Grigalavicius, Arne Dahlback, Zivile Baturaite and Asta Juzeniene
    Sunscreens / Guido Bens
    Sunscreens in the United States: current status and future outlook / Paul C. Jou and Kenneth J. Tomecki
    Health initiatives for the prevention of skin cancer / Rüdiger Greinert, Eckhard W. Breitbart, Peter Mohr and Beate Volkmer
    Optimal serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels for multiple health outcomes / Heike A. Bischoff-Ferrari.
  • Digital
    Jörg Reichrath, editor.
    Summary: The third edition is a comprehensive and updated overview of positive and negative effects of UV-exposure, with a focus on Vitamin D and skin cancer. Researchers, oncologists,and students will be provided with the most significant and timely information related to topics such as the epidemiology of skin cancer, the immune system and skin cancer, ultraviolet damage, DNA repair and Vitamin D in Nonmelanoma skin cancer and malignant melanoma. There have been a number of new, scientific findings in this fast moving field that necessitated a thoroughly updated and revised edition including new Vitamin D metabolites and skin cancer, new findings on the beneficial effects of UV and solar UV and skin cancer, adverse effects of sun protection and sunscreens, sun exposure and mortality, and more. The book will summarize essential, up-to-date information for every clinician or scientist interested in how to balance the positive and negative effects of UV-exposure to minimize the risks of developing vitamin D deficiency and skin cancer.

    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction
    Lessons learned from paleolithic models and evolution for human health: a snap shot on beneficial effects and risks of solar radiation
    Section II: UV-induced cutaneous synthesis of vitamin D and the physiologic consequences (I)
    Sunlight, UV-radiation, vitamin D and skin cancer: how much sunlight do we need?
    Section III: Solar radiation, Vitamin D and human health
    Vitamin D status and cancer incidence and mortality
    Vitamin D receptors polymorphisms and cancer
    On the relationship between sun exposure and all-cause mortality
    Lindqvist PG (2020) Women with greater sun exposure habits seem to be healthier and to live longer. Are these results in contrast to other research? No
    Section IV: Epidemiology of skin cancer
    Epidemiology of skin cancer and UV radiation
    update 2019
    Solar UV exposure and mortality from skin tumors: an update
    Solarium Use and Risk for Malignant Melanoma: many open questions,not the time to close the debate
    Section V: Photocarcinogenesis of skin cancer
    Molecular biology of basal and squamous cell carcinomas
    Human papillomaviruses and skin cancer
    The immune system and pathogenesis of melanoma and nonnmelanoma skin cancer
    Section VI: The relevance of the vitamin D endocrine system for skin cancer
    Protection from ultraviolet damage and photocarcinogenesis by vitamin D compounds
    The role of classical and novel forms of vitamin D in the pathogenesis and progression of non-melanoma skin cancers
    The Vitamin D Receptor as tumor suppressor in skin
    Cancer prevention in skin and other tissues via cross-talk between vitamin D- and p53- signalling
    Section VII: Prevention and Management of Skin Cancer
    Sunscreens in the United States: Current Status and Future Outlook
    A handful of sunscreen for whole body application
    Sunlight, vitamin D and Xeroderma pigmentosum
    Update: Solar UV-radiation, vitamin D and skin cancer surveillance in organ transplant recipients (O TRs)
    Section VIII: UV-induced cutaneous synthesis of vitamin D and the physiologic consequences
    II. promise and outlook
    Ultraviolet exposure scenarios: balancing risks of erythema and cutaneous vitamin D synthesis
    The Paleolithic nutrition model in relation to ultraviolet light and vitamin D
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Eugenio F. Fornasiero, Silvio O. Rizzoli.
    Contents:
    Light Microscopy and Resolution
    Super-Resolution Microscopy: Principles, Techniques, and Applications
    Foundations of STED Microscopy
    Application of Real-Time STED Imaging to Synaptic Vesicle Motion
    Photoactivated Localization Microscopy for Cellular Imaging
    Data Analysis for Single-Molecule Localization Microscopy
    Super-Resolution Fluorescence Microscopy Using Structured Illumination
    Application of Three-Dimensional Structured Illumination Microscopy in Cell Biology: Pitfalls and Practical Considerations
    Scanning Near-Field Optical Microscopy for Investigations of Bio-Matter
    Atomic Force Microscopy of Living Cells
    X-Ray Microscopy for Neuroscience: Novel Opportunities by Coherent Optics
    Nonlinear Optics Approaches Towards Sub-Diffraction Resolution in CARS Imaging
    Photo-Oxidation Microscopy: Bridging the Gap Between Fluorescence and Electron Microscopy
    Requirements for Samples in Super-Resolution Fluorescence Microscopy
    Probing Biological Samples in High-Resolution Microscopy: Making Sense of Spots.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Javier H. Signorelli.
    Summary: This book identifies all valid species belonging to the superfamily Mactroidea living in American waters, distributed across fourteen biogeographical provinces. It also provides an updated classification of the widely occurring Mactroidea superfamily, which comprises eight subfamilies grouped into four families: Mactridae (Lamarck, 1809); Anatinellidae (Deshayes, J.Gray 1853); Cardiliidae (Fischer, 1887) and Mesodesmatidae (J. Gray, 1840). The species included in this superfamily are known to have existed in North America since the Early Cretaceous.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    Introduction
    Chapter 2
    Subfamily Mactrinae (Mollusca: Bivalvia), Part 1
    Chapter 3
    Subfamily Mactrinae (Mollusca: Bivalvia), Part 2
    Chapter 4
    Subfamilies Lutrariinae and Darininae (Mollusca: Bivalvia)
    Chapter 5
    Family Anatinellidae(Mollusca: Bivalvia)
    Chapter 6
    Family Mesodesmatidae (Mollusca: Bivalvia).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Sallie G. De Golia, M.D., M.P.H., Kathleen M. Corcoran, Ph.D.
    Summary: This guide explores a range of supervisory techniques--from role-playing and working with process notes to live supervision and cotherapy--as well as a variety of venues--from inpatient and community-based settings to diverse administrative contexts and scholarly environments. It also features a thorough discussion of unique issues in supervision, as well as legal issues and the current state of professional development--back cover.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction
    Part 2. Supervision Formats
    Part 3. Supervision Techniques
    Part 4. Clinical Supervision Venues
    Part 5. Nonclinical Supervision Venues
    Part 6. Special Issues in Supervision
    Part 7. Legal and Ethical Issues
    Part 8. Professional Development.
  • Digital
    Cesare Marco Scoffone, Andras Hoznek, Cecilia Maria Cracco, editors.
    Summary: PNL is the gold standard for the management of large and/or otherwise complex renal stones. Since its introduction in the seventies PNL has undergone considerable evolution, mainly driven by the improvement in access techniques, endoscopic instrument technology, lithotripsy devices and drainage management. The conventional prone position for PNL has been challenged in the last two decades by a variety of modifications, including the supine and Galdakao-modified supine Valdivia positions, which make simultaneous retrograde working access to the collecting system possible and have proven anesthesiological advantages. The Galdakao-modified supine Valdivia position allowed the development of ECIRS (Endoscopic Combined IntraRenal Surgery), a technique exploiting a combined antegrade and retrograde approach to the upper urinary tract, using both rigid and flexible endoscopes with the related accessories. The synergistic teamwork of ECIRS provides a safe and efficient, minimally-invasive procedure for the treatment of all kinds of urolithiasis. The aim of this book is to share with the urologic community worldwide our experience, our standardization of all the steps, and tips and tricks for the procedure.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    History of PNL
    Prone PNL: Review and results
    PNL Indications and guidelines
    Anatomy for PNL
    Radiology for stone disease
    Anesthesiological considerations (especially position related issues) before, during, after
    Supine PNL
    Endoscopic Combined Intrarenal surgery
    Technical aspects of percutaneous management of ureteral stenoses and upper urinary tract transitional cell carcinoma
    Complications: how to manage them?
    PNL in pediatric patient
    Results: published series
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jacqueline A. Brown and Shane R. Jimerson.
    Summary: "Supporting Bereaved Students at School provides educational professionals with essential information to support bereaved students"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section I. Foundational knowledge to support bereaved students at school
    1.The importance of supporting bereaved students at school / Jacqueline A. Brown and Shane R. Jimerson
    2. Defining loss: preparing to support bereaved students / Tina Barrett and Lindsey M. Nichols
    3. Cognitive developmental considerations in supporting bereaved students / Victoria A. Comerchero
    4. The importance of assessment in supporting bereaved students / Catherine B. Woahn and Benjamin S. Fernandez
    5. The importance of consultation in supporting bereaved students / Jeffrey C. Roth
    6. Cross-cultural considerations in supporting bereaved students / Sandra A. López
    7. Family considerations in supporting bereaved students / Melissa J. Hagan and Allie Morford
    8. The role of digital and social media in supporting bereaved students / Carla J. Sofka
    Section II. Interventions to support bereaved students at school
    9. Using grief support groups to support bereaved students / Renée Bradford Garcia
    10. Using cognitive and behavioral methods to support bereaved students / Rosemary Flanagan
    11. Using bibliotherapy to support bereaved students / Ellie L. Young, Melissa A. Heath, Kathryn Smith, Afton Phillbrick, Karli Miller, Camden Stein, and Haliaka Kama
    12. Using music therapy-based songwriting to support bereaved students / Thomas A. Dalton and Robert E. Krout
    13. Using play therapy to support bereaved students / Karrie L. Swan and Rebecca Rudd
    14. Using creative art interventions to support bereaved students / Grace Zambelli
    15. Using writing interventions to support bereaved students / Lysa Toye and Andrea Warnick
    16. Using acceptance and commitment therapy to support bereaved students / Tyler L. Renshaw, Sarah J. Bolognino, Anthony J. Roberson, Shelley R. Upton, and Kelsie N. Hammons.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Jen Alexander, M.A., NCC, SB-RPT.
    Summary: When schools reopen after COVID-19 closures, both students and staff will have experienced months of unprecedented challenges, from social isolation and family illness to stretches of prolonged stress and anxiety. Your elementary school will need a compassionate, intentional, trauma-sensitive plan for easing the back-to-school transition--and acclaimed trauma expert Jen Alexander is here to help. Author of the bestselling guidebook Building Trauma-Sensitive Schools, "Ms. Jen" has developed a concise, reader-friendly blueprint for making the return to school as smooth as possible for everyone involved. In this ebook, you'll get timely, adaptable guidance on designing and implementing a trauma-sensitive transition plan that puts relationships first, prioritizes emotional and social supports, breaks down barriers to learning, and empowers everyone in your learning community. You'll also find simple, specific activities and strategies for helping every student and staff member feel safe, be connected, get regulated, and get ready to learn. Packed with the practical, immediately useful information every educator will be looking for, this must-have guide is your key to making a thoughtful, trauma-sensitive transition plan--and creating a learning environment that meets everyone's needs better than ever before. DISCOVER HOW TO: Apply the four essentials of trauma-sensitive schools to your transition planning; Facilitate team discussions and professional development sessions to prepare for the "new normal"; Gather critical input from families about their concerns, experiences, and needs; Address the specific challenges of school reopenings, including separation anxiety, elevated stress, safety fears, the need to feel in control, and sensory overload after months of isolation and remote learning; Notice and meet needs: both your own and those of students and their families; Help students develop social-emotional skills to navigate the transition back to school (four lessons and extension activities included!); Commit to examining and disrupting systemic inequities that affect children and families who have often been marginalized; Make a plan for self-care and maintain a healthier work-life balance. PRACTICAL MATERIALS: In addition to the activities, games, and social-emotional lessons in the book, you'll get more than 50 downloadable resources, including journal pages, handouts, activities, planning forms, posters, and professional development PowerPoint slides

    Contents:
    Section 1. Preparing for Back to School: Focus on Staff and Families. Why understand trauma? COVID-19 and its effects on students
    Who do we choose to be? Educators rising up and reaching out
    What do we include in our schoolwide transition plan? Getting ready
    How will we create our new normal? Team reflection
    How can we tend to staff needs? Professional development
    What will families need? Gathering input
    What will students feel and need? Anticipating and planning
    Section 2. Making the Transiton: Set Up Your School for Success. How do we design the components of our trauma-sensitive plan? Getting started
    How do we meet families' needs? Establishing a caregiver lounge
    How do we help students find their way? Community building
    How do we help our team be well? Fostering educator resilience.
  • Digital
    David Alberts, Maria Lluria-Prevatt, Stephanie Kha, Karen Weihs, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Patient Navigation and Second Opinion Counseling
    Psychosocial Oncology
    Patient and Family Education and Training.- Cancer Surviovorship.- Lifestyle Change Counseling.- Palliative Care.- Symptom Management
    Cancer Risk and Genetic Counseling
    Cancer Health Disparities and Survivorship.- Financial Planning, Insurance and Disbility counselling
    Financing and Housing
    Certification of Surviovrship Professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    James H. Feusner, Caroline A. Hastings, Anurag K. Agrawal, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Febrile neutropenia
    2. Transfusion support
    3. Tumor lysis syndrome
    4. Cardiopulmonary emergencies
    5. Neurologic emergencies
    6. Hyperleukocytosis
    7. The acute abdomen
    8. Thrombotic disorders
    9. Pain management
    10. Nausea and vomiting
    11. Oral mouth care and mucositis
    12. Nutrition
    13. Management of acute radiation side effects
    14. Prevention of infection
    15. Hematopoietic growth factors
    16. Immunization practice in pediatric oncology
    17. Central venous catheters: care and complications
    18. Knowledge gaps and opportunities for research.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Laura Finn, Alva R. Roche Green.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date, clinically relevant information on a range of complex issues relating to supportive care strategies for the recipients of hematopoietic cell transplantation. The topics addressed include the prevention, recognition, and treatment of transplant-related side effects; management of pretransplant comorbidities; supportive care for specific age groups; quality of life issues in patients who experience graft-versus-host disease; mental and spiritual health care; caregiver and healthcare provider support strategies; and important issues related to end of life care. The aim is to supply hematologists, oncologists, transplant specialists, and palliative care physicians with practical knowledge that can be immediately applied in patient care to optimize transplant-related outcomes. The book's format, which offers concise, non-exhaustive coverage of these and other unique topics, is supplemented by a wealth of working tables, algorithms, and figures, ensuring that it will also serve hematology, oncology and transplant trainees as a reliable companion during their daily work. The authors are world-renowned experts in the field of hematopoietic transplantation and palliative care medicine, and present well-reasoned opinions based on their own experiences and draw attention to relevant results from potentially high-impact clinical trials.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Maria Cristina Cuturi and Ignacio Anegon.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    Shohista Saidkasimova, Thomas H. Williamson, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical overview of pathology and interventions in the suprachoroidal space of the eye. Concise and well-structured chapters examine anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology, suprachoroidal haemorrhage, choroidal effusions and ocular hypotony management, imaging, suprachoroidal buckling for retinal detachment, drug delivery, suprachoroidal glaucoma devices, subretinal gene therapy and suprachoroidal retinal implant. Suprachoroidal Space Interventions meets the need for a book that improves awareness of established and novel interventions in the suprachoroidal space, particularly as it has been increasingly recognised as a potential space for glaucoma surgery, drug deliveries and retinal surgery. Ophthalmologists and scientists with an interest in glaucoma and retinal surgery will find the book to be an easy to use reference tool for a rapidly developing area of ophthalmology that can be applied in modern clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Suprachoroidal Space
    Introduction
    Embryogenesis
    Sclera
    Choroid
    Suprachoroid
    Vessels in the Suprachoroid
    Nerves in the Suprachoroid
    Supraciliary Space
    Topographic Anatomy for Interventive Procedures
    Suprachoroidal Space and Uveal Effusion
    Suprachoroid in High Myopia
    Suprachoroidal Changes with Age
    Physiology
    Uveoscleral Outflow
    Fluid Dynamics in the Eye and the Suprachoroidal Space
    Summary
    References
    Imaging the Suprachoroidal Space
    Introduction Methods of Imaging the Suprachoroidal Space
    Contact B-Scan Ultrasonography
    Optical Coherence Tomography
    Evaluation of the Choroid and Ambiguities Introduced by the Suprachoroidea
    Evaluating the Suprachoroidal Space
    Summary
    References
    Suprachoroidal Haemorrhage
    Introduction
    Pathogenesis
    Dynamics of Suprachoroidal Haemorrhage
    Phase 1: Ciliary Artery Rupture
    Phase 2: Dissemination of Blood into the Extravascular Space
    Bruch's Membrane and Sclera
    Scattered Focal Adhesions Between Eye Wall Layers
    Linear Adhesions at Ora Serrata
    Clinical Presentation Investigation: Ultrasound
    Management of SCH
    References
    Choroidal Detachment
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology
    Clinical Findings
    Differential Diagnoses
    Causes
    Inflammatory Causes of Serous Choroidal Detachment
    Hydrostatic Causes of Serous Choroidal Detachment
    Uveal Effusion Syndrome (UES)
    Management
    References
    Suprachoroidal Space and Glaucoma
    Introduction
    Pharmacological Manipulation of the Uveoscleral Outflow
    Prostaglandin Analogues
    Surgical Exploration of Suprachoroidal Space in Glaucoma
    Cyclodialysis Cleft Cyclodialysis as Surgical Treatment
    Glaucoma Implants for Suprachoroidal Space
    SOLX Gold Microshunt
    Cypass Suprachoroidal Microshunt
    Future Suprachoroidal Glaucoma Devices
    iStent Supra
    MINIject
    Summary
    References
    Suprachoroidal Buckling for Peripheral Retinal Breaks
    Introduction
    Suprachoroidal Hydrogel Buckle
    Combining the Best of Both Worlds
    The Rationale of Suprachoroidal Hydrogel Buckle
    Historical Development
    Working in the Suprachoroidal Space
    Milestones in Technical Refinement
    Surgical Technique Two Surgical Approaches to Suprachoroidal Buckling Surgery
    Suprachoroidal Hydrogel Buckle Combined with Vitrectomy
    Suprachoroidal Hydrogel Buckle as a Stand-Alone Procedure
    Catheter or Cannula?
    Catheter
    Olive Tip Cannula
    Laser or Cryo Retinopexy
    Biocompatibility and Resorption Time of the Different Hydrogels
    Complications and the Learning Curve
    Conclusion
    References
    Suprachoroidal Buckling for Myopic Macular Holes
    Introduction
    Surgical Management of MTM
    Suprachoroidal Surgery for MTM
    Pearls and Pitfalls of Suprachoroidal Buckle Surgery
    Conclusion
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gianfranco Lamberti, Donatella Giraudo, Stefania Musco, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a detailed review of neurogenic pelvic dysfunctions following a suprapontine lesion, since a clear understanding of the pathogenesis of vesical and bowel dysfunctions has become increasingly important in medical education. It covers both urinary incontinence and retention, constipation and faecal incontinence resulting from ischemic, haemorrhagic and traumatic brain injury and Parkinson's disease. It also offers a concise yet comprehensive summary of the neurologic examination of the pelvis: all chapters include the most up-to-date scientific and clinical information with the relevant level of clinical evidence. The book is divided into three sections, which integrate basic science with clinical medicine. The first section features a general introduction and essential background into micturition and bowel neural control, focusing on cortical control. Section 2 is devoted to common clinical problems regarding the neurologic assessment of the perineum, while the last section summarises urological and bowel dysfunction in suprapontine lesions. Providing a clear, concise and informative introduction to urology, it is a practical guide for professionals, medical students and residents in Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, Urology and Neurology.

    Contents:
    Micturition Control
    Bowel Control
    Micturition Reflexes
    Somatic Innervation Of The Perineum
    Superficial (Esteroceptive) Reflexes
    Adult Neurogenic Lower Urinary Tract Dysfunctions
    Neurogenic Bowel Dysfunction
    Ischemic And Haemorrhagic Stroke
    Parkinson Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    by A.B. Appleton [and others].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    E23 .A64 1938
    1
  • Digital
    Yashwant V Pathak, editor.
    Summary: This unique book discusses various new techniques developed to enhance the application of nanoparticulate drug delivery systems using surface modification of nanoparticles. The understanding of the surface characteristics of nanoparticles is growing significantly with the advent of new analytical techniques. Polymer chemistry is contributing to the development of many new versatile polymers which have abilities to accommodate many different, very reactive chemical groups, and can be used as a diagnostic tool, for better targeting, for more effective therapeutic results as well as for reducing the toxic and side effects of the drugs. Surface modification of such polymeric nanoparticles has been found by many scientists to enhance the application of nano-particles and also allows the nanoparticles to carry specific drug molecule and disease /tumor specific antibodies which refine and improve drug delivery. Surface Modification of Nanoparticles for Targeted Drug Delivery is a collection of essential information on various applications of surface modification of nano-particles and their disease specific applications for therapeutic purposes.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword: Nanobiotechnology Convergence for Drug Delivery; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Understanding Surface Characteristics of Nanoparticles; 1 Introduction; 2 Characterization of Nanoparticles; 2.1 Electron Microscope; 2.2 X-Ray Diffraction; 2.3 Infrared/Visible Spectroscopy and Photoluminescence; 3 Synthesis of Nanoparticles; 3.1 Gas-Phase Synthesis; 3.2 Liquid-Phase Synthesis; 3.3 Solid-Phase Synthesis; 4 Applications of Nanoparticles; 4.1 Drug Delivery; 4.2 Tissue Engineering; 4.3 Nonbiological Applications; 5 Conclusion; 6 Future Trends; References 4.3 The "Click Chemistry"5 Work Explored by Various Researchers for Targeting of PLGA NPs to Brain in Different Neuronal Diseases; 6 Patents and Clinical Trial Status; 7 Concluding Remarks and Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 4: Surface-Functionalized Lipid Nanoparticles for Site-Specific Drug Delivery; 1 Introduction; 2 Lipid-Based NPs; 3 Parameters Affecting the In Vivo Fate of Lipid NPs; 3.1 Influence of Particle Size; 3.2 Influence of Surface Charge; 3.3 Influence of Hydrophobicity; 4 Passive Targeting Based on Pegylation; 5 Active Targeting 5.1 Functionalization with Antibody Ligands5.2 Functionalization with Saccharide ligands; 5.3 Functionalization with Transferrins; 5.4 Functionalization with Cell-Penetrating Peptides; 5.5 Functionalization Based on Avidin-Biotin Affinity; 5.6 The Antiangiogenic Strategy; 6 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 5: Stealth Properties of Nanoparticles Against Cancer: Surface Modification of NPs for Passive Targeting to Human Cancer Tissue in Zebrafish Embryos; 1 Cancer: Introduction, History, Geographical Distribution, and Causes
    Chapter 2: Surface Modification of Nanoparticles for Targeted Drug Delivery1 Introduction; 2 Surface Modification Using Cobalt Oxide Nanoparticles for Targeted Drug Delivery in Anticancer Treatments; 3 Use of Bromelain for Surface Modification of Silica Nanoparticles for Drug Delivery in the Tumor Extracellular Matrix; 4 Surface Modification of MPEG-B-PCL Nanoparticles for Malignant Melanoma Therapy; 5 Nanoparticles for Cellular-Based Applications of Stavudine; 6 Toxicopharmacological Aspects; 7 Conclusion; References
    Chapter 3: Surface-Modified PLGA Nanoparticles for Targeted Drug Delivery to Neurons1 Introduction; 1.1 Neuronal Diseases; 1.2 Introduction to Various Neuronal Diseases; 1.2.1 Alzheimer's Disease (AD); 1.2.2 Parkinson's Disease (PD); 1.2.3 Brain Cancer/Brain Tumors; 1.3 Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB); 1.4 Nasal Drug Delivery to Brain; 2 Nanoparticles as Drug Delivery Vehicles; 3 Dual-/Multi-targeting Strategies; 3.1 Lectins; 3.2 Cell-Penetrating Peptides (CPPs); 3.2.1 Glutathione (GSH); 4 Strategies for Targeted Nanoparticles; 4.1 Carbodiimide Chemistry; 4.2 Michael Addition
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Mehmet Gürsoy and Mustafa Karaman.
    Summary: A step-by-step guide to the topic with a mix of theory and practice in the fields of biology, chemistry and physics. Straightforward and well-structured, the first chapter introduces fundamental aspects of surface treatments, after which examples from nature are given. Subsequent chapters discuss various methods to surface modification, including chemical and physical approaches, followed by the characterization of the functionalized surfaces. Applications discussed include the lotus effect, diffusion barriers, enzyme immobilization and catalysis. Finally, the book concludes with a look at future technology advances. Throughout the text, tutorials and case studies are used for training purposes to grant a deeper understanding of the topic, resulting in an essential reference for students as well as for experienced engineers in R & D.

    Contents:
    Surfaces in Nature / Mehmet Gürsoy, Mustafa Karaman
    Chemical and Physical Modification of Surfaces / Mustafa Karaman, Mehmet Gürsoy, Mahmut Kus, Faruk Ozel, Esma Yenel, Ozlem G Sahin, Hilal D Kivrak
    Surface Characterization Techniques / Gokhan Erdogan, Günnur Güler, Tugba Kilic, Duygu O Kilic, Beyhan Erdogan, Zahide Tosun, Hilal D Kivrak, Ugur Türkan, Fatih Ozcan, Mehmet Gürsoy, Mustafa Karaman
    Surface Modification of Polymeric Membranes for Various Separation Processes / Woei-Jye Lau, Chi-Siang Ong, Nik Abdul Hadi Md Nordin, Nur Aimie Abdullah Sani, Nadzirah Mohd Mokhtar, Rasoul Jamshidi Gohari, Daryoush Emadzadeh, Ahmad Fauzi Ismail
    Langmuir-Blodgett Films: Sensor and Biomedical Applications and Comparisons with the Layer-by-Layer Method / Epameinondas Leontidis
    Surface Modification of Biopolymer-Based Nanoforms and Their Biological Applications / Susana CM Fernandes
    Enzyme-Based Biosensors in Food Industry via Surface Modifications / Nilay Gazel, Huseyin B Yildiz
    Heterogeneous Catalysis from the Perspective of Surface Science / Aydin Cihanoglu, Diego Hernan Quinones-Murillo, Gizem Payer.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Kahyun Yoon-Flammery, Carla Fisher, Marc Neff, editors.
    Summary: This text provides a comprehensive review of what comes after the completion of a general surgery residency, and will serve as a valuable resource for those surgeons, residents, and medical students interested in a career in general surgery. This book reviews several areas of fellowships and how to navigate through the application process, provide a guide for finding a job, negotiating through your first position, and also discusses other difficult topics such as how to deal with malpractice lawsuits. All chapters are written by experts who have gone through the various processes.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    by Karel B. Absolon.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R512.B59 A16
    2
  • Digital
    Tobias S. Köhler, Bradley Schwartz, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Foundations of teaching. Chapter 1: "See one, do one, teach one?" A story of how surgeons learn ; Chapter 2: Surgical curriculum development ; Chapter 3: Curriculum development ; Chapter 4: Measurement in education: a primer on designing assessments ; Chapter 5: Performance assessment in minimally invasive surgery ; Chapter 6: Crowdsourcing and large-scale evaluation ; Chapter 7: Teaching residents to teach: why and how ; Chapter 8: Teaching in the operating room.
    Part II. Program optimization. Chapter 9: Resident duty hours in surgical education ; Chapter 10: Generational differences and resident selection ; Chapter 11: The role of educators in quality improvement ; Chapter 12: Role of the surgeon educator in leading surgical skills center development ; Chapter 13: Modern theory for development of simulators for surgical education ; Chapter 14: The surgical workplace learning environment: integrating coaching and mentoring ; Chapter 15: Optimizing research in surgical residents and medical students ; Chapter 16: Promoting professionalism ; Chapter 17: Optimizing success for the underperforming resident.
    Part III. Lessons and insights of surgical education. Chapter 18: Surgeons' reactions to error ; Chapter 19: Quality improvement and patient safety ; Chapter 20: Teaching surgeons how to lead ; Chapter 21: Teaching surgical ethics ; Chapter 22: Surgical ergonomics ; Chapter 23: Evaluation and management documentation, billing, and coding ; Chapter 24: Simulation in surgery ; Chapter 25: Resident physician burnout: improving the wellness of surgical trainees ; Chapter 25: Preparations beyond residency.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Christian de Virgilio, editor ; Areg Gregorian, associate editor ; Paul N. Frank, assistant editor.
    Summary: Surgery: A Case Based Clinical Review provides the reader with a comprehensive understanding of surgical diseases in one easy-to-use reference that combines multiple teaching formats. The book begins using a case based approach. The cases presented cover the diseases most commonly encountered on a surgical rotation. The cases are followed by a series of short questions and answers, designed to provide further understanding of the important aspects of the history, physical examination, differential diagnosis, diagnostic work-up and management, and questions that may arise on surgical rounds. Key figures and tables visually reinforce the important elements of the disease process. Surgery: A Case Based Clinical Review will be of great utility for medical students when they rotate on surgery, interns, physician assistant students, nursing students, and nurse practitioner students.

    Contents:
    Nausea, Vomiting and Left Groin Mass
    Abdominal Pain, Nausea, and Vomiting
    New Palpable Mass in Right Breast
    Abnormal Screening Mammogram
    Chest Pain, Diaphoresis, and Nausea
    Chest Pain and Syncope
    Chest and Back Pain
    Incidentally Discovered Adrenal Mass on CT Scan
    Fatigue, Constipation, and Depressed Mood
    Intermittent Episodes of Sweating, Palpitations, and Hypertension
    Neck Mass That Moves with Swallowing Progressively Hoarse Voice
    Lump on Neck Increasing in Size
    Aural Fullness, Hearing Loss, and Tinnitus
    Post-Prandial RUQ Pain
    RUQ Pain, Fever, Nausea, and Vomiting
    Severe Epigastric Pain with Nausea and Vomiting
    New Onset of Painless Jaundice
    Bright Red Blood per Rectum
    RLQ Abdominal Pain
    Pencil-Thin Stools and Intermittent Constipation
    Chronic Constipation Presenting With Severe Abdominal Pain
    Left Lower Quadrant Pain and Fever
    Neck Pain and Paralysis Following Trauma
    Loss of Consciousness Following Head Trauma
    Multiple Extremity Injuries after Motorcycle Accident
    Immediate Swelling after Trauma to the Knee
    Right Groin Pain and Limp
    Chronic Right Hand Pain
    Full Term Male Infant with Respiratory Distress
    Newborn with Bilious Emesis
    Infant with Bilious Emesis
    Infant with Nonbilious Emesis
    Infant Born with Abdominal Wall Defect
    Excessive Drooling in a Newborn
    Recently Changed Skin Lesion
    Right Leg Pain, Swelling, and Erythema for Two Days
    Postoperative Bleeding
    Postoperative Decreased Urine Output
    Shortness of Breath Five Days after Surgery
    Abdominal Pain Following Motor Vehicle Accident
    Penetrating Abdominal Trauma
    Pedestrian Struck By Motor Vehicle
    Gunshot Wound to the Left Neck
    Stab Wound to the Chest
    Burns to Face, Trunk, and Extremities
    Severe Right Leg Pain after Tibia Fracture
    Bloody Emesis
    Severe Epigastric Abdominal Pain
    Weight Loss and Early Satiety
    Chest Pain after Vomiting
    Scrotal Pain
    Scrotal Mass
    Red Urine
    Transient Loss of Vision in Right Eye
    Right Calf Pain with Walking
    Sudden Onset of Severe Left Sided Abdominal Pain
    Cold, Painful Right Lower Extremity.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Christian de Virgilio, editor ; Areg Grigorian, associate editor ; Paul N. Frank, assistant editor.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Umut Sarpel.
    Contents:
    Preparing for the OR
    Incisions
    Laparoscopy
    Fundoplication
    Esophagectomy
    Gastrectomy
    Cholecystectomy
    Hepatectomy
    Pancreatectomy
    Splenectomy
    Small Bowel Resection
    Bariatric Surgery
    Enteral Access
    Colectomy
    Appendectomy
    Rectal Resections
    Anorectal Procedures
    Thyroidectomy
    Parathyroidectomy
    Adrenalectomy
    Breast Surgery
    Lymphadenectomy
    Inguinal Hernia Repair
    Ventral Hernia Repair
    Surgical Airway
    Trauma Laparotomy
    Central Venous Access
    Carotid Endarterectomy
    Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair
    Vascular Bypass.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Umut Sarpel.
    Summary: The operating room can be an intimidating place for medical students. Preparing to scrub in on a case requires pulling together information from multiple sources on anatomy, pathology, physiology, yet none truly fit the needs of the surgical student. Surgery: An Introductory Guide for Medical Students 2nd Edition, written expressly for students, fills this void by providing an all-in-one reference in a unified, concise, and portable format. The operations covered represent the breadth of general surgery. Each chapter provides focused information on the pathophysiology relevant to the corresponding procedure. The main steps of each case are described, allowing the student to follow along and interact with the surgical team. A color diagram of the operative field from the vantage point of the surgeon accompanies every chapter. Radiologic imaging highlighting key findings are provided. The most common post-operative complications and their clinical presentation are also detailed. Each chapter concludes with a description of a classic patient case, a list of top questions likely to be posed to students, and an essential knowledge checklist. Written by Dr. Sarpel, a general surgery residency program director with multiple teaching awards, Surgery: An Introductory Guide for Medical Students 2nd Edition provides the critical content students need to succeed in their surgical clerkship.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Abbreviations
    1: Preparing for the OR
    Suggested Reading
    2: Incisions
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Surgical Technique
    2.3 Complications
    2.4 Classic Case
    2.5 OR Questions
    Suggested Reading
    3: Minimally Invasive Surgery
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Surgical Technique
    3.3 Complications
    3.4 Classic Case
    3.5 OR Questions
    Suggested Readings
    4: Fundoplication
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Surgical Technique
    4.3 Complications
    4.4 Classic Case
    4.5 OR Questions
    Suggested Reading 5: Esophagectomy
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Surgical Technique
    5.3 Complications
    5.4 Classic Case
    5.5 OR Questions
    Suggested Reading
    6: Gastrectomy
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Surgical Technique
    6.3 Complications
    6.4 Classic Case
    6.5 OR Questions
    Suggested Reading
    7: Cholecystectomy
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Surgical Technique
    7.3 Complications
    7.4 Classic Case
    7.5 OR Questions
    Suggested Reading
    8: Hepatectomy
    8.1 Introduction
    8.2 Surgical Technique
    8.3 Complications
    8.4 Classic Case
    8.5 OR Questions
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    [edited by] Lillian S Kao, Casey B. Duncan, & Ethan Taub.
    Summary: "Surgery: PreTest Self-Assessment & Review is the perfect way for students to assess their knowledge of surgery for the USMLE Step 2 CK and shelf exams. It includes 500 USMLE-style questions and answers that address the clerkship's core competencies along with detailed explanations of both correct and incorrect answers. Readers will find vignette-style questions and updates on the latest surgical techniques. All questions have been reviewed by students who recently passed the boards and completed their clerkship to ensure they match the style and difficulty level of the exam"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2019
    Users must create a username and password
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RD37.2 .S97 2020
    2
  • Digital
    Seiichi Takenoshita, Hiroshi Yasuhara, editors.
    Summary: This book presents cutting-edge surgical techniques and the new operating rooms supporting them, as well as their future developments. In recent years, with the advances in surgical medicine, surgical techniques have undergone great changes. However, safety and reliability are still the major requirements of the operating room, and these are closely linked to the patients wellbeing. The new medical instruments and medical materials being developed to perform surgery more safely, reliably and efficiently are vital technologies supporting this. New techniques involve the introduction of innovative medical instruments and medical materials, and these, too, are increasing in terms of performance and size every year. Surgery and Operating Room Innovation discusses these issues from the perspective of various professionals involved with operating rooms. .

    Contents:
    Part I. Surgical devices and the operating room
    1) Lightweight Carbon-reinforced Resin Surgical Instruments
    2) Forceps-type palpation system for laparoscopic surgery
    3) Ultrahigh definition (8K UHD) video system and video-assisted surgery in the near future
    4) Monitoring of surgeons surgical skills using Internet-of-Things-enabled medical instruments
    Part II. Medical materials and regenerative medicine
    5) Regenerative medicine in the operating room at present and in the near future
    6) Surgery and Operating Room for Restoring Organs Organ Regeneration by Tissue Engineering in The Near Future
    Part III. Artificial intelligence and virtual reality
    7) Extended reality (XR:VR/AR/MR), 3D printing,Holography, A.I. , Radiomics, and online VR tele-medicine for precision surgery
    8) Application of AI in endoscopic surgical operations
    Part IV. Navigation surgery
    9) Application of ICG fluorescent endoscope systems in identifying small lung cancers on the periphery of the lungs in thoracoscopic surgery
    10) Novel multispectral device for quantitative imaging of tissue oxygen saturation and hemoglobin as surgical navigation device
    11) Clinical benefit of mixed reality holographic cholangiography for image-guided laparoscopic cholecystectomy
    Part V. Robotic Surgery
    12) Development of laparoscopic surgery by means of foldable small humanoid robot handswith tactile sensation for laparoscopic surgery
    13) Robotic surgery - Currently and in the near future.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    COL Robert B. Lim, editor.
    Contents:
    Disaster Medicine: Lessons Learned from the Crash of Asiana Airlines Flight
    Disaster Preparedness
    Trauma Surgery in an Austere Environment: Trauma and Emergency Surgery in Unusual
    Difficult Triage Decisions in the Combat or Austere
    Removal of Unexploded
    Hostage Rescue
    Awake Tracheostomy in an Austere
    Pediatric Emergencies in the Combat or Austere Environment: As Easy as A, B, C
    The Oklahoma City
    The Experience of Disaster Response in Sri Lanka: From Reaction to Planning
    A Surgical Response to the Haiti Earthquake
    Surgery on Public Enemy #1
    Lessons Learned in Combat Burn
    Operating in a Tent
    Dismounted Complex Blast
    Surgery Under Fire
    Lessons Learned From the Boston Marathon Bombing
    Chemical Warfare: A Brief History and Summary of Current Threats and Initial Management
    Providing Surgical Training and Assistance in a Developing Country during Military Assistance
    Use What You?ve Got: Resource Utilization in a Mass Casualty in Afghanistan. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Chai Kiat Chng, Narayan H. Gandedkar and Eric J. W. Liou.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the surgery-first orthognathic approach (SFOA), which overcomes the problem of the very prolonged treatment period associated with conventional orthognathic surgery by avoiding the presurgical phase. The shorter duration of the treatment is due to a phenomenon triggered by the surgery, termed the regional acceleratory phenomenon, whereby higher osteoclastic activity and metabolic changes at the dentoalveolar level accelerate postoperative orthodontic tooth movement. In this book, readers will find in-depth discussion of integration of the basic biological principles of SFOA with sound biomechanical doctrines. The authors own treatment protocol for surgical and orthodontic management is fully explained. Diagnosis and treatment plans are presented for various skeletal maxillofacial deformities, and key considerations in pre- and postsurgical patient care are highlighted. Detailed attention is given to complication management and to the impact of recent advances such as 3D image integration, virtual surgical planning, and rapid prototyping of surgical wafers. This richly illustrated book will be an ideal resource and quick reference guide for orthodontists at all levels of experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jong-Woo Choi, Jang Yeol Lee.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the surgery-first orthognathic approach for patients with malocclusion and skeletal disharmony, which has been successfully applied by the authors in their practices over the past 15 years. The approach breaks with the time-tested principles of traditional orthognathic surgery in that corrective bone surgery is performed first, without the removal of dental compensations, followed by orthodontic finishing. All aspects are covered with the aid of numerous illustrations, the aim being to provide surgeons with a systematic educational tool that will enable them to introduce the approach into their own practice. In addition, the book addresses one of the hot issues in orthodontics, occlusal plane-altering orthognathic surgery, in which surgical modification of the occlusal plane is employed to treat various types of dentofacial deformity and improve facial proportions. This promises to become a very powerful tool in modern orthognathic surgery.

    Contents:
    Introduction: History and Evolutions in Orthodontic treatment & Orthognathic surgery
    Part I: Orthodontic Strategy in Surgery First Approach
    1. Introduction of Surgery-first Approach in Surgico-orthodontics
    2. STO & Clinical Procedure of Surgery-first Approach
    3. Dental Model set up in Mock surgery for Surgery-first approach
    4. Post-operative Care in Surgery-first Approach and Post-op Orthodontics Combined with TADs
    5. Orthodontic perspective in Treatment Strategy for Cl II Orthognathic Surgery
    6. Orthodontic perspective in Treatment Strategy for Facial Asymmetry
    7. Soft tissue changes following Surgery-first Approach ; IVRO vs SSRO
    Part II: Orthodontic Strategy in Surgery First Approach
    8. Update in Orthognathic surgical techniques
    9. 3D Computer Simulation in Orthognathic Surgery
    10. 3D Photogrammetric analysis in Orthognathic surgery
    11. Clinical applications of Surgery first orthongathic approach in Class III dentofacial deformities
    12. Clinical applications of Surgery first orthongathic approach in Class II dentofacial deformities
    13. Considerations for Facial Asymmetry & Genioplasty in Surgery-first Approach
    14. Long Term Stability of Surgery first appraoch
    15. Total Treatment Time in Surgery first approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joseph Kim, Julio Garcia-Aguilar, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an educational resource of modern and advanced operative techniques for patients with GI cancers. The textbook is designed to provide a step-by-step surgical approach, highlighting key learning points and potential operative pitfalls. When appropriate, two or more different approaches on an operative procedure are presented to provide additional perspective on surgical techniques. Written descriptions of laparoscopic and robotic cancer operations are paired with online video presentations of the same cancer operation. Written by experts in the field, Surgery for Cancers of the Gastrointestinal Tract: A Step-by-Step Approach provides a concise summary of the current management of each GI cancer and is of great utility to not only surgeons at all levels of training, but also for surgeons in practice who seek to reinforce or learn new surgical techniques.

    Contents:
    Open Technique for Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy
    Minimally Invasive Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy
    Open Technique for Transhiatal Esophagectomy
    Open Radical En Bloc Esophagectomy
    Minimally Invasive Three-Field Esophagogastrectomy
    Open Distal Gastrectomy for Gastric Cancer
    Laparoscopic Distal/Subtotal Gastrectomy
    Minimally Invasive Total Gastrectomy for Gastric Carcinoma
    Total Gastrectomy and Splenectomy with Roux-en-Y esophagojejunostomy
    Open Pancreaticoduodenectomy for Peri-ampullary Cancers: A Step-By-Step Approach
    Laparoscopic Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    Robotic Technique for Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    Open Technique for Resection of Cancers in the Jejunum and Ileum
    Minimally Invasive Surgical Techniques for Cancers of the Small Intestine (Jejunum and Ileum)
    Open Right Colectomy
    Laparoscopic technique for right colectomy
    Robotic Technique for Right Colectomy
    Open Left Colectomy
    Laparoscopic Left Colectomy
    Open Technique for Low Anterior Resection
    Laparoscopic Technique for Low Anterior Resection
    Totally Robotic Low Anterior Resection of the Rectum
    Hybrid Laparoscopic-Robotic Low Anterior Resection
    Open Abdominoperineal Resection in Lithotomy Position
    Robotic Abdominoperineal Resection
    Open Technique for Transanal Resection
    Transanal Minimally Invasive Surgery for Rectal Cancer
    Transanal Endoscopic Surgery in Rectal Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Gary W. Raff, Shinjiro Hirose, editors.
    Summary: This book was conceived and written to provide a contemporary view of critical urban transport issues, policies, and initiatives in twelve countries with emerging economies, each at somewhat different stages of development. With dedicated chapters on Brazil, China, Colombia, India, Indonesia, Iran, Mexico, Nigeria, Russia, South Africa, Turkey, and Vietnam, the book contains detailed, comparable information about the current urban transport situation in the major cities in these countries. Written by specialists in the field, the book draws on a wide range of information sources to provide up-to-date accounts of each of these countries. By assembling this information in one volume, it provides a valuable source for academics as well as policy-makers with an interest in the current and emerging urban transport needs of a large portion of the world's population.

    Contents:
    Surgical Anatomy of the Chest Wall
    Pectus Excavatum
    Magnetic Mini-Mover Procedure for Pectus Excavatum
    Pectus Carinatum
    Anesthetic Considerations for Chest Wall Surgery
    Poland's Syndrome
    Sternal Clefts and Anomalies
    Chest Wall Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mario Sanna, Rolien Free, Paul Merkus, Maurizio Falcioni.
    Contents:
    History of auditory implantation
    Surgical anatomy in auditory implantation
    Radiology in auditory implantation
    Instruments and implants
    Cochlear implantation
    Special considerations in pediatric cochlear implantation
    Complications and revision surgery in cochlear implantation
    Auditory brainstem implantation
    Electroacoustic stimulation
    Subtotal petrosectomy in cochlear implantation
    Cochlear implantation in cochlear ossification
    Meningitis and implantation
    Auditory implantation in otosclerosis patients
    Otomastoiditis and cochlear implantation
    Inner ear malformations and implantation
    Neurofibromatosis type 2 and auditory implantation
    Implantation in skull base and temporal bone lesions
    Bone conduction implants
    Active middle ear implants : vibrant soundbridge.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    edited by Sung Hoon Noh, Woo Jin Hyung.
    Summary: This book clearly describes the surgical procedures employed in patients with gastric cancer. The techniques used in the various types of gastrectomy are presented step by step, and the roles of endoscopic treatment and chemotherapy are also discussed. A distinctive practical feature is the provision of accompanying online videos of standard surgical procedures, which will serve as excellent learning aids for novice practitioners and provide ideal teaching material for experienced surgeons. Surgery remains the mainstay in the treatment of gastric cancer. With advances in tumor biology and technical developments, gastric cancer surgery has become more diverse and its outcomes have steadily improved. However, further improvement of certain aspects of surgical procedures and techniques is still required. Surgery for Gastric Cancer will acquaint readers with the state of the art in the field and prove a valuable tool in the quest for optimal practice.

    Contents:
    PART 1: History of Gastric Cancer Surgery
    PART 2: Gastric Pathophysiology
    1. Preneoplastic lesions, Gastric Carcinogenesis and Molecular Mechanisms (including Role of H. pylori)
    2. Pathology and Pathologic Classifications
    3. Staging
    PART 3: Diagnosis of Gastric Cancer
    1. Endoscopic Diagnosis (EGD & EUS)
    2. Radiologic Diagnosis (CT, MRI, & PET-CT)
    PART 4: Treatment of Gastric Cancer
    1. Endoscopic Treatment
    2. Open surgery for Gastric Cancer
    1) Distal Subtotal gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
    2) Total Gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
    3) Gastrectomy with D3 lymph node dissection
    4) Reconstruction
    3. Laparoscopic surgery for Gastric Cancer
    1)Distal Subtotal gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
    2) Total Gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
    3) Reconstruction
    4. Robotic surgery for Gastric Cancer
    1) Distal Subtotal gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
    2) Total Gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
    3) Reconstruction
    5. Function-preserving Surgery
    1) Pylorous-preserving gastrectomy
    2) Proximal Gastrectomy
    3) Vagus-preserving gastrectomy
    6. Sentinel node navigation surgery
    7. Surgery for EG Junction Cancer
    8. Surgery after neoadjuvant chemotherapy; Schuhmacher
    9. Surgery for Remnant gastric Cancer
    1) Open surgery
    2) Laparoscopic Surgery
    3) Robotic Surgery
    10. Peritonectomy and HIPEC
    11. Palliative surgery (including resection, bypass & stent)
    PART 5: Postoperative Management& Follow-up
    1. Management of early postoperative complications
    2. Management of late postoperative complications
    3. Follow-up after Gastric cancer treatment
    PART 6: Neoadjuvant and Adjuvant Treatments for Gastric Cancer
    1. Neoadjuvant Treatment
    2. Adjuvant Treatment
    3. Radiation Therapy
    4. Novel Agents and the Future perspectives. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mikio Mikami, editor.
    Summary: This comprehensive volume provides exhaustive interpretations of surgery for gynecologic cancer. In these chapters, expert authors expound the history, principles and indications, preoperative evaluations, techniques, morbidity, and the future prospects for each surgical procedure. Also included are comparisons of the training systems of gynecologic surgeons in Japan and the USA. Recently, minimally invasive surgeries such as laparoscopic and robotic approaches have been introduced into the gynecologic oncology field. Readers will be interested to know the history, advances, and current status of gynecologic surgery in Japan. This collection methodically broadens understanding of new surgical methods with quality assurance aimed at saving the cancer patient's life, from the point of view of gynecologic oncologists. Thus the book benefits not only experienced gynecologists, but also young physicians and all medical oncologists who are involved in gynecologic cancers.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    1. Introduction
    2. Subspecialty Training of Gynecologic Surgery in Japan
    3. Subspecialty Training of Gynecologic Surgery in USA.-Part II. Surgical Anatomy of Pelvis
    4. Surgical Anatomy of Pelvis.-Part III. Cervical Cancer
    5. Conization
    6. Abdominal Hysterectomy
    7. Semiradical
    8. Abdominal Radical Hysterectomy
    9. Vaginal RH
    10. SuperRadical Hysterectomy
    11. Laparoscopic Surgery
    12. Robotic Surgery
    13. Radical Trachlectomy
    14. Paraaortic dissection
    15. Pelvic Excentration
    16. Sentinel Nodes Navigation Surgery.-Part IV. Corpus Cancer
    17. Outline of Surgery
    18. Retrperitoneal Lymphnode Dissection
    19. Laparoscopic Surgery
    20. SNNS.-Part V. Ovarian Cancer, Follopian Tube Cancer, Peritoneal Cancer
    21. Outline of Surgery
    22. Staging Lapa (Early Ovarian Cancer)
    23. PDS (Advanced)
    24. Upper Abdomen
    25. Lynphnode Dissection
    26. Intestinal Surgery
    27. IDS
    28. Fertility Preseaveation.-Part VI. Vulvar Cancer and Vaginal Cancer
    29. Outline.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Nikhila Raol, Christopher J. Hartnick.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of velopharyngeal closure and insufficiency / Raol, N., Hartnick, C.J
    Nasometry, videofluoroscopy, and the speech pathologist's evaluation and treatment / de Stadler, M., Hersh, C.
    Nasal endoscopy : new tools and technology for accurate assessment / Raol, N.
    New technology : use of cine MRI for velopharyngeal insufficiency / Raol, N., Sagar, P., Nimkin, K., Hartnick, C.J
    Validated patient-reported outcome instruments for velopharyngeal insufficiency / Skriko, J.R., Sie, K.C.Y.
    Prosthodontics rehabilitation in velopharyngeal insufficiency / Jackson, M.
    Superiorly based pharyngeal flap / Raol, N., Hartnick, C.J.
    Sphincter pharyngoplasty / Raol, N., Hartnick, C.J.
    Furlow double-opposing z-plasty / Raol, N., Hartnick, C.J.
    Posterior pharyngeal wall augmentation / Perez, C.F., Brigger, M.T.
    Persistent velopharyngeal insufficiency / Willging, J.P.
    Obstructive sleep apnea / Willging, J.P.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Ruming Zhang.
    Summary: This book addresses surgical management for recurrent soft tissue sarcomas (RSTS) based on a wealth of clinical cases. With aim to reduce recurrence rate, a surgical strategy of barrier resection plus repair reconstruction referring to natural barriers in human body for enhancing curative effect is presented in details. The first part introduces the general theory of surgical treatment for RSTS. The second part is a portfolio of clinical cases, showing the essential of the surgical strategy from hundreds of cases with tumour of different anatomical sites. Each case report is composed of detailed medical history, radiographic images and operational photos. It will help readers to make proper decisions on the basis of specific purposes. This book will be of benefit to oncologists, orthopaedic surgeons, general surgeon, plastic surgeons, and medical students.

    Contents:
    Overview of RSTS
    Principles of Surgical Treatment for RSTS
    Barrier Resection
    Simplified Repair of Surgical Wound
    Relationship between Muscle and Soft Tissue Sarcoma
    Bone Structure Invasion by RSTS
    Extensive Resection
    Surgical Intervention for Complications
    RSTS in Front Upper Trunk
    RSTS in Rear Upper Trunk and Upper Arm
    RSTS in Lower Trunk
    RSTS in Thigh
    RSTS in Knee, Proximal Leg
    RSTS in Foot, Ankle and Distant Leg
    RSTS in Forearm and Elbow
    RSTS of Wrist, Palms and Hands Back.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sefan Sell, Stefan Rehart.
    Contents:
    Principles of orthopedic rheumatology
    The hand
    The elbow
    The shoulder
    The foot
    The ankle
    The knee
    The hip
    The spine.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2017
  • Digital
    Bruce E. Dall, Sonia V. Eden, Michael D. Rahl, editors.
    Summary: Filling a significant knowledge gap, this book brings the latest information to the evaluation and treatment of patients with a dysfunctional sacroiliac (SI) joint. Beginning with an overview of current anatomical knowledge and the role of pain and surgery, diagnosis and treatment approaches are carefully presented as individual chapters - featuring the origin of each surgical approach, the approach itself, its literary foundation, and overall available results. The final emphasis of the book is on post-operative concerns - including complications, bracing options, rehabilitation and managing patient expectations. Spine surgeons, physical therapists, and other professionals who treat the SI joint will find Surgery for the Painful, Dysfunctional Sacroiliac Joint to be an invaluable resource.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Surgical Treatment for the Painful, Stable Sacroiliac Joint: What does the literature tell us?
    Anatomy & Biomechanics
    Biomechanics of the injured SIJ: results from an in vitro study
    Pathology of the sacroiliac joint leading to surgery
    Algorithm for the diagnosis and treatment of the dysfunctional sacroiliac joint
    Considerations for the surgeon new to sacroiliac joint surgery
    Lateral approach, minimally invasive
    Posterior midline approach
    Posterior lateral into the longitudinal joint Axis approach, minimally invasive
    Posterior Lateral Open Approach For Sacroiliac Joint Arthrodesis
    Posterior-inferior approach, minimally invasive
    The Sacroiliac Joint and Long Lumbosacral Fusions
    Post-Surgical Rehabilitation
    Complications of sacroiliac joint fusion and salvage considerations
    Round table discussion 4/2/14.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Fabiola Atzeni, Ignazio Francesco Masala, Daniel Aletaha, Marcus Lee, Xenofon Baraliakos.
    Summary: "Surgery in Systemic Autoimmune Disease, Volume 15, describes the state-of-the-art of the use of surgery in treating the most common systemic autoimmune diseases (SADS). The volume consists of an introductory chapter concerning the impact of surgery on SADs, follow by eight chapters describing the use of surgery in the treatment of specific diseases in various areas (cardiology, gastroenterology, orthopedics, neurology. etc.) and the possible difficulties and complications. The final five chapters deal with the possible complications arising during the course of biological and non-biological treatment, also providing recommendation concerning their management. International in scope, the list of more than 20 contributors from Europa and America reads like a who's who of clinical researchers in the field. Written by leading international clinical/surgical and scientific experts on surgical problems in SADsProvides a practical guide to the safer use of surgery in patients with autoimmune diseasesIncludes a number of problems and recommendations that cannot be found in other booksDesigned as a 'guide to clinical practice' for surgical interventions required by patients with SADsGives a comprehensive review of the available surgical options"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. The spectrum of rheumatic diseases
    2. Comorbidities in patients with rheumatic disease
    3. Drugs used in rheumatic disease
    4. Essential and optional drugs for rheumatic diseases
    5. Monitoring of disease and treatment of patients with rheumatic disease
    6. Surgical intervention for rheumatoid arthritis and complication risks
    7. Conventional and biological DMARDs in systemic rheumatic diseases: perioperative risk/benefit management
    8. The relevance of preoperative education among healthcare providers, family caregivers, and patients with systemic rheumatic diseases.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Suryasnata Rath, Milind N. Naik.
    Summary: This surgical manual provides a step-by-step guide to various surgical procedures for patients with thyroid eye disease (TED). The key surgical steps are covered in detail, with intra-operative photographs. The manual addresses all aspects of TED, including the basic anatomy, surgical preparation, evaluation of imaging, and surgical procedures. TED is commonly encountered by oculoplastic surgeons and general ophthalmologists in their daily practice, and restoration of the normal appearance is vital to patients and their families. Surgical treatments for TED include basic oculoplastic surgery, complex eyelid surgery, strabismus surgery, orbital surgery, and aesthetic procedures. All of the contributing authors are eminent experts with vast experience in treating TED. High-resolution images will help readers understand the key surgical steps, and are combined with a minimal amount of text, reflecting the book's focus on surgical technique. Offering a complete guide that contains all relevant surgical knowledge on TED, presented in a highly practice-oriented format, the book is a must-read for every surgeon whose work involves managing TED.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Eyelid Pertaining to Thyroid Eye Disease
    Anatomy of the Orbit Pertaining to Thyroid Eye Disease
    Imaging for the Surgical Management of Thyroid Eye Disease
    Pre-Operative Planning for TED Surgery
    Management of Eyelid Retraction in Active Thyroid Eye Disease
    Tarsorrhaphy for Active TED
    Surgical Management of Compressive Optic Neuropathy in Active TED
    Endonasal Apical Decompression for Compressive Optic Neuropathy in Active TED
    Orbital Decompression: Approaches to the Orbit & Surgical Planning
    Deep Lateral Wall Decompression
    Medial Wall Decompression for TED
    Trans-Antral Orbital Decompression
    Customized Orbital Decompression
    Balanced Two Wall Decompression
    Endonasal Approach to Orbital Decompression
    Pediatric Orbital Decompression
    Video-endoscope assisted Medial/Floor Orbital Decompression
    Management of Strabismus in TED
    Surgical Management of Eyelid Retraction: Transconjunctival approach
    Surgical Management of Eyelid Retraction: Trans-cutaneous Approach
    Surgical Management of Severe Eyelid Retraction: Eyelid Spacers
    Botulinum Toxin in Eyelid Retraction
    Lower Eyelid Fat Prolapse in TED
    Eyelid Aesthetics in TED.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Francois Lacour-Gayet, Edward L. Bove, Viktor Hraška, Victor O. Morell, Thomas L. Spray
    Summary: This book addresses the most technically demanding cardiac surgical techniques, many of which are often performed on small infants. Conotruncal heart defects are a group of congenital anomalies of the cardiovascular system that are a leading cause of symptomatic cyanotic cardiac disease diagnosed in utero. Surgery of Conotruncal Anomalies provides a wealth of practical information and has been written by a collection of world renowned experts. They discuss the most challenging but life-changing surgeries which, if performed perfectly, allow the child to lead a normal adult life in the majority of cases. This book and the large number of truly stunning explanatory illustrations contained within is an essential resource for junior surgeons as well as trainees and practicing cardiac surgeons, pediatric cardiologists and surgeons, and cardiac imagers, to be used as a critical reference when performing these complex cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Pietro Ruggieri, Andrea Angelini, editors.
    Summary: Approaches to complex pelvic surgery have changed dramatically in recent years thanks to the development of the entire field of orthopedic surgery. This volume focuses on the mastery of diagnosis, management and operative techniques for tumors of the pelvis. It also provides a thorough understanding of how to select the best procedure, how to avoid complications, and what outcomes to expect. Written by experts from leading institutions around the globe, it is a comprehensive reference on treating the full range of musculoskeletal tumors frequently encountered in the pelvis. It offers an overview and an update on the epidemiology, principles of initial assessment, clinical presentation and imaging characteristics of pelvic tumors, guiding clinicians through key questions for developing a differential diagnosis and selecting the appropriate surgical technique. This book is an indispensable resource for orthopedists, oncologists, as well as radiologists and pathology specialists treating patients with bone and soft-tissue tumors.

    Contents:
    1 Surgical approaches on pelvic bone tumors
    2 The history of pelvic tumor surgery
    3 Imaging of pelvic bone tumors
    4 Most common histotype of pelvic bone tumors
    5 Benign pelvic bone tumors
    6 Chondrosarcoma of the pelvis
    7 Osteosarcoma of the pelvis
    8 Ewing's sarcoma of the pelvis
    9 Pelvic metastases: diagnosis and treatment
    10 Demolitive surgery for pelvic bone tumors
    11 Principles of pelvic tumor surgery
    12 Innovative techniques in pelvic reconstructions
    13 Navigation in pelvic surgery
    14 Spino-pelvic stabilization
    15 Reconstruction VS no reconstruction
    16 The hip transposition as a reconstructive technique after pelvic resection
    17 The use of stemmed cups in pelvic reconstruction
    18 3D printed reconstructions
    19 3D printed reconstructions
    20 Particles radiotherapy
    21 Chemotherapy for pelvic bone tumors
    22 Role of plastic surgery in the treatment of pelvic tumors
    23 Anesthesiology for pelvic tumor surgery: from risk evaluation to postoperative course
    24 The importance of a multidisciplinary approach to pelvic tumors
    25 Functional rehabilitation after pelvic resection and reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Chun Kee Chung, editor.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book describes and illustrates an approach to surgery for spinal cord tumors that is based on a refined concept of anatomic compartmentalization. The aim of this approach is to enable maximum preservation of spinal cord function through confinement of the surgical work to the involved compartment or compartments. Importantly, this involvement differs according to tumor type, and the classification favored by the author takes this fully into account. After introductory chapters on epidemiology and pathology, the anatomy of the spinal cord relevant to surgery for spinal cord tumors is discussed in detail and the proposed classification is clearly explained. The surgical approach to each of the identified anatomic compartments is then described, with attention to the roles of intraoperative mapping techniques, diffusion tensor imaging, and electrophysiologic studies in ensuring that spinal cord functions are spared. Examples of the author's experience when applying the proposed approach are presented. The book is meant for neurosurgeons at all levels of experience. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Epidemiology of spinal cord tumors
    Chapter 2. Pathology of spinal cord tumors
    Chapter 3. Anatomy of spinal meninges and meningeal spaces: Relevant to surgery of spinal cord tumors
    Chapter 4. Anatomical compartment of spinal cord tumors with anatomical classification.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Istvan Sziklai, editor.
    Summary: This book provides the first comprehensive overview of the various conventional and cutting-edge surgical techniques for stapes fixations. After describing the broad range of stapes fixations, it discusses the preoperative diagnostic workup, with special emphasis on the role of CT scanning. It reviews stapedectomy and stapedotomy via the classic tympanotomy approach using different stapes footplate fenestration methodologies, and describes the increasingly popular technique of middle ear endoscopy. A subsequent chapter is devoted to the important topic of robot-assisted surgery. The book then reviews the evolution of the piston prosthesis, highlighting the practical aspects of the different types of piston, their benefits, and their impact on hearing. Lasers are also discussed, and the closing chapters focus on revision surgery and consider outcome measures following stapes surgery. To better illustrate the subject matter, the book features a wealth of photographs (including more than 50 in color), as well as in-depth surgical videos.

    Contents:
    History of stapes surgery
    Heterogeneity of stapes fixations
    Preoperative examinations before surgery of stapes fixations. The role of CT in the diagnostics
    Stapedectomy
    Laser stapedotomy
    Surgery of congenital stapes fixation
    Intraoperative complications in stapedectomy/stapedotomy
    Endoscopic stapes surgery
    Robot assisted surgery of stapes fixations
    Middle ear implantation in stapes fixation
    Cochlear implantation and auditory brainstem implantation in advanced otosclerosis
    Piston design for reconstruction of the ossicular chain
    Revision stapes surgery
    Outcome measures after stapes surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    by Bayard Holmes.
    Contents:
    pt.
    1. Appendicitis, and other diseases about the appendix.
    Digital Access Google Books 1904-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M540 .H74 v.1 1904
    1
  • Print
    Joaquín Barraquer, Richard C. Troutman, Joaquín Rutllán ; translation and adaptation by Richard D. Binkhorst.
    Contents:
    v. 1. General consideratons and intracapsular cataract extraction / by J. Barraquer, J. Rutllán ; with the cooperation of R.C. Troutman
    v. 2. Surgery of the cornea.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    Q80 .B26 1964
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan A. Hyam, Erlick A.C. Pereira, Alexander L. Green.
    Summary: This book reviews the basic science underpinning the autonomic control of various body systems as well as the state-of-the-art clinical applications by which these systems are surgically modulated in patients today.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert F. Spetzler, M. Yashar S. Kalani, Michael T. Lawton.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Nicholas C. Bambakidis, Cliff A. Megerian, Robert E. Spetzler, editors.
    Summary: Now in a fully revised and expanded second edition, this book remains the gold standard guide to the surgical treatment of diseases in the cerebellopontine angle (CPA), the fragile area of the skull base that Harvey Cushing famously described as "the bloody angle." This edition combines current information on the relevant clinical diseases of the CPA with dramatically improved surgical management of its diseases, arranged in five thematic sections. The first section presents the basis and rationale for treatment, including historical perspectives, microsurgical anatomy, relevant radiology and neurology. Part two is composed of chapters on surgical approaches, and parts three and four provide detailed descriptions of surgical management techniques for vestibular schwannomas and non schwannomatous lesions, respectively. The final section provides 21 distinct clinical cases with associated video segments, demonstrating the approaches and techniques in real time. With images courtesy of the renowned Barrow Neurological Institute, Surgery of the Cerebellopontine Angle, Second Edition is a boon resource for expert specialists in neurosurgery, neurotology, neuroradiology, otolaryngology/head and neck surgery, and endovascular surgery.

    Contents:
    Part I. Foundations for Treatment
    Historical Perspectives
    Microsurgical Anatomy of the Cerebellopontine Angle and Its Suboccipital Retromastoid Approaches
    Radiology
    Neurology
    Part II. Surgical Approaches
    Approaches to the Cerebellopontine Angle
    Combined Surgical Approaches
    Functional Surgery of the Cerebellopontine Angle
    Endoscopy in the Cerebellopontine Angle
    Part III. Vestibular Schwannomas
    Biology and Genetics of Vestibular Schwannomas in Tumors of the Cerebellopontine Angle
    Treatment Options for Acoustic Neuroma, Including Stereotactic Radiosurgery
    Translabyrinthine Approach
    Hearing Rehabilitation Following Acoustic Neuroma Surgery
    Acoustic Neuroma Surgery: Retrosigmoid Techniques
    Acoustic Neuroma Surgery: The Middle Fossa Approach
    Complications and Cranial Nerve Rehabilitation
    Facial Reanimation
    Hearing and Surgical Considerations in Neurofibromatosis Type 2
    Prevention and Management of Postoperative Cerebrospinal Fluid Leakage
    Part IV. Nonschwannomatous Lesions of the CPA
    Temporal Bone Neoplasms
    Congenital Rest Lesions and Rare Tumors
    Vascular Lesions of the Cerebellopontine Angle
    Part V. Cases and Approaches (animations and videos)
    Case 1: Retrosigmoid Approach for Vestibular Schwannoma
    Case 2: Combined Transpetrosal Approach with Hearing Preservations for Resection of a Meningioma
    Case 3: Far-Lateral Approach for a Foramen Magnum Meningioma
    Case 4: Resection of an Acoustic Schwannoma Complicated by Tumor Encasement of the Anterior Inferior Cerebellar Artery Using a Translabyrinthine Approach
    Case 5: Transcondylar Approach for Giant Aneurysm with Posterior Inferior Cerebellar Artery Bypass
    Case 6: Far-Lateral Approach for a Posterior Inferior Cerebellar Artery Aneurysm Clipping
    Case 7: Right Retrosigmoid Craniotomy for Microvascular Decompression for Trigeminal Neuralgia (Endoscope-Assisted)
    Case 8: Right Retrosigmoid Craniotomy for Microvascular Decompression of Hemifacial Spasm
    Case 9: Left Retrosigmoid Craniotomy for Microvascular Decompression of Glossopharyngeal Neuralgia
    Case 10: Anterior Transpetrosal Approach for Resection of Petroclival Meningioma
    Case 11: Vestibular Schwannoma Resection with Facial Nerve Displaced Dorsally
    Case 12: Right Retrosigmoid Craniotomy for Pontine Cavernous Malformation
    Case 13: Lateral Transcondylar Craniotomy for PICA Aneurysm
    Case 14: Left Retrosigmoid Approach in Large Vestibular Schwannoma in Patient with NF2
    Case 15: Retrosigmoid Approach for a Left-sided Trigeminal Schwannoma
    Case 16: Retrosigmoid Approach to Right-sided Epidermoid Cyst
    Case 17: Translabrynthine Transtemporal Approach for Left Vestibular Schwannoma
    Case 18: Middle Cranial Fossa Craniotomy for a Left Petrous Apex Lesion
    Case 19: Extended Translabyrinthine Approach for Left-sided Vestibular Schwannoma
    Case 20: Right-sided Retrosigmoid Approach to Small Vestibular Schwannoma
    Case 21: Transotic Approach to Left-sided Jugular Paraganglioma/Glomus Tumor for Partial Debulking
    Appendix: Anatomic Dissection.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Enrico Tessitore, Amir R. Dehdashti, Claudio Schonauer, Claudius Thomé, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Daniel J. Berry, MD, Jay R. Lieberman, MD
    Summary: "Offering authoritative, comprehensive coverage of hip surgery, the 2nd Edition of Surgery of the Hip is the definitive guide to hip replacement, other open and arthroscopic surgical procedures, and surgical and nonsurgical management of the hip across the lifespan. Modeled after Insall & Scott Surgery of the Knee, it keeps you fully up to date with the latest research, techniques, tools, and implants, enabling you to offer both adults and children the best possible outcomes. Detailed guidance from expert surgeons assists you with your toughest clinical challenges, including total hip arthroplasty, pediatric hip surgery, trauma, and hip tumor surgery."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Raymond G. Tronzo.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD549 .S87
    2
  • Digital
    Daniel Azoulay, Chetana Lim, Chady Salloum, editors.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of the inferior vena cava / Jean-Marc Chevalier
    Imaging and radiological assessment of the inferior vena cava / Hicham Kobeiter, Alain Luciani
    Anesthetic and hemodynamic considerations of inferior vena cava clamping / Daniel Eyraud
    Inferior vena cava resection and reconstruction in the surgical management of tumors involving the inferior vena cava / Laurent Chiche (Paris, France).- Primary leiomyosarcoma of the inferior vena cava / Gary N. Mann.- Retroperitoneal sarcoma involving inferior vena cava / Marco Fiore.- Renal cell carcinoma / Gaetano Ciancio
    Surgery of the Inferior vena cava combined to in situ hypothermic liver surgery / Daniel Azoulay
    Ex situ resection of inferior vena cava with hepatectomy / Karl J. Oldhafer
    Adrenocortical carcinoma / Radu Mihai, Bruno Carnaille
    Malignancy with cavoatrial extension / Jean-Noel Fabiani
    Inferior vena cava reconstruction in liver cadaveric transplantation / Andrea Tzakis.- Inferior vena cava reconstruction in liver living donor transplantation / Kokudo Norihiro.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Philippe Neyret, Guillaume Demey, editors.
    Summary: The knee presents numerous challenges to the orthopaedic surgeon and this book presents techniques and guidance both for common surgical procedures and also for rare and difficult interventions in knee surgery. Surgical techniques and approaches in knee surgery are covered as well as postoperative complications and rehabilitation. Chapters also discuss clinical examination and preparation of the patient prior to the procedure. Surgery of the Knee is a comprehensive step-by-step guide that features more than 500 operative photographs, radiological and surgical drawings of exceptional quality. The Editors have brought together a team of experts within the field ensuring that orthopaedic surgeons in training and those wishing to improve their knowledge of the knee will find this book to be an indispensable resource for performing knee surgery.

    Contents:
    The general principals of patient positioning and set up
    Arthroscopy of the knee
    Meniscectomy
    Meniscal sutures
    Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction : surgical technique
    Revision anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction
    Surgical technique for the arthroscopic reconstruction of the posterior cruciate ligament
    Posterolateral corner and lateral collateral ligament reconstruction
    Dislocations and bicruciate lesions
    Synovectomies of the knee
    Surgical management of chondral and osteochondral lesions
    Iliotibial band syndrome
    Surgical indications in the treatment of osteoarthritis
    Osteotomy: general conceptions and indications
    Distal opening wedge femoral osteotomy for the treatment of valgus deformity.-High tibial osteotomy
    High tibal varus osteotomy
    Anterior opening wedge osteotomy of the tibia for the treatment of genu recurvatum
    Surgical technique for a double osteotomy
    Lateral opening wedge tibial osteotomy
    Patello femoro arthritis and the lateral vertical partial patellectomy
    Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
    Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) after unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) to the other compartment
    Total knee replacement in medial arthritis: surgical technique
    Total knee replacement in lateral arthritis specifics and surgical techniques.-Computer assisted total knee arthroplasty
    Total knee prosthesis after valgus osteotomy of the tibia
    Revision unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
    Revision total knee arthroplasty : planning and technical considerations
    Episodic patellar dislocation
    Deepening femoral trochleoplasty
    Shortening the patella tendon
    Acute ruptures of the quadriceps tendon
    Chronic rupture of the extensor apparatus
    Patella fractures
    Surgical management of the stiff knee
    Lenghthening of the patella tendon
    Stiffness of the knee: release according to judet
    Post operative complications. .
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Philippe Neyret, Chris Butcher, Guillaume Demey, editors.
    Summary: This heavily revised second edition provides a practical guide to the treatment of a range of common knee pathologies, using tried and tested solutions from the Lyon School of Knee Surgery. Extensively revised chapters focus on equipping the reader with a solid foundation in the areas of sports, degenerative and patellofemoral surgery. New chapters cover robotic arthroplasty and strategies in total knee arthroplasty, along with a collection of more unusual cases, enabling the reader to develop their confidence in dealing with a range of clinical scenarios. Surgery of the Knee systematically reviews a range of knee surgery indications and techniques. It represents a timely and valuable resource for both trainee orthopaedic specialists, and practising surgeons who seek to develop a deeper understanding of how to approach treating their patients.

    Contents:
    The general principals of patient positioning and set up
    Arthroscopy of the knee
    Meniscectomy
    Meniscal sutures
    Classification of knee laxities
    Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction : surgical technique
    Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction using hamstrings : surgical technique
    Revision anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction
    Surgical technique for the arthroscopic reconstruction of the posterior cruciate ligament
    Posterolateral corner and lateral collateral ligament reconstruction
    Dislocations and bicruciate lesions: classification and treatment
    Synovectomies of the knee
    Surgical management of chondral and osteochondral lesions
    Iliotibial band syndrome
    Surgical indications in the treatment of osteoarthritis
    Osteotomy: general conceptions and indications
    Distal opening wedge femoral osteotomy for the treatment of valgus deformity
    High tibial osteotomy
    High tibal varus osteotomy
    Anterior opening wedge osteotomy of the tibia for the treatment of genu recurvatum
    Surgical technique for a double osteotomy
    Lateral opening wedge tibial osteotomy
    Patello femoro arthritis and the lateral vertical partial patellectomy
    Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
    Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) after unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) to the other compartment
    Total knee replacement: steps and strategies
    Total knee replacement in medial arthritis: surgical technique
    Total knee replacement in lateral arthritis specifics and surgical techniques
    Computer assisted total knee arthroplasty
    Robotic assisted knee arthroplasty
    Total knee prosthesis after valgus osteotomy of the tibia
    Revision unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
    Revision total knee arthroplasty: planning and technical considerations
    Rotatory hinge prosthesis: indications and technical considerations
    Episodic patellar dislocation
    Deepening femoral trochleoplasty
    Shortening the patella tendon
    Acute ru ptures of the quadriceps tendon
    Chronic rupture of the extensor apparatus
    Patella fractures
    Surgical management of the stiff knee
    Lengthening of the patella tendon
    Stiffness of the knee: release according to Judet
    Clinical cases
    Post operative complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Christophe Hulet, Helder Pereira, Giuseppe Peretti, Matteo Denti, editors.
    Summary: This book, published in cooperation with ESSKA, provides an exhaustive review of the meniscus and its pathology, covering all aspects from the basic science of the normal meniscus to clinical and imaging diagnosis, meniscus repair and meniscectomy, outcomes and complications, postoperative management, and emerging technologies. The book opens by examining in depth aspects such as anatomy, histology, physiology, biomechanics, and physiopathology. Clear guidance is offered on arthroscopy and the classification of meniscal lesions, with consideration of the full range of meniscal pathology, including traumatic lesions, degenerative lesions, root tears, meniscal cysts, and congenital lesions. Choice of treatment in different settings is explained, and the various surgical techniques - meniscectomy, meniscal repair, and reconstruction with allografts - are described in detail with the aid of accompanying videos and with presentation of long-term results. The concluding chapter takes a look into the future of meniscus reconstruction, for example through regeneration using mesenchymal stem cells.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Meniscus Basic Science
    Classification Meniscal Lesions
    Preoperative Clinical Examination and Imaging
    Surgical Technique
    Postoperative Evaluation
    Results
    Indications: Adults
    Lavage, Debridement, and Osteoarthritis
    Post-meniscectomized Knee
    Meniscal Reconstruction
    Allograft
    Meniscal Reconstruction
    Substitutes
    Substitutes and Future Technology
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Wei Guo, Francis J. Hornicek, Franklin H. Sim, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces the current state of surgical treatment in this particular location-sacrum and pelvis, presenting progress and innovation, describing in detail the related procedures. The book comprises three main parts, pelvic, sacral and typical cases. In each part, chapters are organized in a parallel fashion, with general considerations, surgical approaches and commonly used procedures. This helps to illustrate and detail the surgical techniques involved. This book is valuable for surgeons dealing with this challenging disease. Additionally, it summarizes and reinforces the previous knowledge of techniques in this field. Wei Guo is a Professor at Musculoskeletal Tumor Center, Peoples Hospital, Peking University, China. Francis Hornicek is Chief at Orthopaedic Oncology Service, Massachusetts General Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA. Franklin H. Sim is a Professor of Orthopedics at the Department of Orthopedics, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, USA.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Surgery of the Pelvic and Sacral Tumor
    Contents
    Part I: Pelvic Tumors: The Fundamentals
    1: Pelvis: General Considerations
    1.1 Important Considerations When Planning Treatment of Pelvic Tumours
    1.2 Aetiology of Pelvic Tumours
    1.2.1 Primary Tumours
    1.2.2 Secondary Tumours
    1.3 Symptoms of Pelvic Tumours
    1.4 Imaging Modalities
    1.4.1 Plain Radiography
    1.4.2 Computed Tomograph
    1.4.3 Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    1.4.4 Angiography
    1.4.5 Functional Imaging
    1.5 Anatomic Considerations
    1.6 Anaesthetic Considerations 1.7 Positioning and Pressure Care
    1.8 Post-operative Analgesia
    References
    2: Anatomy and Physiology of the Pelvis
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Osteology
    2.2.1 Sacrum
    2.2.2 Innominate Bones
    2.2.2.1 Sacroiliac Joint
    2.2.2.2 Sacrospinous Ligament
    2.2.2.3 Sacrotuberous Ligament
    2.2.2.4 Pubic Symphysis
    2.3 Musculature
    2.4 Vascular Anatomy
    2.5 Genitourinary System
    2.6 Large Bowel
    2.7 Lumbar/Sacral Nerves
    Bibliography
    3: Imaging Modalities and Differential Diagnosis
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Imaging Modalities
    3.2.1 Plain Radiographs 3.2.2 Computed Tomography
    3.2.3 Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    3.2.4 Positron Emission Tomography/Computed Tomography
    3.3 Imaging Features of Common Pelvic Tumors
    3.3.1 Malignant Lesions
    3.3.1.1 Chondrosarcoma
    3.3.1.2 Osteogenic Sarcoma
    3.3.1.3 Ewing Sarcoma
    3.3.1.4 Chordoma
    3.3.1.5 Liposarcoma
    3.3.1.6 Metastatic Disease
    3.3.2 Benign Lesions
    3.3.2.1 Giant Cell Tumor
    3.3.2.2 Osteochondroma
    3.3.2.3 Aneurysmal Bone Cyst
    3.4 Summary
    References
    4: Tumors of the Pelvis: Pathologic Aspect
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Soft Tissue Sarcomas 4.2.1 Liposarcoma
    4.2.2 Leiomyosarcoma
    4.3 Primary Bone Sarcomas
    4.3.1 Chondrosarcoma
    4.3.2 Ewing Sarcoma
    4.3.3 Osteosarcoma
    4.3.4 Chordoma
    4.3.4.1 Benign Lesions
    Osteochondroma
    Giant Cell Tumor
    Aneurysmal Bone Cyst
    4.4 Summary
    References
    5: Staging, Preoperative, and Surgical Planning
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Preoperative Virtual Planning
    5.2.1 PVP Summary
    5.3 Intraoperative Virtual Navigation
    5.3.1 IVN Summary
    5.4 Accuracy in PVP and IVN
    5.5 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Pelvic Tumors: Surgical Procedures 6: Overview on Pelvic Resections: Classification, Operative Considerations and Surgical Approaches
    6.1 Classification of Tumours According to Location
    6.2 Classification of Internal Hemipelvectomy According to Surgical Margins
    6.3 Indications and Contraindications for Limb-Sparing Surgery
    6.4 Availability of Resources
    6.5 Preoperative Preparation
    6.5.1 Staging Investigations
    6.5.2 Blood Transfusion Requirements
    6.5.3 Preoperative Optimisation
    6.5.4 Informed Consent
    6.5.5 Urinary Catheterisation
    6.5.6 Prophylactic Antibiotic 6.5.7 Anaesthetic Considerations
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, June K. Robinson, C. William Hanke, Daniel M. Siegel, Alina Fratila ; video editors Ashish C. Bhatia, Thomas E. Rohrer.
    Contents:
    Anatomy for procedural dermatology / June K. Robinson
    Aseptic technique / Christie R. Travelute and Todd V. Cartee
    Anesthesia and analgesia / Teresa T. Soriano, Andrew Breithaupt, and Cameron Chesnut
    Instruments and materials / William Lear
    Patient evaluation, informed consent, preoperative assessment, and care / Mara C. Weinstein and Allison T. Vidimos
    Antibiotics / Kavita Mariwalla
    Wound healing / Sonia Lamel, Jie Li, and Robert S. Kirsner
    Wound healing and its impact on dressings and posoperative care / Yakir Levin, Katherine L. Brown, and Tania J. Phillips
    Electrosurgery / Diana Bolotin and Murad Alam
    Cryosurgery / Paola Pasquali
    Skin biopsy techniques / Andrew G. Affleck and Graham Colver
    Incision, draining, and exteriorization techniques / Masato Yasuta
    Suturing technique and other closure materials / Divya Srivastava and R. Stan Taylor
    Complex layered facial closures / Edgar F. Fincher, Hayes B. Gladstone, and Ronald L. Moy
    Hemostasis / Pedro Redondo
    Ellipse, ellipse variations, and dog-ear repairs / Allison Hanlon, Samuel E. Book, and David J. Leffell
    Random pattern cutaneous flaps / Jonathan L. Cook, Glenn D. Goldman, and Todd E. Holmes
    Axial pattern flaps / Christopher J. Miller, Tri Nguyen, and Joseph F. Sobanko
    Skin grafting / Alvaro E. Acosta ... [and 4 others]
    Acne scar revision / Greg J. Goodman
    Revision of surgical scars / Justin J. Leitenberger ... [and 3 others]
    Psychosocial issues and the cosmetic surgery patient / Dee Anna Glaser
    Evaluation and management of the aging face / Lisa M. Donofrio
    Soft-tissue augmentation / C. William Hanke ... [and 4 others]
    Chemical peels / Marina Landau and Sahar F. Ghannam
    Implants / J. Michael Carney
    Botulinum toxins / Doris Hexsel and Camile L. Hexsel
    Liposuction / C. William Hanke ... [and 4 others]
    Autologous fat transfer : evolving concepts and techniques / Kimberly J. Butterwick
    Follicular unit hair transplantation / Robert M. Bernstein
    Laser hair removal / William G. Stebbins ... [and 3 others]
    Laser treatment of tattoos and pigmented lesions / Rachel N. Pritzker ... [and 3 others]
    Photodynamic therapy / Anne Goldsberry ... [and 3 others]
    Laser-based treatment of the aging face for skin resurfacing : ablative and non-ablative lasers / Omar A. Ibrahimi, Nazanin Saedi, and Suzanne L. Kilmer
    Laser and light treatment of acquired and congenital vascular lesions / Johnny Chun Yin Chan and Henry Hin Lee Chan
    Sclerotherapy of varicose veins / Eberhard Rabe, Franz X. Breu, and Felizitas Pannier
    Endovenous thermal ablation techniques with ambulatory phlebectomy for varicose veins / Sanja Schuller-Petrović, Felizitas Pannier, and Milos̆ D. Pavlović
    Lamellar high-SMAS minimum incision face lift / Robert C. Langdon
    Vertical vector face lift with local anesthesia / Rafael A. Schulze, Brian Somoano, and Greg S. Morganroth
    Blepharoplasty and brow-lift / Alina Fratila and young Kyoon Kim
    Rejuvenation of the neck using liposuction and other techniques / William G. Stebbins, Michael S. Kaminer, and C. William Hanke
    Rejuvenation of the external female genitalia / Doris Hexsel, Sebastian Pop, and Antonio Rusciani
    Keloid management / Brian Berman, Sadegh Amini, and Hilary Baldwin
    Vitiligo surgery / Niti Khunger, Koushik Lahiri, and Venkataram Mysore
    Mohs micrographic surgery and cutaneous oncology / Hubert T. Greenway ... [and 4 others]
    Leg ulcer management / Ysabel Bello... [and 3 others]
    Nail surgery / Eckart Haneke
    Repair of the split earlobe, ear piercing, and earlobe reduction / Sirunya Silapunt and Leonard H. Goldberg
    Hidradenitis suppurativa / Virginia J. Reeder, David Ozog, and Iltefat Hamzavi
    Assessment and treatment of photoaging-related mottled pigmentation / Se Young Na and Kyoung Chan Park
    Design of the surgical suite, including large equipment, and monitoring devices / Ross M. Levy and C. William Hanke
    Dermatology office accreditation / Ross M. Levy. Emily Tierney, and C. William Hanke.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ali A. Baaj, U. Kumar Kakarla, Han Jo Kim.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    editor, Gregory W. Randolph.
    Summary: "Surgery of the Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands empowers the reader to diagnose benign and malignant diseases effectively, implement the latest cutting-edge techniques, and achieve optimal patient outcomes. This surgical reference book encompasses the most up to date state of the art knowledge, presented by world-renown authors in thyroid and parathyroid surgery, in one concise yet comprehensive source, offering the detailed guidance you need to produce the best results"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    History of thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Applied embryology of the thyroid and parathyroid glands
    Thyroid physiology and thyroid function testing
    Thyroiditis
    Thyroglossal duct cysts and ectopic thyroid tissue
    Surgery of cervical and substernal goiter
    Approach to the mediastinum: transcervical, transsternal, and video-assisted
    Surgical management of hyperthyroidism
    Reoperation for benign thyroid disease
    The evaluation and management of thyroid nodules
    Fine-needle aspiration of the thyroid gland : the 2Bethesda system
    Fine-needle aspiration and molecular analysis
    Ultrasound of the thyroid and parathyroid glands
    Preoperative radiographic mapping of nodal disease for papillary thyroid carcinoma
    Laryngeal examination in thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Radiofrequency and laser ablation of thyroid nodules and parathyroid adenoma
    Differentiated thyroid cancer incidence
    Molecular pathogenesis of thyroid neoplasia
    Papillary thyroid cancer
    Papillary thyroid microcarcinoma
    Papillary carcinoma observation
    Follicular thyroid cancer
    Noninvasive follicular thyroid neoplasm with papillary-like nuclear features (NIFTP)
    Dynamic risk group analysis and staging for differentiated thyroid cancer
    Hürthle cell tumors of the thyroid
    Sporadic medullary thyroid carcinoma
    Syndromic medullary thyroid cancer: MEN 2A and MEN 2B
    Anaplastic thyroid cancer and primary thyroid lymphoma
    Pediatric thyroid cancer
    Familial nonmedullary thyroid cancer
    Principles in thyroid surgery
    Robotic and extracervical approaches to the thyroid and parathyroid glands
    Transoral thyroidectomy
    Minimally invasive video-assisted thyroidectomy
    Surgical anatomy and monitoring of the superior laryngeal nerve
    Surgical anatomy and monitoring of the recurrent laryngeal nerve
    Surgery for locally advanced thyroid cancer: larynx, tracheal invasion, and esophageal
    Central neck dissection: indications and technique
    Lateral neck dissection: indications and technique
    Incisions in thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Surgical pathology of the thyroid gland
    Pathophysiology of recurrent laryngeal nerve injury
    Management of recurrent laryngeal nerve paralysis
    Nonneural complications of thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Quality assessment in thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Ethics and malpractice in thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Postoperative management of differentiated thyroid cancer
    Postoperative radioactive iodine ablation and treatment of differentiated thyroid cancer
    External beam radiotherapy for thyroid malignancy
    Reoperative thyroid surgery
    Nonsurgical treatment of thyroid cysts, nodules, thyroid cancer nodal metastases, and hyperparathyroidism: the role of percutaneous ethanol injection
    Medical treatment horizons for metastatic differentiated and medullary thyroid cancer
    Primary hyperparathyroidism: pathophysiology, surgical indications, and preoperative workup
    Guide to preoperative parathyroid localization testing
    Principles in surgical management of primary hyperparathyroidism
    Standard bilateral parathyroid exploration
    Minimally invasive single gland parathyroid exploration
    Minimally invasive video-assisted parathyroidectomy
    Intraoperative PTH monitoring during parathyroid surgery
    Surgical management of multiglandular parathyroid disease
    Surgical management of secondary and tertiary hyperparathyroidism
    Parathyroid management in the men syndromes
    Revision parathyroid surgery
    Parathyroid carcinoma
    Surgical pathology of the parathyroid glands.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Print
    William W. Montgomery.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RF51 .M56
    2
  • Digital
    Lee J. Skandalakis, John E. Skandalakis, editors ; with contributions by Panagiotis N. Skandalakis.
    Summary: Generations of residents and general surgeons have relied upon and worn out their copies of Surgical Anatomy and Technique: A Pocket Manual. Thoroughly revised and with dozens of new illustrations, the fourth edition continues the tradition of providing a concise, accessible, and generously illustrated memory refresher for both novice and experienced clinicians. The editors have included techniques to keep the content fresh, relevant, and practice-based. Among the new topics are hand surgery, a section on central venous access, and creating an AV fistula for dialysis. All the existing chapters have been updated and expanded to reflect current surgical approaches and instrumentation. This fourth edition of Surgical Anatomy and Technique: A Pocket Manual provides the gold standard in correlating clear, practical anatomy with the correct technique in the pursuit of the best possible patient outcomes. This handy pocket manual remains a "must have" for every resident and general surgeon.

    Contents:
    Skin, Scalp, and Nail
    Neck
    Breast
    Abdominal Wall and Hernias
    Diaphragm
    Esophagus
    Stomach
    Duodenum
    Pancreas
    Small Intestine
    Appendix
    Colon and Anorectum
    Liver
    Extrahepatic Biliary Tract
    Spleen
    Adrenal Glands
    Vascular System
    Uterus, Tubes, and Ovaries
    Carpal Tunnel
    Microsurgical Procedures
    Miscellaneous Procedures
    Bariatric Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Lee J. Skandalakis, editor.
    Summary: This book continues the tradition of providing a concise, accessible, and generously illustrated refresher for both novice and experienced clinicians. It contains thoroughly revised chapters and dozens of new richly colored illustrations, which make it much easier to follow the technique and better appreciate the anatomy. This fifth edition now includes robotic techniques for each relevant chapter. All the existing chapters have been updated to reflect current surgical approaches and instrumentation as well as a section on anatomical complications. Three new chapters on sports hernia, ablative techniques for venous disease, and on the kidney and ureter have also been added to help surgeons learn more about these structures. The fifth edition of Surgical Anatomy and Technique: A Pocket Manual provides the gold standard in correlating clear, practical anatomy with the correct technique in the pursuit of the best possible patient outcomes and remains a "must have" for every resident and general surgeon.

    Contents:
    Skin, Scalp, and Nail
    Neck
    Breast
    Abdominal Wall and Hernias
    Diaphragm
    Esophagus
    Stomach
    Duodenum
    Pancreas
    Small Intestine
    Appendix
    Colon and Anorectum
    Liver
    Extrahepatic Biliary Tract
    Spleen
    Adrenal Glands
    Vascular System
    Uterus, Tubes, and Ovaries
    Carpal Tunnel Release
    Microsurgical Procedures
    Miscellaneous Procedures
    Bariatric Surgery
    Sports Hernia
    Ablative Techniques for Management of Symptomatic Superficial Venous Disease
    Kidney and Ureter.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mark O. Jensen ; illustrations by Gary Baune.
    Summary: "In today's surgical environment, open operations have declined in frequency, but the need for a practical, superbly illustrated reference in this area is still great. Ideal for both trainee and experienced surgeons, Surgical Anatomy and Mastery of Open Operations: A Multimedia Curriculum for Training Residents achieves this goal with expert coverage of essential open procedures, both common and uncommon. In print and on video, this "go to" resource includes clinical highlights, practical tips, and detailed illustrations"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Head and neck
    Breast and neurovascular system of the upper extremity
    Thorax
    Abdominal wall
    Small and large intestine
    Stomach, duodenum, and esophagus
    Liver, biliary system, pancreas, and spleen
    Kidney, adrenal, ureters, and bladder
    Pelvis
    Aorta, Iliac arteries, and blood supply to the lower extremity (Vascular exposure)
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    edited by R. Shane Tubbs [and more].
    Summary: The first work of its kind devoted to the surgical anatomy of the cervical plexus, Surgical Anatomy of the Cervical Plexus and Its Branches clearly explains and illustrates this important subset of peripheral nervous system anatomy. Ideal for physicians and residents from a wide range of medical and surgical disciplines, this unique title details new methods of imaging the cervical plexus, as well as its pathology and appropriate surgical approaches. Key Features: Using fresh cadaveric dissections, the surgical anatomy of each branch of the cervical plexus will be demonstrated. Nerves are to be color-coded to differentiate them from other tissues and dissected in a layer-by-layer method. New methods of imaging the cervical plexus as well as its pathology and appropriate surgical approaches will be covered in detail.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Beth Schrope.
    Contents:
    Physics : include medical precautions
    Instrumentation
    Advanced technologies : 3D ultrasound, contrast ultrasound
    Ultrasound of the neck, thyroid and parathyroid
    Breast ultrasound
    Abdominal ultrasound : principles (transabdominal, intraoperative, laparoscopic)
    Hepatobiliary ultrasound : include rf and other ablative therapies
    Ultrasound of pancreas
    FAST : trauma ultrasound
    Critical care ultrasound : includes chest ultrasound
    Endoscopic ultrasound : foregut including esophagus, stomach, small intestine, biliary
    Endoscopic ultrasound : hindgut including endorectal
    Genitourinary ultrasound
    Vascular ultrasound
    Ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia
    Therapeutic ultrasound
    Documentation, coding, billing, and compliance
    Credentialing.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2014
  • Digital
    Deepak Narayan, Shanta E. Kapadia, Gopal Kodumudi, Nalini Vadivelu, editors.
    Summary: This evidence-based guide is the first of its kind to outline the surgical and perioperative management of patients with anatomical anomalies and support clinical decision-making under these difficult circumstances. Presented in a simple, accessible format and organized by anatomical area, this book contains all the essential topics required by trainees and practitioners to assess the patient quickly, diagnose anatomic anomalies, determine the feasibility and safety of the planned surgical and anesthetic procedures, and arrange for advanced consults and care, if needed. Newer techniques for surgical and anesthetic management of patients with anatomic anomalies are presented to facilitate practitioners' development of their skills. Chapters include the latest ultrasound techniques and images, as well as case studies. Physicians, nurses, and trainees involved in the surgical, anesthetic, perioperative, or critical care of patients will find this guide to be their go-to resource in the OR, lab, or pain clinic.

    Contents:
    Section I: Head and Neck
    1. Anatomy of the Head and Neck
    2. Challenges of Dental Surgery and Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery in Patients with Anatomical Anomalies
    3. Airway Management
    Section II: Thorax and Its Contents
    4. Head and Neck Variations: Vessels
    5. Head and Neck Variations: Soft Tissue, Nerves, and Bones
    6. Common Congenital Syndromes and Disease States Impacting Regional Anesthesiology Techniques
    7. Thoracic Aorta and Its Variants
    Section III: Abdominal Cavity
    8. Anatomy of the Gastrointestinal System
    9. Anomalies of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    10. Surgical Anatomy of the Hepatobiliary System
    11. Surgical Anatomy, Anomalies, and Normal Variants of the Pancreas
    12. Anatomy of the Genitourinary System
    13. Urologic Anomalies and Surgical Implications
    14. Duodenal Fossae
    15. Acquired Spinal Disorders Anatomy
    16
    Neuraxial and Peripheral Nerve Block Placement in Patients with Anatomical Anomalies
    Section IV: Upper and Lower Extremities
    17. Upper Extremity Variations
    18. Anomalies of the Foot and Ankle
    19. Upper and Lower Extremity Vascular Variations
    Section V: Vascular Access and Anesthesia
    20. Vascular Access and Anesthesia for Patients with Cardiac Anatomic Anomalies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Edward Ellis, III, DDS, MS, Professor, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Director of Residency Training, The University of Texas Southwestern Medicial Center and Chief of Oral and Maxillofacial Suregery, Parkland Memorial Hospital, Michael F. Zide, DMD, Associate Director, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, John Peter Smith Hospital, Fort Worth, Texas ; surgical videos by Eric W. Wang, MD, Associate Professor, Department lf Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Director, Maxillofacial Trauma, UPMC Presbyterian Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Jenny Y. Yu, MD, Associate Professor, Clinical Operations, Departrment of Ophthalmology, Assistant Professor, Department of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania ; illustrations by Jennifer Carmichael, MA, and Lewis Calver, BFA, MS.
    Summary: "This text/atlas is a step-by-step guide to the surgical approaches used to expose the facial skeleton. The authors describe in detail the key anatomic structures and the technical aspects of each approach, so that the surgeon can safely gain access to the region of the craniofacial skeleton requiring surgery"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basic principles for approaches to the facial skeleton
    Transcutaneous approaches through the lower eyelid
    Transconjunctival approaches
    Supraorbital eyebrow approach
    Upper eyelid approach
    Coronal approach
    Approaches to the maxilla
    Mandibular vestibular approach
    Submandibular approach
    Retromandibular approach
    Rhytidectomy approach
    Preauricular approach
    External (open) approach
    Endonasal approach.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Robert G. Watkins, III, Robert G. Watkins, IV, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Stephen Haggerty, editor.
    Contents:
    1. The epidemiology of renal replacement therapy
    2. Physiology of peritoneal dialysis
    3. Patient selection for peritoneal dialysis
    4. Perioperative planning assessment and preparation
    5. Overview of catheter choices and implantation techniques
    6. Surgical considerations for open placement of peritoneal dialysis catheters
    7. Fluoroscopic guided percutaneous insertion of PD catheters
    8. Advanced laparoscopic insertion of peritoneal dialysis catheters
    9. Pre-sternal and extended catheters
    10. Buried catheters: how and why?
    11. Post-operative protocol and maintenance of function
    12. Diagnosis and management of catheter dysfunction
    13. Mechnical complications of peritoneal dialysis
    14. Infection complications of peritoneal dialysis
    15. Management of hernias in the context of peritoneal dialysis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Xiaodong Zhu.
    Contents:
    Cardiac Anatomy: Nomenclature and Abbreviations
    Position and Observation of the Heart and Surgical Approaches
    The Right Atrium
    The Right Ventricle
    The Coronary Artery
    The Conduction System of the Heart
    The Left Atrium
    The Left Ventricle
    The Cardiac Skeleton and the Aortic Root
    General Considerations of Cardiac Embryology
    Atrial Septal Defect and Cor Triatriatum
    Atrioventricular Septal Defect
    Ventricular Septal Defect
    Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Drainage
    Aortic Arch Coarctation and Interrupted Aortic Arch
    Congenital Anomalies of the Tricuspid Valve
    Right Ventricular Outflow Tract Obstruction
    Mitral Atresia and Hypoplastic Left Ventricle
    Single Ventricle
    Persistent Truncus Arteriosus
    Aortopulmonary Window
    Aneurism of the Sinus of Valsalva
    Tetralogy of Fallot
    Double Outlet Right Ventricle
    Complete Transposition of the Great Arteries
    Corrected Transposition of the Great Arteries
    Pulmonary Atresia
    Double-outlet of Left Ventricle.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ying Mao, Wei Zhu, Jianping Song, editors.
    Summary: This Atlas summarizes current surgical strategy for cerebral revascularization in the treatment of complex neurovascular diseases. It focuses on complex intracranial aneurysms, which are mostly large/giant, irregular and short of enough collateral compensation. In the first part, it starts from the extracranial-intracranial (EC-IC) bypass strategy. For the complex middle cerebral artery aneurysms, the types of EC-IC bypass are determined based on the angioarchitecture. Furthermore, various intracranial-intracranial (IC-IC) bypasses are introduced, with the advantage of no need for graft vessel harvesting and preferable matching of donor and receipt arteries. This Atlas provides useful knowledge and cases about this basic and indispensable skill for neurosurgeons.

    Contents:
    External carotid artery - Radial artery - Middle cerebral artery bypass
    Superficial temporal artery - Radial artery - Middle cerebral artery bypass
    Superficial temporal artery - Middle cerebral artery bypass
    Anterior cerebral artery (A3) - Anterior cerebral artery (A3) bypass
    Middle cerebral artery - Middle cerebral artery bypass
    Occipital artery - Posterior inferior cerebellar artery bypass
    Posterior cerebral artery - Posterior cerebral artery bypass
    Posterior inferior cerebellar artery - Vertebral artery bypass
    Anterior cerebral artery (A2) - Radial artery - Anterior cerebral artery (A4) bypass
    Carotid endarterectomy
    Computational fluid dynamics of cerebral revascularization
    Functional magnetic resonance imaging study of cerebral revascularization
    Perspective: The topographic model of cerebral revascularization.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ghulam Qadir Fayyaz, editor.
    Summary: Globally there is a burden of approximately 1, 60,000 new cases of cleft lip and palate every year, yet there is no single comprehensive source on this problem. This surgical atlas fills the gap in the knowledge of appropriately handling cleft lip and palate cases. This pictorial resource has been compiled and edited by an expert who operates one of the highest cleft lip and palate correction programs in the world and has performed more than 34,000 surgeries, restoring function to numerous patients across the globe. It covers all variants and types of cleft lip and palate defects, including both primary cases as well as in previously operated cases. It starts with an in-depth elaboration on anatomy, physiology, and pathology of the (normal) palate and cleft palate, moving towards, classification and identification of defects with the help of clear flow charts and simple algorithms enabling better diagnosis and decision making. With over 1500 high definition images and hand-drawn sketches, this atlas provides a detailed description of diagnosis, problems and the management of each type of defect. The underlying objective of such surgeries is to best restore the good function of the palate and enable better speech production, which is highlighted amply in each chapter. This atlas is a valuable resource for all plastic surgeons, paediatric surgeons, maxillofacial surgeons, ENT surgeons and other medical professionals involved in cleft lip and palate defect surgeries.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Patho-Phsyiology of Cleft Palate
    Classification of Cleft Palate
    Management of Cleft Palate Patient
    Objectives of Palate Repair
    Different Techniques of Palate Repair
    New Techniques and Innovations
    Post Operative Management of Cleft Palate Repair
    Complications of Cleft Palate Repair
    Pakistan Comprehensive Fistula Classification
    Management of Midline Palatal Fistula
    Management of Lateral Palatal Fistula
    Management of Subtotal Fistulae
    Management of Multiple Fistulae & FAR
    Dehiscence/Almost Total Loss of Palatal Tissue
    Difficult to Repair Secondary Palate Patients
    Speech Therapy
    Orthognathic Surgery after Cleft Palate Repair.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Bin Qiao, Zhing Min Liu, Yu Guo Weng, Ajit P. Yoganathan, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive surgical atlas of functional single ventricle and hypoplastic left heart syndrome, based on theoretical insights and a wealth of clinical practice. It offers anatomical morphology and descriptive texts, while also highlighting key aspects of each procedure. The book is divided into three major parts, the first two of which illustrate the procedures for the palliation of functional single ventricle and hypoplastic left heart syndrome respectively, including the fundamental concepts, derivatives, evolutionary process, and criterion for the staged Fontan procedure. In turn, part three highlights advances in computational simulation for cardiological applications. Featuring well-illustrated, clearly structured instructions, the book offers a valuable guide to functional single ventricle and hypoplastic left heart syndrome for cardiologists around the globe.

    Contents:
    Functional single ventricle
    Hypoplastic left heart syndrome
    Part III.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ying-bin Liu, editor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses advanced surgical techniques for pancreatic cancers, including open, laparoscopic and robotic-assisted surgery, as well as palliative surgery and total meso-pancreas excision. It also features high-resolution illustrations taken from selected clinical cases to enhance the descriptions of the surgical procedures. Providing details of technical issues and commenting on the outcome, it a timely reference resource for pancreatic surgeons, pancreatic physicians, and interns interested in pancreatic cancer surgery.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part 1 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Pancreatoduodenectomy
    1. Pancreatoduodenectomy: Total Meso-Pancreas Excision Approach
    2. Pancreatoduodenectomy: Artery First Approach
    3. Pancreatoduodenectomy: pancreatoduodenectomy other Approach
    4. Pylorus-Preserving Pancreatoduodenectomy
    5. Stomach-Preserving Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    6. Pancreatoduodenectomy with Venous Reconstruction
    Part 2 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Distal Pancreatectomy
    7. Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenectomy
    8. Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenic Preservation
    9. Modified Appleby Operation for Advanced Malignant Tumors of the Body and Tail of the Pancreas
    Part 3 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Pancreatectomy
    10. Total Pancreatectomy
    11. Pancreatectomy with Other Organ Resection
    Part 4 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Laparoscopic Surgery
    12. Laparoscopic pancreaticoduodenectomy with single stitch method
    13. Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenectomy
    14. Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenic Preservation
    15. Role of Staging Laparoscopy for Pancreatic Cancers
    Part 5 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopic Surgery
    16. Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopic Pancreatoduodenectomy(RPD)
    17. Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenectomy
    18. Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenic Preservation
    Part 6 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Palliative Surgical Therapy
    19. Endoscopic Retrograde Biliary Drainage for Unresectable Pancreatic Cancer
    20. Palliative Surgical Therapy: Palliative Bypass Procedure
    Part 7 Surgical Treatments for Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    21. Central Pancreatectomy
    22. Duodenum-Preserving Pancreatic Head Resection
    Part 8 Surgical Treatment of Pancreatic Cystic Neoplasms
    23. Surgical Treatment of Mucinous Cystic Neoplasms of the Pancreas
    24. Surgical Treatment of Serous Cystadenomas Neoplasm of the Pancreas
    25. Surgical Treatment of Solid Pseudopapillary Neoplasm of the Pancreas
    Part 9 Surgical Treatment of Complications and Recurrences after Pancreatoduodenectomy
    26. Surgical Treatment of Post-Operative Haemorrhage
    27. Surgical Treatment of Pancreatico-enteric Anastomosis Stenosis and Post-operative Chronic Pancreatitis
    28. Surgical Treatment of Pancreatic Fistula after Pancreatoduodenectomy
    Part 10 Pancreatic Anastomosis
    29. Binding Pancreaticojejunostomy
    30. Binding Pancreaticogastrostomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Chunlin Hou, Shimin Chang, Jian Lin, Dajiang Song.
    Contents:
    A brief history of perforator flaps
    Anatomy, classification and nomenclature
    Intra-operative techniques in perforator dissection
    Pedicled perforator flaps
    Combined perforator flaps
    Thinned perforator flaps
    Flow-through perforator flaps
    Lateral Arm Perforator Flap
    Medial arm perforator flap
    Radial Artery Perforator Flap
    Ulnar Artery Perforator Flap
    posterior interosseous artery perforator flap
    Posterolateral mid-forearm perforator flap
    Dorsal Metacarpal Artery Perforator Flaps
    Dorso-ulnar metacarpal perforator flap of the little finger
    Digital artery perforator flap
    Perforator flaps in the lateral thoracic region
    Deep inferior epigastric artery perforator (DIEP) flap
    Anterolateral thigh perforator flap
    Vastus medialis perforator flap
    Saphenous artery perforator flap
    Posterior thigh perforator flap
    Anterior tibial artery perforator flap
    Posterior tibial artery perforator flap
    Peroneal artery perforator flap
    Medial sural artery perforator flap
    Peroneal artery anterolateral supramalleolar flap
    Anterior supramalleolar perforator flap
    Medial supramalleolar perforator flap
    Dorsal metatarsal artery perforator flap.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Andreas B. Imhoff, Matthias J. Feucht (eds.) ; translated and edited by Dr. Mohamed Aboalata.
    Summary: This atlas depicts and describes the newest arthroscopic and open techniques for dealing with sports orthopaedic injuries and problems. More than 75 surgical procedures are presented step by step with the aid of superb illustrations. Arthroscopic views, artist drawings, X-rays, and clinical and operative photographs are all included to demonstrate exactly how each procedure should be performed. Individual sections are devoted to the shoulder, elbow, pelvis/hip, knee, and ankle/foot. By offering complete illustrated guidance on the surgical management of sports-related injuries, the Surgical Atlas of Sports Orthopaedics and Sports Traumatology will prove invaluable to both novice and experienced surgeons.

    Contents:
    Shoulder: Positioning, Portals
    Subacromial Space
    Rotator Cuff
    Instability
    Osteochondral Lesion
    Osteoarthritis Shoulder. Elbow: Positioning, Portals
    Cartilage
    Tendon. Pelvis / Hip: Positioning, Portals
    Tendon. Knee: Positioning, Portals
    Meniscus
    Ligaments
    Patella
    Osteochondral Lesion
    Osteotomy
    Osteoarthrosis. Ankle / Foot: Positioning, Portals
    Instability
    Osteochondral Lesion
    Osteoarthrosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Edgar N. Weaver, Jr ; with James B. Macon, Lydia Prokosch.
    Summary: The learning curve in the management of painful degenerative lumbar spine patients is steep because every case has singular characteristics. Surgical Care of the Painful Degenerative Lumbar Spine: Evaluation, Decision-Making, Techniques by Edgar Weaver reflects more than 35 years of neurosurgical practice devoted to refining degenerative spine disease evaluation and techniques. The book emphasizes and instructs a symptom-focused approach in the surgical decision-making process, with determinant radiographic features used mainly supportively. The text begins with a thorough overview of anatomy,

    Contents:
    Symptom-focused care of the PDLS
    Fundamental anatomy
    Spino-pelvic parameters and sagittal balance
    Stabilization in SFC surgery on the PDLS
    Clinical evaluation of the patient with a PDLS
    The fundamental open surgical method
    Lateral intramuscular planar [Limp] approach for instrumentation/stabilization L3 to sacrum
    Minimally invasive surgical method
    Post-operative care
    Surgical situations of complex decision-making
    Socio-economics in spine surgery.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    345
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    59
  • Digital
    edited by Forrest O. Moore [and others].
    Contents:
    Surgical Critical Care. Respiratory and Cardiovascular Physiology / Marcin Jankowski, Frederick Giberson
    Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation, Oxygen Delivery, and Shock / Filip Moshkovsky, Luis Cardenas, Mark Cipolle
    ECMO / Andy Michaels
    Arrhythmias, Acute Coronary Syndromes, and Hypertensive Emergencies / Rondi Gelbard, Omar K Danner
    Sepsis and the Inflammatory Response to Injury / Juan C Duchesne, Marquinn D Duke
    Hemodynamic and Respiratory Monitoring / Stephen M Welch, Christopher S Nelson, Stephen L Barnes
    Airway and Perioperative Management / Stephen M Welch, Jeffrey P Coughenour, Stephen L Barnes
    Acute Respiratory Failure and Mechanical Ventilation / Adrian A Maung, Lewis J Kaplan
    Infectious Disease / Yousef Abuhakmeh, John Watt, Courtney McKinney
    Pharmacology and Antibiotics / Michelle Strong, CPT Clay M Merritt
    Transfusion, Hemostasis, and Coagulation / Erin Palm, Kenji Inaba
    Analgesia and Anesthesia / Marquinn D Duke, Juan C Duchesne
    Delirium, Alcohol Withdrawal, and Psychiatric Disorders / Peter Bendix, Ali Salim
    Acid-Base, Fluid, and Electrolytes / Joshua Dilday, Asser Youssef, Nicholas Thiessen
    Metabolic Illness and Endocrinopathies / Andrew J Young, Therese M Duane
    Hypothermia and Hyperthermia / Raquel M Forsythe
    Acute Kidney Injury / Remigio J Flor, Keneeshia N Williams, Terence O'Keeffe
    Liver Failure / Muhammad Numan Khan, Bellal Joseph
    Nutrition Support in Critically Ill Patients / Rifat Latifi, Jorge Con
    Neurocritical Care / Herb A Phelan
    Thromboembolism / Herb A Phelan
    Transplantation, Immunology, and Cell Biology / Leslie Kobayashi, Emily Cantrell
    Obstetric Critical Care / Gerard J Fulda, Anthony Sciscione
    Pediatric Critical Care / Erin M Garvey, J Craig Egan
    Envenomations, Poisonings, and Toxicology / Michelle Strong
    Common Procedures in the ICU / Joanelle A Bailey, Adam D Fox
    Diagnostic Imaging, Ultrasound, and Interventional Radiology / Keneeshia N Williams, Remigio J flor, Terence O'Keeffe
    Emergency Surgery. Neurotrauma / Faisal Shah Jehan, Bellal Joseph
    Blunt and Penetrating Neck Trauma / Leslie Kobayashi, Barret Halgas
    Cardiothoracic and Thoracic Vascular Injury / Leslie Kobayashi, Amelia Simpson
    Abdominal and Abdominal Vascular Injury / Leslie Kobayashi, Michelle G Hamel
    Orthopedic and Hand Trauma / Brett D Crist, Gregory J Della Rocca
    Peripheral Vascular Trauma / Amy V Gore, Adam D Fox
    Urologic Trauma and Disorders / Jeremy Juern, Daniel Roubik
    Care of the Pregnant Trauma Patient / Ashley McCusker, Terence O'Keeffe
    Esophagus, Stomach, and Duodenum / Matthew B Singer, Andrew Tang
    Small Intestine, Appendix, and Colorectal / Vishal Bansal, Jay J Doucet
    Gallbladder and Pancreas / Matthew B Singer, Andrew Tang
    Liver and Spleen / Cathy Ho, Narong Kulvatunyou
    Incarcerated Hernias / Cathy Ho, Narong Kulvatunyou
    Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infections and Other Soft Tissue Infections / Jacob Swann, LTC Joseph J DuBose
    Obesity and Bariatric Surgery / Gregory Peirce, LTC Eric Ahnfeldt
    Thermal Burns, Electrical Burns, Chemical Burns, Inhalational Injury, and Lightning Injuries / Joseph J DuBose, Jacob Swann
    Gynecologic Surgery / K Aviva Bashan-Gilzenrat
    Cardiovascular and Thoracic Surgery / Jonathan Nguyen, Bryan C Morse
    Pediatric Surgery / Matthew Martin, Aaron Cunningham, Mubeen Jafri
    Geriatrics / K Aviva Bashan-Gilzenrat, Bryan Morse
    Telemedicine and Telepresence for Surgery and Trauma / Kalterina Latifi, Rifat Latifi
    Statistics / Alan Cook
    Ethics, End-of-Life, and Organ Retrieval / Allyson Cook, Lewis J Kaplan
    Index
    Supplemental Images.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Mazyar Kanani, Simon Lammy.
    Summary: This updated book continues the ABCDE chapter format from the second edition, incorporating an escalating level of diagnostic and management complexity and a concise bibliography in each chapter. It remains demarcated into two sections: the first (e.g. ABCDE chapters) equips surgical trainees in managing non-ICU-based patients, whilst the second provides a basic introduction to ICU care. The chapters introduce standard definitions, pathological processes, diagnostic features and common management plans. These are based on a range of updated recommended guidelines from NICE and SIGN and common ALS principles in critical care patients, as well as current ATLS® and CCrISP® standards. The most common causes of systemic complications in surgical patients are explained, e.g. updated sections on sepsis and major haemorrhage protocols, to name but a few. A must-have revision guide for all surgical trainees, from final-year medical students through to junior surgical registrars.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    Ali Salim, Carlos Brown, Kenji Inaba, Matthew J. Martin, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert C. McIntyre, Richard Schulick.
    Summary: "Using a proven, practical, algorithmic approach, Surgical Decision Making summarizes evidence-based guidelines and practice protocols in an easy-to-follow format. Designed to sharpen the decision-making skills of both trainees and practicing surgeons, the 6th Edition directs your focus to the critical decision points in a wide range of clinical scenarios, helping you determine optimal evaluation and management to secure the best possible patient outcomes. Algorithms are accompanied by annotations that explain all critical factors affecting decisions in a concise, readable manner"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Perioperative care. Preoperative laboratory evaluation
    Preoperative cardiac evaluation
    Preoperative pulmonary evaluation
    Bleeding disorders in surgical patients
    Hypercoagulable patient
    Postoperative fever
    Bridge anticoagulation
    Intraabdominal infection
    Preoperative evaluation of the geriatric patient
    Part II: Critical care
    Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    Perioperative arrhythmia
    Perioperative myocardial ischemia and infarction
    Shock
    Goal-directed resuscitation
    Pulmonary embolism
    Ventilator-associated pneumonia
    Nutritional support
    Acute respiratory failure
    Acute hypoxic event
    Acute renal failure
    Acid - base disorders
    Sodium disorders
    Potassium disorders
    Calcium disorders
    Hypothermia
    Part III: Head & neck. Neck mass
    Nonmelanoma skin cancer of the face
    Management of melanoma of the head and neck
    Part IV: Thoracic. Lung nodule
    Mediastinal tumors
    Pleural effusion and empyema
    Part V: Alimentary tract. Achalasia
    Esophageal motility disorders (other than achalasia)
    Esophageal perforation
    Caustic ingestion
    Gastroesophageal reflux disease
    Barrett's esophagus
    Esophageal diverticulum
    Paraesophageal hiatal hernia
    Gastric ulcer
    Duodenal ulcer
    Morbid obesity
    Upper GI bleeding
    Bleeding esophageal varices
    Jaundice
    Obstructive jaundice: interventional options
    Cholelithiasis
    Choledocholithiasis
    Hepatic abscess
    Cystic liver disease
    Solid liver lesion
    Acute pancreatitis
    Chronic pancreatitis
    Pancreatic pseudocysts
    Pancreas divisum
    Small bowel obstruction
    Acute mesenteric vascular occlusion
    Short bowel syndrome
    Enterocutaneous fistula
    Crohn's disease of the small bowel
    Right lower quadrant pain
    Volvulus
    Diverticulitis
    Lower gastrointestinal bleeding
    Ulcerative colitis
    Ischemic colitis
    Toxic megacolon
    C. dif colitis
    Large bowel obstruction
    Rectal prolapse
    Constipation
    Appendicitis
    Anorectal abscess and fistula-in-ano
    Hemorrhoids
    Pilonidal disease
    Anal fissure
    Groin hernia
    Ventral hernia
    Part VI: Oncology. Cancer of unknown primary
    Esophageal cancer
    Gastric cancer
    Cholangiocarcinoma
    Hepatocellular carcinoma
    Gallbladder carcinoma
    Gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GISTs)
    Pancreatic neuroendocrine tumor
    Periampullary carcinoma
    Pancreatic cystic neoplasms
    Pancreatic mass
    Retroperitoneal mass
    GI lymphoma
    Colon polyp
    Colon cancer
    Rectal cancer
    Anal cancer
    96 metastatic colorectal carcinoma
    Breast and soft tissues: nipple discharge
    Gynecomastia
    Palpable breast mass
    Nonpalpable breast lesions
    Early breast cancer
    Advanced breast cancer
    Recurrent breast carcinoma
    Familial breast cancer
    Breast reconstruction
    Soft tissue masses of the extremities
    Cutaneous melanoma
    Nonmelanoma skin cancer
    Part VII: Endocrine. Thyrotoxicosis
    Thyroid nodule
    Well-differentiated thyroid cancer
    Medullary thyroid carcinoma
    Hypercalcemia and hyperparathyroidism
    Hypoglycemia and insulinoma
    Zollinger-Ellison syndrome
    Adrenal incidentaloma
    Pheochromocytoma
    Cushing's syndrome
    Primary aldosteronism
    Part VIII: Trauma. Initial evaluation and resuscitation
    Airway management
    Cervical spine injury
    Resuscitative endovascular balloon occlusion of the aorta (REBOA)
    Emergency department thoracotomy
    Penetrating neck trauma
    Blunt cerebrovascular injury
    Rib fractures
    Hemo-pneumothorax
    Blunt thoracic aortic injury
    Blunt cardiac injury
    Annotations to thoracoabdominal trauma
    Blunt abdominal trauma
    Penetrating abdominal injury
    Blunt splenic injury
    Liver injury
    Abdominal vascular injuries
    Pancreatic injury
    Duodenal injury
    Penetrating injury of the colon
    Penetrating rectal injury
    Damage-control laparotomy
    Abdominal compartment syndrome
    Traumatic hematuria
    Renal injury
    Ureteral injuries
    Bladder and urethral trauma
    Pelvic fractures
    Closed head injury
    Cervical spine fractures
    Spinal cord injury
    Popliteal artery injury
    Burns
    Acute frostbite
    Electrical burn injury
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kimberly A. Davis, Raul Coimbra.
    Summary: "The combination of surgeon shortage and poor access to emergency surgical care led to establishment of the Acute Care Surgery paradigm and subspecialty in 2003. Concurrently, minimally invasive approaches revolutionized surgical practice in the 21st century. In the United States, acute care surgeons stand at the front line of patient care for emergency general surgery, trauma, and surgical critical care, and thus are positioned to positively impact healthcare delivery and costs. Surgical Decision Making in Acute Care Surgery by renowned surgeons Kimberly Davis and Raul Coimbra is the first text that comprehensively discusses when to use minimally invasive techniques and advanced technology versus traditional open procedures in acute traumatic and non-traumatic surgical emergencies. The text begins with three opening chapters covering the background of the Acute Care Surgery subspecialty, anatomic and physiological considerations, and the impact of acute surgical illness on pre- and postoperative critical care decisions. Subsequent chapters outline surgical approaches for commonly encountered acute conditions. Trauma chapters cover interventions for cervical, blunt and penetrating abdominal, and thoracic injuries. Emergency general surgery topics run the gamut from appendicitis to emergency management of paraesophageal hernias and esophageal perforations. An impressive group of senior surgeons and younger rising stars in American surgery share their expertise throughout the book"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Definition of acute care surgery / Robert D. Becher, Raul Coimbra, and Kimberly A. Davis
    Anatomic and physiological considerations / Bishwajit Bhattacharya and Kimberly A. Davis
    Impact of acute surgical illness on critical care decisions pre- and postoperatively / Lena M. Napolitano and Jay Doucet
    Cervical trauma / Aaron Richman and Clay Cothren Burlew
    Blunt abdominal trauma / Morgan Schellenberg and Kenji Inaba
    Penetrating abdominal trauma / Lyndsey E. Wessels, Michael J. Krzyzaniak, and Matthew J. Martin
    Thoracic trauma / Benjamin J. Moran, Katherine M. Kelley, and James V. O'Connor
    Vascular trauma / Jason Pasley, Megan Brenner, and Raul Coimbra
    Appendicitis / Edward Lineen, Yee Wong, and Nicholas Namias
    Acute cholecystitis / Giana H. Davidson and Eileen M. Bulger
    Acute Diverticulitis / Maryanne L. Pickett, Joseph P. Minei, and Michael W. Cripps
    A modern approach to complicated pancreatitis / Chris Javadi, Monica Dua, and Brendan Visser
    Inflammatory/infectious bowel disease / Cigdem Benlice, Ipek Sapci, and Scott R. Steele
    Gastroduodenal ulcers requiring surgery / Robert D. Winfield and Marie L. Crandall
    Intestinal bowel obstruction / Bishwajit Bhattacharya and Adrian A. Maung
    Surgical management of incarcerated hernias / Jessica Koller Gorham and William S. Richardson
    Mesenteric ischemia / James Becker, Todd W. Costantini, and Joseph M. Galante
    Esophageal emergencies : emergency management of paraesophageal hernias and esophageal perforations / Geoffrey P. Kohn.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Rifat Latifi.
    Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art approach to all aspects of geriatric surgery within the broad confines of surgery in geriatrics including general surgery, neurosurgery, thoracic surgery, vascular surgery, cardiac surgery, surgical oncology, hepatobiliary and transplant surgery, plastic, colorectal, orthopedic, gynecologic, and urologic surgery. The text is split into four parts. The first part is organized under general considerations on the geriatric surgical patient and includes current trends in geriatric surgery, and a number of important general issues such as practical approaches to reversal of bleeding/anticoagulation, role of anesthetic concerns in advanced age, frailty index and measurements of physiological reserves, nutritional support in the elderly, quality of life in the elderly, drug use, and family involvement. Part two of the book focuses on surgery specific system-based problems in geriatric surgical patients. The third part addresses many other important aspects of geriatric surgery including palliative and end of life care for the elderly, religious issues and the elderly care surgery, elderly with mental health issues, and nursing care of elderly patients. The fourth and final part describes the need for geriatric surgical care education and the components that are essential for the curriculum of current and future generations of students. Written by experts in the field, Surgical Decision Making in Geriatrics addresses patient selection, pre-operative considerations, technical conduct of the most common operations, and avoiding complications.

    Contents:
    Decision Making in Geriatric Surgery: More Surgery or Less Surgery?
    Is There Room for Common Sense in Surgical Decision-Making?
    Emergency Medicine Department Management of the Elderly
    Cardiovascular Comorbidities in the Elderly Undergoing Surgery
    Reversal of Oral Anticoagulants in the Elderly
    Frailty Assessment as Measurement of Physiologic Reserves in the Elderly
    Anesthetic Concerns in the Elderly
    Nutrition Support in Elderly Patients Undergoing Surgery
    Neurosurgery in the Elderly
    Caring for the Geriatrics Trauma Patient: The Challenges and the Opportunities
    ENT Surgery in the Elderly
    Thoracic Surgery in the Elderly
    Cardiac Surgery in the Elderly
    Surgical Decisions in Breast Cancer in the Elderly
    Emergency General Surgery in the Elderly
    Inguinal Hernia Repair in the Elderly
    Abdominal Wall Reconstruction in the Elderly: Techniques, Outcomes, and Pitfalls
    Bariatric Surgery in the Elderly
    Vascular Surgery in the Elderly
    Operative Surgical Oncology in the Elderly: Epidemiology, Opportunity, Outcome, and Ethical Issues
    Colorectal Surgery in the Elderly
    Liver Transplant Surgery in the Elderly
    Renal Transplantation in the Elderly
    Hepatopancreaticobiliary Surgery in the Elderly
    Plastic Surgery in the Elderly
    Drug Use in Elderly During Surgery: They Were Youngsters Once
    Urologic Surgery in the Elderly
    Gynecologic Surgery in the Elderly
    Postoperative Quality of Life in the Elderly
    Surgical Decision Making in the Elderly with Serious Surgical Illness: The Role of Palliative Care
    Family Involvement: What Does a Loved One Want at the End-of-Life?
    Spiritual and Religious Considerations in the Care of the Elderly
    Perioperative Care in the Elderly with Mental Health Issues
    How Do We Teach Medical Students to Care for the Elderly.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Savio George Barreto, John A. Windsor, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an evidence-based approach to the diagnosis and surgical management of the diseases of the pancreas and biliary tree, highlighting the most recent findings. The chapters are designed to accompany the reader on a step-by-step approach to the patient, providing the latest evidence to justify each recommendation. Wherever feasible and indicated, emphasis is placed on the use of tables and algorithms to simplify decision-making. The information contained in this well-referenced book is thus relevant not only to practicing pancreatobiliary and general surgeons, but also offers valuable guidance for surgical trainees. This book covers 14 diseases of the pancreas and biliary tree, from the more common gallstones and common bile duct stones, acute and chronic pancreatitis, to more complex benign conditions such as biliary fistulae and strictures, as well as cystic tumors of the pancreas, and finally the major malignancies include gallbladder cancer, pancreatic cancer and hilar cholangiocarcinoma. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Yuman Fong, Rondi Marie Kauffmann, Emily Marcinkowski, Gagandeep Singh, Hans F. Schoellhammer, editors.
    Contents:
    Preoperative Evaluation of the Cancer Patient for Emergency Surgery
    Toxicity of Anti-Neoplastic Therapy and Considerations for Peri-operative Care
    Surgical Considerations and Emergencies in the Cancer Patient Receiving Immunotherapy
    Surgery in the Thrombocytopenic and Coagulopathic Patient
    Emergency Surgery after Previous Radiation Therapy
    Emergent Image Guided Treatments in the Cancer Patient
    Cross-sectional and Nuclear Imaging as part of Emergency Workup
    Thoracic Emergencies: Tracheobronchial, Pulmonary, and Pleural Diseases
    Esophageal and Mediastinal Emergencies in the Cancer Patient
    Diagnostic Approach to Life-threatening Pulmonary Infiltrates
    Colon and Rectal Surgical Emergencies
    Hepatobiliary Emergencies
    Pancreatic Emergencies in the Cancer Patient
    Endocrine Surgical Emergencies in the Cancer Patient
    Surgical Emergencies in Gynecologic Oncology
    Fulminating Soft Tissue Infections
    Neurological Emergencies
    Vascular Emergencies in Oncologic Surgery
    Surgical Management of Head & Neck Emergencies in the Cancer Patient
    Surgical Emergencies in Breast Surgery
    Pediatric Perioperative Complications and Emergencies
    Dermatologic Emergencies
    Management of Catheter-related Blood Stream Infections in Cancer Patients
    Management of Perioperative Medications including Steroids, Growth Factors, and Hormone Receptors
    Emergencies in Patients with Bone-marrow Transplant
    Emergencies after Solid Organ Transplant: Liver Transplantation
    Surgery for Cancer after Previous Bariatric Surgery
    Emergencies after Cytoreductive Surgery and Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy (HIPEC)
    Hepatic Artery Infusion (HAI) for Colorectal Liver Metastases and Complications of HAI Pump.-
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Janice L. Pasieka, James A. Lee, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. The thyroid gland
    Thyroid physiology
    Emil Theodor Kocher
    Karl von Basedow
    Jan Wolff and Israel L. Chaikoff
    Hyperthyroidism and thyroiditis
    Robert James Graves
    Henry Stanley Plummer
    Hakaru Hashimoto
    Fritz de Quervain
    George W. Crile
    Multinodular goiter
    Hugh Spear Pemberton
    Medullary thyroid carcinoma
    John Richard Farndon
    Well-differentiated thyroid cancer: papillary, follicular, and oncocytic (Hürthle) cell cancer
    Karl Hürthle
    Update of the treatment guidelines for well-differentiated thyroid cancer
    Frank Lahey
    Thomas Dunhill
    Part II. The parathyroid glands
    Primary hyperparathyroidism: diagnosis and workup
    Sir Richard Owen
    Fuller Albright
    James Bertram Collip
    Surgical management of hyperparathyroidism
    Felix Mandl
    Oliver Cope
    Parathyroidectomy: postoperative considerations/complications
    Frantis̆ek Chvostek
    Armand Trousseau
    Theodor Billroth
    Part III. The adrenal glands
    Adrenal physiology
    Thomas Addison
    Primary aldosteronism
    Jerome W. Conn
    Cushing's Syndrome
    Harvey Cushing
    J. Aidan Carney
    Pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma
    Charles Horace Mayo
    Arthur M. Shipley
    Emil Zuckerkandl
    Part IV. Neuroendocrine tumors of the pancreas
    Part IV. Neuroendocrine tumors of the pancreas
    Insulinomas
    Sir Fredrick Grant Banting
    Charles Herbert Best
    Allen Oldfather Whipple
    William J. Mayo
    Gastrinoma
    Robert Milton Zollinger
    Edwin H. Ellison
    VIPoma
    John V. Verner Jr. and Ashton B. Morrison
    Glucagonoma
    Small bowel neuroendocrine tumors
    Carcinoid syndrome
    Sigfried Oberndorfer
    Part V. Hereditary endocrine syndromes
    von Hippel-Lindau Disease
    Eugen von Hippel and Arvid Lindau
    Multiple endocrine neoplasia type 1
    Paul Wermer
    Norman W. Thompson
    Multiple endocrine neoplasia 2 syndromes
    John H. Sipple
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Charles J. Prestigiacomo, E. Jesus Duffis, Chirag D. Gandhi.
    Summary: "Few medical fields have enjoyed the explosive growth and continued maturation as the subspecialty of endovascular surgical neuroradiology. In pouring through the literature on all things associated with neurointerventional, I recognized the need to develop a resource that brought focus to the many devices and the techniques and procedures we do. This book does just that: It brings to sharp focus the most current, and up-to-date methods of an ever-changing specialty. It brings this information to you, through the lens of experts in their respective fields by focusing all their research into the textbook that sits before you. The "Clinical Practice" portion of this textbook integrates and translates this theory into a working paradigm that brings benefit to our patients. By focusing on technique and emphasizing complication avoidance and in those unfortunate times when the complication occurs, complication management, your patient benefits"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Alberto R. Ferreres, editor.
    Summary: This book encompasses the theoretical and practical aspects of surgical ethics, with a focus on the application of ethical standards to everyday surgical practice and the resolution of ethical conflicts in the surgical arena. It provides surgeons (both prospective and practicing) in the different surgical fields with deep, practical insights into the topic. A 21st century surgeon requires complete competence (superb clinical skills, expert surgical decision-making and outstanding performance and technical skills) as well as solid ethical values. Ethics are placed at the core of surgical professionalism, so surgeons must be not only proficient and expert but also ethically and morally reliable. Surgical decision-making can be considered as a two-step process: the "how to treat" aspect is a matter of surgical science, while "why to treat" issues are a matter of surgical ethics and are based on ethical principles. As such, every surgeon should have a moral compass to guide his or her actions, always placing the welfare and rights of the patients above their own. The book provides invaluable background and insights for solving the ethical conflicts surgeons around the globe encounter in their daily practice. Surgical Ethics - Principles and Practice is an authoritative work in the field designed for experienced surgeons, surgical residents, and fellows, all of whom are confronted with ethics issues and conflicts in practice.

    Contents:
    Principles and foundations of surgical ethics
    Surgical ethics in everyday surgical practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Stanley Hoppenfeld, Piet deBoer, Richard Buckley ; illustrations by Hugh A. Thomas.
    Contents:
    The shoulder
    The humerus
    The elbow
    The forearm
    The wrist and hand
    The spine
    Pelvis and acetabulum
    The hip
    The femur
    The knee
    The tibia and fibula
    The ankle and foot
    Approaches for external fixation.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Piet de Boer, Richard Buckley, Stanley Hoppenfeld ; illustrations by Bernie Kida and Hugh A. Thomas.
    Contents:
    The shoulder
    The humerus
    The elbow
    The forearm
    The wrist and hand
    The spine
    Pelvis and acetabulum
    The hip
    The femur
    The knee
    The tibia and fibula
    The foot and ankle
    Approaches for external fixation.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael Karsy [and 4 others].
    Summary: "The Surgical Handbook by Michael Karsy and esteemed colleagues addresses training gaps by exposing early trainees, medical students, residents, advanced practice providers, and non-specialists to a diverse array of surgical subspecialty diseases and acute management topics. The impressive breadth of content presented in this resource reflects multidisciplinary contributions. The text covers far more than existing medical handbooks, while featuring concise distillation of key points conducive to learning. The book is organized by 16 sections starting with general perioperative and operative management of topics that apply to all surgeons, such as critical care, trauma, and general surgery. Subsequent chapters encompass a full spectrum of surgical specialties-from vascular and cardiothoracic-to neurosurgery and orthopaedics, as well as handy evidence-based reference guides. The focused collection of topics within each section serves as a useful resource for learning about management of specific diseases and also a starting point for self-directed learning"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020
  • Digital
    Editors, Jeanne E. Poole, Lyle W. Larson.
    Contents:
    The hardware of ICD and pacemaker pulse generators and leads / Brian Olshansky
    Surgical anatomy / Corinne Fligner and Lyle W. Larson
    Surgical tools and techniques / Otway Louie and Lyle W. Larson
    Anesthesia for interventional cardiology / Stefan Lombaard, Joanna M. Davies, and Alec Rooke
    Radiation safety / Melissa Robinson
    Patient preparation / Christine Cramer-Mitchell and Lyle W. Larson
    The surgical procedure / Jeanne E. Poole
    Transvenous lead placement / Andrea M. Russo and Ulrika Birgersdotter-Green
    Considerations for novel or alternative lead placement / Nazem Akoum and Joshua Hermsen
    Implanting the subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibrillator
    Kristen K. Patton
    Challenges in the pediatric and young adult patients requiring a cardiac rhythm device / Frank Cecchin
    Special circumstances and obstacles / Roger Carrillo and Chris Healy
    Pitfalls and complications / Marye Gleva and Charles Huddleston
    Prevention, evaluation, and management of cardiac rhythm device infections / Jordan M. Prutkin and Paul Pottinger
    Post-operative management / Linda Mariott and Lyle W. Larson.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    John R. Samples, Iqbal Ike K. Ahmed, editors.
    Summary: There is a revolution in new glaucoma surgical techniques. New glaucoma surgical devices are taking precedence in glaucoma surgery, with the new surgeries drastically cutting down on the chances for patient infection as well as higher success rates compared to the older types of surgery. Surgical Innovations in Glaucoma is the only book of its kind written by the top experts in the field, from inventors, clinical trial investigators, and top specialists experienced with the new devices. Written for general ophthalmologists who perform glaucoma surgery, the text walks the reader through the what, where, when, and how of the new glaucoma surgical tools, and includes supplementary online how-to videos for those interested in seeing the latest glaucoma procedures performed with these devices.

    Contents:
    Part I. Considerations in Device Development
    Part II. Laser Technologies
    Part III. Ultrasound Technologies
    Part IV. Internal Outflow Enhancement
    Part V. External Outflow Enhancement
    Part VI. Suprachoroidal Outflow Devices
    Part VII. Cataract Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Michael E. Kelly and Desmond C. Winter.
    Contents:
    From Early Pioneers to the PelvEx Collaborative / anna J Ryan, P Ronan O'Connell
    The Role of the Multidisciplinary Team in the Management of Locally Advanced and Recurrent Rectal Cancer / Dennis P Schaap, Joost Nederend, Harm JT Rutten, Jacobus WA Burger
    Preoperative Assessment of Tumor Anatomy and Surgical Resectability / Akash M Mehta, David Burling, John T Jenkins
    Neoadjuvant Therapy Options for Advanced Rectal Cancer / Alexandra Zaborowski, Paul Kelly, Brian Bird
    Preoperative Optimization Prior to Exenteration / Marta Climent, Miguel Pera
    Patient Positioning and Surgical Technology / Ben Creavin, Michael E Kelly, Desmond C Winter
    Intraoperative Assessment of Resectability and Operative Strategy / Rory Kokelaar, Dean Harris, Martyn Evans
    Anterior Pelvic Exenteration / Jan WA Hagemans, Jan M Rees, Joost Rothbarth, Cornelis Verhoef, Jacobus WA Burger
    Posterior Pelvic Exenteration / Werner Hohenberger, Maximilian Brunner, Susanne Merkel
    Total Pelvic Exenteration / Satish K Warrier, Andrew C Lynch, Alexander G Heriot
    Extended Exenterative Resections Involving Bone / Timothy Chittleborough, Gordon Beadel, Frank Frizelle
    Exenterative Resections Involving Vascular and Pelvic Sidewall Structures / Brian K Bednarski, George J Chang
    Extended Exenterative Resections for Recurrent Neoplasm / Peter Sagar
    Pelvic Exenteration in the Setting of Peritoneal Disease / Niels Kok, Arend Aalbers, Geerard Beets
    Minimally Invasive Pelvic Exenteration / Danielle Collins, Christos Kontovounisios, Shahnawaz Rasheed, Paris Tekkis
    Stoma Considerations Following Exenteration / Gabrielle H Ramshorst, Jurriaan B Tuynman
    Reconstructive Techniques Following Pelvic Exenteration / Dimitrios Patsouras, Alexis Schizas, Mark George
    Minimizing Morbidity from Pelvic Exenteration / Meara Dean, Alex Colquhoun, Peter Featherstone, Nicola S Fearnhead, R Justin Davies
    Crisis Management / Henrik Kidmose Christensen, Mette Mller Srensen, Victor Jilbert Verwaal
    Quality of Life and Patient-Reported Outcome Measures Following Pelvic Exenteration / Daniel Steffens, Cherry Koh, Michael Solomon
    Adjuvant Therapy options after Pelvic Exenteration for Advanced Rectal Cancer / Ka On Lam, Jeremy Yip, Wai Lun Law
    Adjuvant Therapy Options after Pelvic Exenteration for Gynecological Malignancy / Nisha Jagasia
    Adjuvant Therapy Options for Urological Neoplasms / Gregory J Nason, Clare O'Connell, Paul K Hegarty
    The Role of Re-irradiation for Locally Recurrent Rectal Cancer / Johannes HW Wilt, Jacobus WA Burger
    Palliative Pelvic Exenteration / Hidde M Kroon, Tarik Sammour
    Outcomes of Pelvic Exenteration for Locally Advanced and Recurrent Rectal Cancer / Awad M Jarrar, Scott R Steele
    Outcomes Following Exenteration for Urological Neoplasms / Frank McDermott, Ian Daniels, Neil Smart, John McGrath
    Outcomes Following Exenteration for Gynecological Neoplasms / Pivi Kannisto, Fredrik Liedberg, Marie-Louise Lydrup
    Mesenchymal and Non-Epithelial Tumors of the Pelvis / Eugenia Schwarzkopf, Patrick Boland.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Olaf H. Stanger, John R. Pepper, Lars G. Svensson, editors.
    Summary: This book follows the concept of perceiving the entire aorta as one functional organ assuming that all individual pathologies and local interventional procedures affect the up- and downstream segments with consequences for complications and disease progression. Thus any preventive or surgical strategy must recognize the aortic disease in its entirety. The book intends to cover the full spectrum of aortic pathologies, mechanisms and functional interplay. The latest available diagnostic tools and options for surgical treatment are presented by the foremost experts in their field in state-of-the-art reviews. The reader is provided with the most current and comprehensive insight into all fundamental and clinical aspects of aortic disease. All chapters are carefully complemented with figures and illustrations.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Imaging
    Principals
    Congenital diseases
    Connective tissue pathologies
    Aortic root and aortic valve surgery
    TAVI & new technologies
    Ascending aorta
    Aortic arch
    Descending aorta.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alana L. Grajewski, Elena Bitrian, Maria Papadopoulos, Sharon F. Freedman, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide thoroughly covers the characteristics and presentations of childhood glaucoma, as well as all surgical options for treatment. Surgical Management of Childhood Glaucoma: Clinical Considerations and Techniques addresses a variety of surgical methods, ranging from angle surgery with recent modifications to cyclodestruction, reviewing each option's particular set of advantages and disadvantages, and features illustrations and instructional videos of these techniques. Later chapters consider best-practices to providing surgery in developing countries, surgical considerations for patients with corneal opacities and cataracts, and the impact of glaucoma upon quality of life of pediatric patients. Written by leaders in the field of ophthalmology, this book offers readers an exceptional resource on the evaluation and surgical management of childhood glaucoma.

    Contents:
    Childhood glaucoma surgery : perioperative considerations
    Anesthetic considerations int he evaluation of children with glaucoma and associated conditions
    Pediatric examination under anesthesia
    Angle surgery : goniotomy
    Angle surgery : trabeculotomy
    Pediatric trabeculectomy
    Glaucoma drainage devices
    Cyclodestruction
    Other procedures for pediatric glaucoma surgery : new devices and techniques
    Surgical considerations in children with corneal opacities and cataracts
    Childhood glaucoma surgery in developing countries
    Impact of childhood glaucoma and glaucoma surgery on quality of life.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nasser Nadjmi.
    Summary: This atlas provides comprehensive, step-by-step guidance on surgical management of the cleft lip, alveolus, and palate. In particular, it demonstrates how an anatomical approach to management provides a sound basis for dealing with the many variations in cleft type. The displaced anatomical borders and landmarks, as well as the functional and aesthetic units, are fully described. The art of dissecting them from their abnormal position is illustrated, and their reconstruction into a normal and functional shape is meticulously explained. The main treatment philosophy underlying the described approach is that children born with cleft deformity should be “cleftless” by the time they enter the first grade of primary school. They must have normal speech. They should not have a fistula or residual cleft in the palate and/or the alveolus. And they should have a normal face so that they can confront the challenges of life without cleft stigma. Both novice and more experienced surgeons will find this atlas to be a valuable aid to optimal treatment, and readers will have online access to videos of the described surgical procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Antonio Crucitti, editor.
    Contents:
    General principles of epidemiology
    Endocrine surgery
    Gastrointestinal system
    Vascular disorders
    Hepato-biliary system
    Abdominal wall defect and soft tissue sarcoma
    Trauma and non-traumatic emergencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kim J. Burchiel.
    Summary: Surgical Management of Pain, Second Edition, is a completely updated state-of-the-art reference on neurosurgical pain management. This new edition is in full color and includes the following sections: Anatomic and Physiologic Foundations for Nociceptive and Neuropathic Pain, Pain Medicine, Pain Diagnoses, Surgical Procedures for Pain, and New Directions for Pain Surgery. The chapters in the book focus on procedures that are currently performed by neurosurgeons to relieve pain. Key Features: Emphasizes best evidence treatment options free online access to videos demonstrating surgical technique.
  • Digital
    George Tsoulfas, Jamal J. Hoballah, George C. Velmahos, Yik-Hong Ho, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art approach to the diagnosis and surgical management of parasitic diseases involving different organ systems, with emphasis on the gastrointestinal tract. It is divided into five parts that address the various etiologies, current diagnostic dilemmas and methods, as well as the key principles involved in their surgical management. The introduction presents the overall epidemiology and classification of parasitic diseases, followed by chapters that focus on different types of the most frequently encountered parasitic diseases of the gastrointestinal tract found in different parts of the world, with special attention given to the existing surgical debates regarding the use of minimally invasive procedures. The next part places special emphasis on hydatid disease by describing the current extent of this disease, changes in its management, and the most frequent complications and tips on how to avoid them. The following part discusses the surgical management of parasitic diseases affecting different organ systems, including the heart, the lungs, the brain and the urinary system. The final part presents the surgical dilemmas encountered in special situations, such as pregnancy, and the pediatric patient. The Surgical Management of Parasitic Diseases is an important and authoritative resource to surgeons of all specialties dealing with parasitic diseases.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Epidemiology and Classification
    1: Epidemiology of Parasitic Diseases
    Global Epidemiology of Parasitic Diseases
    Global Burden of Parasitic Diseases
    Public Health and Research Directions
    Types of Parasites
    Global Burden of Disease from Helminthic Infections
    Epidemiology of Cestodes
    Echinococcosis: Epidemiological Aspects
    Cystic Echinococcosis
    Echinococcosis: A Worldwide Snapshot
    Echinococcosis by Region
    Western Developed Countries
    South America
    China and Southeast Asia Africa and the Middle East
    Echinococcosis: Costs
    Public Health and Research Status
    Eradication
    E. multilocularis
    Cysticercosis
    Intestinal Cestodes
    Nematodes
    Clinical Burden of Intestinal Nematode Disease
    Tissue Nematodes
    Other Nematodes
    Epidemiology of Trematodes
    Schistosomasis
    Liver Flukes
    Intestinal and Lung Flukes
    Epidemiology of Protozoan Parasites
    References
    2: Classification of Parasitic Diseases
    Classification
    Diagnosis of Parasitic Diseases
    Protozoa
    Amebae
    Entamoeba Free-living amebae are Acanthamoeba, Naegleria, and Balamuthia
    Flagellates
    Trypanosoma
    Leishmania
    Giardia
    Trichomonas
    Sporozoa
    Babesia
    Toxoplasma
    Cryptosporidium
    Cystoisospora, Cyclospora
    Plasmodium
    Helminths
    Trematodes (Flukes)
    Schistosoma Species (Blood Flukes)
    Liver/Biliary Flukes
    Fasciolia hepatica
    Clonorchis and Opisthorchis (Asian/Oriental Fluke)
    Lung Flukes
    Paragonimiasis
    Intestinal Flukes (Heterophyes heterophyes and Fasciolopsis buski)
    Cestode Infections
    Intestinal (Non-invasive) Cestodes
    Taenia saginata (Beef Tapeworm) Taenia solium (Pork Tapeworm)
    Diphyllobothrium latum (Fish Tapeworm)
    Hymenolepis nana (Dwarf Tapeworm)
    Tissue (Somatic, Invasive) Cestodes
    Cysticercosis
    Echinococcus Species
    Nematodes (Roundworms)
    Intestinal Nematodes
    Ascaris lumbricoides
    Ancylostoma duodenale (Old World Hookworm), Necator americanus (New World Hookworm)
    Enterobius vermicularis (Pinworm)
    Trichuris trichiura (Whipworm)
    Strongyloides stercoralis
    Tissue Roundworms
    Trichinella spp.
    Wuchereria bancrofti, Brugia malayi, Loa loa, Onchocerca volvulus, Dracunculus medinensis Larva Migrans Syndromes
    References
    Part II: Parasitic Diseases of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    3: The Role of Surgery in Treating Parasitic Diseases of the Gastrointestinal Tract from Protozoa
    Introduction
    Mastigophora (Flagellates)
    Giardiasis
    Dientamoeba fragilis
    Trypanosoma cruzi
    Sarcodina (Amebae)
    Entamoeba histolytica (Amebiasis)
    Sporozoa
    Cryptosporidium parvum (Cryptosporidiosis)
    Cyclospora cayetanensis
    Ciliophora (Ciliates)
    Balantidium coli
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Surgical Treatment of Intestinal Cestodes
    Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Loren S. Schechter.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Background
    Chapter 3. Medical Therapy
    Chapter 4. Surgical Therapy
    Chapter 5. Surgical Therapy for Transwomen
    Chapter 6. Surgical Therapy for Transmen
    Chapter 7. Conclusion
    Appendices.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Charles R. Scoggins, Raphael E. Pollock, Timothy M. Pawlik, editors.
    Summary: This text serves as a comprehensive, state-of-the art definitive reference on surgical mentorship and leadership. This book is a practical, useful guide that reviews select topics on leadership and mentorship, as well as provides key information on how to launch a successful "young" surgical career. This volume focuses on key points on how to identify mentors, highlight mentor-mentee "pearls", as well as define key leadership traits in being successful as an academic surgeon. Chapters are written by national and international leaders in their fields and have boxes that highlight key lessons learned and leadership pearls for easy reference. Surgical Mentorship and Leadership is as a very useful resource for young surgical faculty, as well as fellows and residents in a broad array of surgical training programs.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kimberly A. Davis, Stanley H. Rosenbaum, editors.
    Summary: This volume is a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review for clinicians with an interest in the peri-operative nutritionalmanagement of all surgical patients. The text reviews normal physiology, the pathophysiology of starvation and surgical stressors, and focuses on appropriate nutritional repletion for various common disease states. Specifically, the text addresses the severe metabolic demands created by systemic inflammation, infection, and major insults such as trauma and burns. In addition, the book addresses the growing problem of obesity in surgical populations, including appropriate strategies directed towards the metabolic management of these patients. The text is designed for clinicians across levels of training and provides clear and concise evidence based guidelines for the metabolic management and nutritional support of the surgical patient. Written by experts in the field, Surgical Metabolism: The Metabolic Care of the Surgical Patient is a valuable resource forall cliniciansinvolved in the care of the critically ill.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Metabolism
    Fluid and Electrolytes
    Acid-Base Physiology
    Starvation
    Metabolism in the Trauma Patient
    Burns
    Obesity
    Malignancy
    Sepsis and Nutrition
    Intestinal Failure
    Enteral Nutrition
    Parenteral Nutrition
    Considerations in Organ Failure
    Endocrine Perturbations in Critical Illness
    Geriatric Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Kimberly A. Davis, Stanley H. Rosenbaum, editors.
    Summary: The goal of this book is not to follow a traditional systems or organ-based approach but rather to encourage our readers to think of the patients as complex biochemical systems. The book provides information that supplements the more traditional approaches and provides a detailed overview of the metabolic knowledge needed for surgical practice. The text reviews normal physiology, the pathophysiology of starvation and surgical stressors. It also focuses on appropriate nutritional repletion for various common disease states. Specifically, chapters address the severe metabolic demands created by systemic inflammation, infection, and major insults such as trauma and burns. All chapters are written by experts in their fields and include the most up-to-date scientific and clinical information. As biochemical aspects of modern medicine are advancing rapidly, chapters have been updated and several new chapters have been added in order to help readers keep pace in this race for state-of-the-art knowledge. Surgical Metabolism: The Metabolic Care of the Surgical Patient 2nd Edition is designed for clinicians across levels of training and provides clear and concise evidence based guidelines for the metabolic management and nutritional support of the surgical patient.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Abbreviations
    Part I: Normal Metabolism
    1: Introduction to Metabolism
    Introduction
    History of Metabolism
    The Hierarchy of Metabolism
    The Mitochondrial Level
    The Cellular Level
    The Organ Level
    Metabolic States at the Organism Level
    Energy Requirements
    Normal Energy Requirements
    Abnormal Energy Requirements
    The Measurement of Energy Requirements
    Direct Calorimetry
    Indirect Calorimetry
    Equations to Calculate REE
    Sources of Energy
    Carbohydrates
    Proteins
    Lipids
    Alternate Sources of Energy Normal Metabolic Processes
    Cofactors and Enzymes
    Therapeutic Interventions
    Normal Metabolism
    Perturbations of Metabolism
    Starvation
    Obesity
    Metabolic Stressors
    Genomics Impacting Metabolism
    Metabolomics
    Inborn Errors in Metabolism
    References
    2: Fluid and Electrolytes
    Introduction
    Total Body Water and the Fluid Compartments
    Volume Control Mechanisms
    Baseline Water and Electrolyte Requirements
    Parenteral Solutions
    Maintenance Fluid Therapy
    Resuscitative Fluid Therapy
    The Relationship Between Disorders of Water Balance and Sodium Balance Disorders of Sodium Metabolism
    Disorders of Potassium Metabolism
    Disorders of Calcium Metabolism
    Disorders of Magnesium Metabolism
    Disorders of Phosphorous Metabolism
    References
    3: Acid-Base Physiology
    General Principles
    Physiologic Basis for Acid-Base Disorders and Their Compensation
    Chemical Buffering Systems
    Physiologic Determinants of Acid-Base Maintenance
    Renal System
    Renal Reabsorption of Bicarbonate and Excretion of Acid
    Kidney-Liver Interaction
    Gastrointestinal Tract
    Respiratory Regulation of Carbon Dioxide Description and Classification of Acid-Base Disorders
    Assessment of Acid-Base Balance
    Metabolic Acid-Base Disorders
    Metabolic Acidoses
    Pathophysiology
    Anion Gap Acidoses
    Determination of Anion Gap
    Clinical Utility of Anion Gap
    Strong Ion Gap
    Lactate
    Sodium Bicarbonate
    Ketoacidosis
    Acidosis Secondary to Toxin Ingestion
    Salicylates
    Alcohols
    Ethylene Glycol
    Methanol
    Isopropyl Alcohol
    Renal Failure
    Acidosis Secondary to Rhabdomyolysis
    Acidosis of Unknown Origin
    Prognostic Significance of Positive-AG Metabolic Acidosis Non-anion Gap Acidosis (Hyperchloremic)
    Gastrointestinal Tract Loss
    Renal Tubular Acidosis
    Iatrogenic Acidosis
    Unexplained Hyperchloremic Acidosis
    Metabolic Alkaloses
    Pathogenesis and Differential Diagnosis
    Chloride-Sensitive Metabolic Alkaloses
    Chloride-Resistant Metabolic Alkaloses
    Other Causes of Metabolic Alkalosis
    Diagnostic Evaluation and Management
    Metabolic Acidosis
    Respiratory Acid-Base Disorders
    Pathophysiology
    Respiratory Acidosis
    Mechanism
    Management
    Treatment of Underlying Ventilatory Impairment
    Control of Hypoxemia
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Pierre Lasjaunias, Alejandro Berenstein, K.G. ter Brugge.
    Contents:
    1. Clinical anatomy and variations.
    2.1. Clinical and endovascular treatment aspects in adults ; cerebral ischemia ; vascular tumors of the head and neck ; traumatic arteriovenous fistulae ; aneurysms.
    2.2. Clinical and endovascular treatment aspects in adults ; cerebral arteriovenous shunts ; spinal arteriovenous shunts ; spinal vascular tumors ; technical aspects of endovascular neurosurgery.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital/Print
    P. Lasjaunias, A. Berenstein.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Functional anatomy of craniofacial arteries
    v. 2. Endovascular treatment of craniofacial lesions
    v. 3. Functional vascular anatomy of brain, spinal cord and spine
    v. 4. Endovascular treatment of cerebral lesions
    v. 5. Endovascular treatment of spine and spinal cord lesions.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Springer
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD594.2 .L37
    4
  • Digital
    Quyen D. Chu, John F. Gibbs, Gazi B. Zibari, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive perspective on surgical oncologic diseases that are relevant to those who have an interest in surgical oncology. Its purpose is to distill a voluminous amount of information to readers so they will have the opportunity to apply relevant information and knowledge to their particular needs. Each chapter is written by experts in their field who provide concise and in-depth information on their topic and supply references to key articles. Illustrations, diagrams, and photographs are included to assist the visual learners. Each chapter begins with bulleted key points to focus the readers on the material that will be covered and concludes with an appendix that summarizes the salient points. This unique set-up can be used as a tool to quickly review the topic at hand. The text also includes a set of short questions and answers at the end of each chapter to reinforce the salient points. Surgical Oncology: A Practical and Comprehensive Approach is a valuable resource for Medical students, surgical oncology fellows, general surgeons, and educators.

    Contents:
    Melanoma
    Non-Melanoma Skin Cancers
    Non-Invasive Breast Cancer
    Early Breast Cancer
    Locally Advanced Breast Cancer (LABC)
    BRCA1 and BRCA2 in Breast Cancer and Ovarian Cancer
    Breast Cancer during Pregnancy
    Esophageal Cancer
    Gastric Cancer
    Small Bowel Cancer
    Gallbladder Cancer
    Cholangiocarcinoma
    Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Adrenal Lesions
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Colon Cancer
    Local Excision of Early Stage Rectal Cancer
    Rectal Cancer
    Management of Liver Metastases from Colorectal Cancer
    Hereditary Colorectal Cancer and Polyposis Syndromes
    Cytoreductive Surgery and Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy
    Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Anal Canal
    Thyroid Cancer
    Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors (PNETs)
    Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia (MEN) Syndromes
    Carcinoid Tumors
    Soft Tissue Sarcoma
    Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumor (GIST)
    Ovarian and Adnexal Masses.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Frances C. Wright, Jaime Escallon, Moises Cukier, Melanie E. Tsang, Usmaan Hameed, editors.
    Contents:
    1.Tumours of the Adrenal Gland
    2.Ampullary Cancer
    3.Anal Cancer
    4.Breast Cancer
    5.Cholangiocarcinoma
    6.Colon Cancer
    7.Colorectal Liver Metastases
    8.Gallbladder Cancer
    9.Desmoid Fibromatosis and Dermatofibrosarcoma Protuberans
    10.Gastric Adenocarcinoma
    11.Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumours
    12.Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    13. Melanoma
    14.Merkel Cell Carcinoma
    15.Multidisciplinary Cancer Conferences
    16.Neuroendocrine Tumours (GastroEnteroPancreatic)
    17.Non-melanoma Skin Cancer
    18.Palliative Surgical Care
    19.Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas
    20. Peritoneal Surface Malignancies
    21.Rectal Cancer
    22.Retroperitoneal and Extremity Soft Tissue Sarcomas
    23.Thyroid Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Frances C. Wright, Jaime M. Escallon, Moises Cukier, Melanie E. Tsang, Usmaan Hameed, editors.
    Summary: This third edition manual provides a comprehensive, insightful, evidenced-based review of general surgical oncology and serves as a valuable resource for general surgeons in training, practicing general surgeons, and surgical oncologists. The volume describes a multidisciplinary approach that integrates clinical, radiologic, and pathologic data in formulating practical clinical management, and offers a practical approach to the most common situations when treating cancer patients. Each chapter focuses on an individual malignancy and describes the presentation of the malignancy, integrated management based on stage, landmark trials, and suggestions for who to discuss at multidisciplinary cancer conferences. Multiple tables in each chapter provide a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field. Clinical "pearls" or tips and tricks from high volume surgeons at the University of Toronto are also discussed. The third edition of the Surgical Oncology Manual will serve as a critical resource for general surgeons in training and practicing surgeons dealing with this challenging field.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgement
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Tumors of the Adrenal Gland
    Adrenal Incidentaloma
    Background
    Workup [4]
    Imaging
    Management and Follow-Up [4]
    Indications for Adrenalectomy [4-6]
    Functional Adrenal Tumors
    Pheochromocytoma
    Overview
    Workup
    Perioperative Considerations
    Genetic Testing
    Cushing Syndrome
    Overview
    Workup [4]
    Perioperative Considerations
    Autonomous Cortisol Secretion (Subclinical Cushing Syndrome (SCS))
    Primary Aldosteronism
    Overview
    Workup [4, 6, 26]
    Adrenal Vein Sampling Perioperative Considerations
    Prediction of Cure (Aldosterone Resolution Score)
    Adrenocortical Carcinoma
    Preoperative Workup [33]
    Prognostic Factors
    Operative Considerations
    Adjuvant and Systemic Therapy
    Metastases to the Adrenal Gland
    Workup
    Indications for Resection of Adrenal Metastasis
    References
    2: Ampullary Cancer
    Introduction
    Special Notes
    Special Case: Familial Adenomatous Polyposis (FAP)
    Landmark Trials
    Referring to Multidisciplinary Cancer Conference (MCC)
    Toronto Pearls
    References
    3: Anal Cancer
    Introduction
    Terminology Risk Factors and Precursor Lesions
    Anal Cancer
    Prevention and Screening
    Referring to Medical Oncology
    Referring to Radiation Oncology
    Referring to Multidisciplinary Cancer Conference
    Toronto Pearls
    References
    4: Breast Cancer
    Introduction
    Benign, but Worrisome
    Ductal Carcinoma In Situ
    DCIS Recurrence
    DCIS and the Axilla
    Invasive Breast Cancer
    Special Notes
    Breast-Conserving Surgery
    Absolute Contraindications to BCS
    Relative Contraindications to BCS
    Trials for BCS Versus Mastectomy Meta-analysis to Assess Surgical Margins in BCS for Early Breast Cancer
    Genetic Testing
    The Axilla
    Approach to the Axilla in Early-Stage Breast Cancer
    Special Notes
    Isolated Tumor Cells and Micrometastases
    Special Notes
    Extranodal Extension
    SLNB Following Neoadjuvant Systemic Therapy
    Summary: Management of the Clinically Node-Negative Axilla in Patients Who Have Not Received Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy
    Considerations of Adjuvant Treatment for Invasive Breast Cancer
    Genomic Assays
    Ovarian Function Suppression
    Locally Advanced Breast Cancer
    Special Notes Inflammatory Breast Cancer
    Special Considerations
    Pregnancy and Breast Cancer
    Special Notes
    Breast Cancer in the Elderly
    Special Notes
    Dense Breasts
    Paget's Disease of the Nipple
    Male Breast Cancer
    Metastatic Breast Cancer
    Locoregional Recurrence of Breast Cancer
    Referral to Medical Oncology
    Referral to Radiation Oncology
    Referring to Multidisciplinary Cancer Conference
    Technical Aspects of Breast Surgery
    Oncoplastic Breast Surgery
    Technical Aspects of Breast Reconstruction aAfter Mastectomy
    Types of Reconstruction
    Implant-Based Reconstruction Autologous Reconstruction
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Sonal S. Chaugule, Santosh G. Honavar, Paul T. Finger, editors.
    Summary: Designed as an easy-to-use, practical guide to tumors of the eye, lids, and orbit, this Open Access book comprehensively addresses surgical treatment and management of diseases related to ophthalmic oncology. Surgical Ophthalmic Oncology: A Collaborative Open Access Reference is an ideal reference for general ophthalmologists, surgeons, fellows and trainees around the world who encounter these diseases in the care of their patients. Notably, this book includes considerations for those ophthalmologists offering subspecialty care in environments with limited access to advanced technology and instrumentation. Individual chapters address diagnostic indications, pre-operative and post-operative concerns, and provide detailed explanations of surgical techniques required to manage various eye cancer ailments with help of ample illustrations. High-quality videos included throughout the book provide readers with the opportunity to review surgical steps in real-time as a learning tool. Chapters thoroughly cover tumors of eyelid, cornea and conjunctiva, orbit as well as intraocular tumors, while later chapters discuss ophthalmic radiation therapy. The book concludes with a section on ophthalmic pathology which details essential guidelines on relevant aspects from specimen collection and transport, to interpretation of the pathology report. Surgical Ophthalmic Oncology: A Collaborative Open Access Reference is a unique and necessary valuable resource for ophthalmologists, trainees, and related medical professionals working in underserved areas in providing quality care for patients suffering from ocular cancers.

    Contents:
    I. Eyelid Tumors
    1. Overview and Epidemiology
    2. Excision of Eyelid Tumors: Principles and Techniques
    3. Biopsy Techniques for Eyelid Tumors
    4. Principles and Techniques of Eyelid Reconstruction
    5. Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy for Conjunctival and Ocular Adnexal Tumors
    II. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors
    6. Overview and Classification of Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors
    7. Surgical Techniques for Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors
    . Intraocular Tumors
    8. Overview of Intraocular Tumors
    9. Localized Therapy and Biopsies of Intraocular Tumors
    IV. Orbital Tumors
    10. Overview and Imaging of Orbital Tumors
    11. Surgical Techniques of Orbital Tumors
    V. Enucleation and Exenteration
    12. Enucleation and Exenteration
    13. Orbital Implants
    VI. Ophthalmic Radiotherapy
    14. Ophthalmic Radiotherapy: Plaques and Implants
    VII. Ocular Pathology
    15. Ocular Pathology
    VIII. Appendices
    Appendix 1: American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC) 8th Edition Cancer Staging
    Appendix 2: College of American Pathologist (CAP) Guidelines for Patients with Retinoblastoma
    Appendix 3: College of American Pathologist (CAP) Guidelines for Patients with Uveal Melanoma
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Sanjeet Narang, Edgar L. Ross, Alison Weisheipl.
    Summary: 'Surgical Pain Management' is an essential step-by-step guide to surgical techniques and the perioperative management of chronic pain patients whose treatment includes implantable therapies. Chapters review what makes a potential candidate for implant therapy, patient education, and the surgical management of a patient along with the needed resources to organize an implant service. This book is an ideal companion to an advanced training program in interventional pain management and a useful resource for developing a team that will optimize care for some of the most difficult to treat chronic pain patients.

    Contents:
    Organization of an implant service / Daniel Vardeh and Diane Polombi
    Anesthetic management for chronic pain surgery / Josemaria Paterno and Jason Stewart
    Psychological evaluation of the surgical pain patient / Mohammed A. Issa
    Patient education for surgical intervention for pain / Elizabeth Scanlan
    Implantable drug delivery systems / John S. Quick, Scott A. King, Michael Nguyen, David Boyce, Sanjeet Narang
    Externalized epidural infusion systems / Julie H.Y. Huang and Elizabeth Rickerson
    Dorsal column stimulation / Brendan McGinn, Ziev B. Moses, and Travis Tierney
    Peripheral nerve stimulation / Christian Peccora, Jorge Mendez, and David Janfaza
    Craniofacial nerve stimulation / Jeremy Jones and Edgar L. Ross
    Field stimulation / Ehren Nelson, Andrew Vaclavik, and Milan Stojanovic
    Sacral nerve stimulation / Chris R. Abrecht, Alison Weisheipl, and Assia Valovska
    Treatment of discogenic pain : minimally invasive procedures / Alison Weisheipl and Srdjan S. Nedeljkvoc
    Vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty / Yi Cai Isaac Tong and Ram V.S.R. Chavali
    Minimally invasive treatments for spinal stenosis : percutaneous lumbar / Jeremy Jones, R. Jason Yong, and Srdjan S. Nedeljkovic
    Endovenous ablation / Cyrus Ahmadi Yazdi, Michael Nguyen, and R. Jason Yong.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Ahmad Altaleb, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a practical and clinically oriented guide to the concepts of pathologic diagnosis of surgical specimens. Concise and highly illustrated chapters cover essential information required within patient management. Telepathology, ancillary techniques, and surgical oncology concepts are also examined. Surgical Pathology: A Practical Guide aims to bridge the knowledge gap between surgeons and pathologists to promote mutual understanding and a better working relationship. This book is relevant to general surgeons, and surgical oncologists, whether in training or in practice. It also serves as an introduction for first-year pathology residents, and medical students interested in surgical pathology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    1: The Role of Surgical Pathologist: A Surgeon's Perspective
    Introduction
    Preoperative Input
    Intraoperative Input
    Postoperative Input
    References
    2: Histopathology Versus Cytopathology
    Further Reading
    Part II: The Surgical Pathology Report
    3: The Surgical Pathology Request Form, What Is Mandatory To Fill-In?
    Further Reading
    4: The Surgical Pathology Report Simplified
    Further Reading
    5: Clarifying Jargon in Pathology Reports
    Further Reading Part III: The Journey of Specimens
    6: The Journey of Specimens: From the Operating Table to the Microscope
    7: At the Grossing Station: Principles of Specimen Handling and Cut-Up
    8: Basics of Tissue Processing
    Further Reading
    9: A Primer on Gross Pathology Examination and Selected Images of Gross Specimens
    Further Reading
    Part IV: Specimen's 'Essentials'!
    10: Formalin
    Further Reading
    11: The Paraffin Block
    Further Reading
    Part V: The Intraoperative Consultation
    12: The Pathologist and the Intraoperative Consultation: A Surgeon's Perspective
    References 13: Intraoperative Diagnoses Techniques
    Further Reading
    14: Frozen Sections
    Further Reading
    Part VI: The Biopsy
    15: Biopsies in Oncology: Role, Types, and Principles of Optimal Sampling
    Limitations
    Potential Competing Alternatives: The Liquid Biopsy
    Further Reading
    Part VII: Ancillary Studies in Surgical Pathology
    16: Ancillary Studies in Surgical Pathology
    Further Reading
    17: Commonly Used Immunohistochemical Stains and Their Diagnostic, Theranostic, and Prognostic Utilities
    Introduction
    Diagnostic Use
    Organ Diagnosis
    Differentiation Inflammation
    Tumor Subtypes
    Infections
    Theranostic Use
    Prognostic Use
    Further Reading
    Part VIII: A Primar on Surgical Oncology
    18: Grading and Staging in Pathology
    Grading
    Staging
    Further Reading
    19: A Primer on Clinical Stage Classifications of Malignant Tumors (cTNM)
    Notes
    Further Reading
    20: Selected Tables of Pathologic Stage Classification (pTNM)
    Further Reading
    21: Surgical Margin Assessment
    Extent of Resection: A Rough Guide
    Further Reading
    22: Metastases: A Visual Guide
    High Yield Facts
    Metastases
    General Rules Cancer of Unknown Primary (CUP)
    Further Reading
    Part IX: The Modern Surgical Pathology
    23: Virtual Microscopy and Telepathology
    Further Reading
    24: The Modern Pathologist Role at MDT Meeting
    Multidisciplinary Team (MDT) Meeting
    Further Reading
    Part X: Errors in Surgical Pathology
    25: Sources of Error in Surgical Pathology
    Further Reading
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Wen-Ming Cong, editor.
    Contents:
    1. My view on the biological features and surgical treatment of liver cancer
    2. Thinking on innovative research of liver cancer and clinical transformation
    3. Researches on surgical pathology of hepatobiliary tumors in EHBH
    4. Clonal origins of postoperative recurrent heptocellular carcinoma
    5. Tumor-like lesions of the liver and intrahepatic bile duct
    6. Benign tumors of the liver and intrahepatic bile duct
    7. Malignant tumors of the liver and intrahepatic bile ducts
    8. Hepatic tumors in children
    9. Tumors of the gallbladder
    10. Tumors of extrahepatic bile duct
    11. Liver biopsy for the diagnosis of liver neoplasms
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Taofic Mounajjed, Vishal S. Chandan, Michael S. Torbenson, editors.
    Contents:
    Pseudotumors
    Benign Vascular Tumors
    Benign Mesenchymal Tumors and Miscellaneous Tumors
    Benign Hepatocellular Tumors
    Benign Biliary Tumors
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma Precursor Lesions
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Fibrolamellar Carcinoma
    Cholangiocarcinoma Precancerous Lesions
    Cholangiocarcinoma
    Malignant Mesenchymal Tumors
    Hematolymphoid Lesions
    Benign Pediatric Hepatic Tumors
    Malignant Pediatric Liver Tumors
    Metastatic Tumors. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Lizhi Zhang, Vishal S. Chandan, Tsung-Teh Wu, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the entire spectrum of non-neoplastic diseases within the gastrointestinal (GI) tract including new entities, recent developments, and questions that arise in the practice of GI pathology. The text is organized by specific organ site, with related disorders of each organ site subgrouped into several chapters based on their common features. Pathologists can quickly find the disorders they are interested and review similar disorders in the same chapter to help them make a correct diagnosis. Each major and common entity is described in detail with its definition, clinical features, pathological features (covering both the gross and microscopic details), differential diagnosis and treatment/prognosis. All chapters also highlight the use of special/immunohistochemical stains and other supporting studies as needed with a focus on providing a practical differential diagnosis rather than just a list of potential associations. This book is extensively illustrated with both gross and microscopic images that act as an integral part of the information provided in the text. Written by practicing GI/liver pathologists and gastroenterologists from the Mayo Clinic, Surgical Pathology of Non-neoplastic Gastrointestinal Diseases serves as a comprehensive yet practical guide for diagnostic surgical pathologists with a passion for GI pathology. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction: 1. Normal histology of gastrointestinal tract / Vishal S. Chandan
    2. Endoscopy, tissue processing, stains, and special tests / Ferga C. Gleeson and Lizhi Zhang. Part II: Non-neoplastic diseases of the esophagus: 3. Reflux esophagitis and Barrett esophagus / Jason T. Lewis
    4. Eosinophilic esophagitis / Thomas C. Smyrk
    5. Drug-induced injury, injections, and congenital and miscellaneous disorders / Taofic Mounajjed. Part III: Non-neoplastic diseases of the stomach: 6. Common types of gastritis / Michael Torbenson
    7. Special forms of gastritis / Saba Yasir
    8. Drugs-induced injury, infections, vascular, congenital, and miscellaneous disorders / Vishal S. Chandan. Part IV: Non-neoplastic diseases of the duodenum: 9. Malabsorption and malnutrition disorders / Tsung-Teh Wu
    10. Other inflammatory disorders of duodenum / Tsung-Teh Wu
    11. Infections disorders of the duodenum and small bowel / Audrey N. Schuetz
    12. Drug-induced injury, polyps, congenital, and miscellaneous disorders / Vishal S. Chandan and Tsung-Teh Wu. Part V: Non-neoplastic diseases of the jejunum and ileum: 13. Inflammatory bowel disease / Lizhi Zhang
    14. Drug-induced injury, vascular, congenital, and miscellaneous disorders / Lizhi Zhang. Part VI: Non-neoplastic diseases of the colon: 15. Inflammatory bowel disease / Vishal S. Chandan and Tsung-Teh Wu
    16. Non-inflammatory bowel disease colitis / Murli Krishna
    17. Infections disorders of the colon / Bobbi S. Pritt
    18. Drug-induced injury, vascular, congenital, motility, polyps, and miscellaneous disorders / Vishal S. Chandan. Part VII: Non-neoplastic diseases of the appendix and anus: 19. Non-neoplastic diseases of appendix / Samar Said
    20. Non-neoplastic diseases of anus / Sejal Subhash Shah.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Prasenjit Das, Kaushik Majumdar, Siddhartha Datta Gupta, editors.
    Contents:
    Perspectives in gastrointestinal tract pathology
    Normal anatomical and histological basis for interpretation in gastrointestinal tract
    Endoscopic gastrointestinal biopsies and cytology samples: indications, endoscopic technique, collection, orientation, processing and handling of samples
    Grossing techniques of gastrointestinal tract specimens
    Diagnostic special stains, immunohistochemical markers and special techniques used in gastrointestinal tract pathology
    Pathology of diseases of esophagus
    Pathology of diseases of stomach
    Pathology of malabsorption syndrome
    Pathology of intestinal motility disorders
    Pathology of other infectious, inflammatory, autoimmune, immunodeficiency, vascular and drug induced diseases of small and large intestine
    Lesions of appendix
    Systemic diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract
    Diagnostic cytology of benign lesions of the gastrointestinal tract
    Pathology of pre-neoplastic lesions of gastrointestinal tract
    Pathology of epithelial lesions of gastrointestinal tract
    Pathology of lymphoid lesions of gastrointestinal tract
    Pathology of neuroendocrine lesions of gastrointestinal tract
    Pathology of mesenchymal lesions of gastrointestinal tract
    Neoplastic pathology of appendix
    Diagnostic cytology of malignant lesions of the gastrointestinal tract
    Molecular classifications of gastrointestinal tract tumors
    Setting up and management of a gastrointestinal tract pathology laboratory.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Daniel D, Mais, MD
    Summary: "Surgical Pathology Review fills a gap in the currently available texts, on one side of which are the massive multivolume texts that are primarily concerned with the practical aspects of histopathologic diagnosis and on the other a few standard texts that are concerned primarily with the conceptual fundamentals of pathology. This text smooths over the inevitable gaps in knowledge that, when filled, round the pathologist out into a fully developed diagnostician and prepare them for the successful completion of certification examinations. Organized by organ system and specific lesions found, the focus of the text is nonmorphologic, hard-to-remember facts associated with each lesion—a catalogue of associations considered requisite knowledge for the fully trained pathologist. The prototypical morphologic features of each lesion are briefly described, with accompanying high-quality images of the uncommonly encountered ones. Details relevant to surgical pathology and cytopathology are reviewed."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cover Title Copyright Contents Preface Contributors
    1. Head and Neck
    2. Gastrointestinal Tract
    3. Pancreas
    4. Liver
    5. Breast
    6. Gynecologic
    7. Placenta
    8. Genitourinary
    9. Medical Kidney
    10. Endocrine
    11. Lung
    12. Mediastinum
    13. Heart and Vasculature
    14. Skin
    15. Bone and Soft Tissue
    16. Central Nervous System
    17. Lymph Nodes and Spleen
    18. Special Topics Backcover
  • Digital
    Juan A. Sanchez, Paul Barach, Julie K. Johnson, Jeffrey P. Jacobs, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Fundamentals of systems and safety science. 1. The burning platform: improving surgical quality and keeping patients safe
    2. Risk factors and epidemiology of surgical safety
    3. Concepts and models of safety, resilience, and reliability
    4. Surgery through a human factors and ergonomics lens
    5. The relationship between teamwork and patient safety
    6. Enterprise risk management in healthcare
    7. The patient experience: an essential component of high-value care and service
    8. Patients and families as coproducers of safe and reliable outcomes
    9. Tools and strategies for continuous quality improvement and patient safety
    10. The future and challenges of surgical technology implementation and patient safety
    Part 2. Job and organizational design. 11. Organizational and cultural determinants of surgical safety
    12. The role of architecture and physical environment in hospital safety design
    13. Building surgical expertise through the science of continuous learning and training
    14. Promoting occupational wellness and combating professional burnout in the surgical workforce
    15. Executive leadership and surgical quality: a guide for senior hospital leaders
    16. Information technology infrastructure, management, and implementation: the rise of the emergent clinical information system and the chief medical information officer
    17. Redesigning hospital alarms for reliable and safe care
    18. Implementation science: translating research into practice for sustained impact
    Part 3. 19. The leadership role: designing perioperative surgical services for safety and efficiency
    20. Operating room management, measures of OR efficiency, and cost-effectiveness
    21. The science of delivering safe and reliable anesthesia care
    22. Enhanced recovery after surgery: ERAS
    23. The next frontier: ambulatory and outpatient surgical safety and quality
    24. Human factors and operating room design challenges
    25. Diagnostic error in surgery and surgical services-- 26. Preventing perioperative 'never events'
    27. Healthcare-associated infections in surgical practice
    28. Safer medication administration through design and ergonomics
    28. Safer medication administration through design and ergonomics
    29. Preventing venous thromboembolism across the surgical care continuum
    30. Preventing perioperative positioning and equipment injuries
    31. Challenges in preventing electrical, thermal, and radiation injuries
    32. Improving clinical performances by analyzing surgical skills and operative errors
    Part 4. Approaches to managing risks. 33. Perioperative risk and management of surgical patients-- 34. Managing the complex high-risk surgical patient
    35. Geriatric surgical quality and wellness
    36. Patient transitions and handovers across the continuum of surgical care
    37. Failure to rescue and failure to perceive patients in crisis
    38. A quiet revolution: communicating and resolving patient harm
    39. It's my fault: understanding the role of personal accountability, mental models and systems in managing sentinel events
    40. Capturing, reporting, and learning from adverse events
    41. How not to run an incident investigation
    42. Multi-institutional learning and collaboration to improve quality and safety
    43. Lessons learned from anesthesia registries about surgical safety and reliability
    44. Use of data from surgical registries to improve outcomes
    Part 5. Regulation, policy, and the future of surgical care. 45 How regulators assess and accredit safety and quality in surgical services
    46. The perioperative surgical home: the new frontier
    47. Surgical graduate medical education program accreditation and the clinical learning environment: patient safety and health care quality
    48. Affordable Care Act: public legislation
    49. Surgical quality and patient safety in rural settings
    50. Global surgery: progress and challenges in surgical quality and patient services
    51. International perspectives on safety, quality, and reliability of surgical care
    52. Surgical safety in developing countries: Middle East, North Africa, and Gulf Countries
    53. Future directions of surgical safety
    Epilogue
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Philip F. Stahel.
    Contents:
    Section I. Practical tools for surgical residents in training
    Section II. Case-based scenarios
    Section III. Perspectives
    Section IV. Epilogue.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] William P. Potsic, Robin T. Cotton, Steven D. Handler, Karen B. Zur.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Melissa Phillips LaPinska, Jeffrey A. Blatnik, editors.
    Summary: This text is designed to present a comprehensive state-of-the-art approach to options available for inguinal hernia repair. Early chapters address anatomic evaluation of the groin, preoperative optimization of outcomes, and considerations in choosing a surgical technique. It then transitions to the clinical management of this common medical condition, specifically focusing on operative details. Written by experts in the field of hernia repair, the clinical chapters detail both open and minimally invasive techniques for repair including detailed anatomic drawings, surgical photos, and links to videos of operative techniques. Postoperative management is explained, detailing the common complications and addressing the importance of surgical outcomes, especially in the setting of "pay for performance" metrics. The final section of the text concludes with the management of inguinal hernias in select situations, including children, those performed with concomitant procedures, and modifications for training residents in this common surgical procedure. Each chapter includes a review of the published literature and selected references, along with anatomic illustrations, videos from operative interventions, and surgical photos to help reinforce the text. Surgical Principles in Inguinal Hernia Repair: A Comprehensive Guide to Anatomy and Operative Techniques serves as a comprehensive resource for surgeons on patient preparation, surgical techniques, and outcomes for the management of inguinal hernias. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    H. Jaap Bonjer, editor.
    Contents:
    Section 1. General principles
    1. Ergonomics of the minimally invasive operating theatre
    2. Safety in the operating theatre
    3. Access to the abdominal and thoracic cavity
    Section 2. Abdominal wall
    4. Inguinal and femoral hernia (TEP)
    5. Inguinal and femoral hernia (TAPP)
    6. Ventral hernia
    Section 3. Oesophagus
    7. Motility disorders
    8. Hiatal hernia and reflux
    9. Minimally Invasive Esophageal Resection
    Section 4. Stomach
    10. Gastrectomy
    11. Peptic ulcer perforation
    Section 5. Bariatric surgery
    12. Selection of bariatric procedure
    13. Gastric banding
    14. Gastric by-pass
    15. Sleeve resection
    16. Duodenal switch
    17. Redo surgery
    Section 6. Liver
    18. Hepatic resection
    19. Non-resection: Radiofrequency ablation, cryo, microwave
    Section 7. Galbladder and biliary ducts
    20. Cholecystectomy
    21. Surgical management of ductal calculi
    Section 8. Pancreas
    22. Distal pancreatectomy, enucleation
    23. Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    24. Necrosectomy for acute pancreatitis.-Section 9. Spleen
    25. Splenectomy
    Section 10. Small intestine
    26. Adhesiolysis for bowel obstruction
    Section 11. Colon and Appendix
    27. Appendectomy
    28. Right colonic and ileocaecal resection
    29. Left colectomy and sigmoidectomy
    30. Total colectomy
    Section 12. Rectum
    31. Low anterior resection, abdominoperineal resection
    32. Prolapse
    33. TEM
    34. TAMIS
    Section 13. Thyroid & parathyroid
    35. Thyroid and parathyroid
    Section 14. Adrenal
    36. Adrenal anterior approach
    37. Adrenal posterior approach
    Section 15. Innovative minimally invasive techniques
    38. NOTES and hybrid NOTES procedures
    39. Single incision surgery
    40. Robotic surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Sanchia Goonewardene, Raj Persad, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Scott Francis Davis, editor.
    Summary: This book equips the intraoperative monitoring provider (both technologist and physician) with details of commonly monitored surgical procedures of the spine. This knowledge better allows the monitorist to identify critical phases of the surgery and correlate those with neuroanatomical and functional risk at each phase. Chapters are authored by a surgeon and neurophysiologist, with the surgeon contributing procedural content and the neurophysiologist contributing information on how the monitoring integrates within the context of the procedure. It is the first book that incorporates content about the surgical procedure directly with the intraoperative monitoring plan for the surgery. This text will have a wide audience throughout the medical specialty of intraoperative neurophysiological monitoring; it will be of interest to technologists, interpreting physicians or neurophysiologists, anesthesiologists, and surgeons; essentially anyone on the surgical team that lacks a detailed knowledge of both the surgical procedure and the neurophysiology. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Atlantoaxial Procedures
    Posterior C1-C2 Instrumentation and Fusion Techniques
    Introduction
    Pathology
    Monitoring Plan
    Procedural Details
    Outcomes and Complications
    Occipito-cervical Fusion
    Introduction
    Pathology
    Monitoring Plan
    Procedural Details
    Outcomes and Complications
    Far Lateral Transcondylar Approaches
    Introduction
    Pathology
    Monitoring Plan
    Procedural Details
    Outcomes and Complications
    Trans-oral Approaches to C1-C2
    Introduction
    Pathology
    Monitoring Plan Procedural Details
    Outcomes and Complications
    References
    Posterior C1-C2 Instrumentation and Fusion Techniques
    Occipito-cervical Fusion
    Far Lateral Transcondylar Approaches
    Trans-oral Approach
    Anterior Cervical Discectomy and Fusion
    Introduction
    Procedure Details
    Positioning
    Incision and Exposure
    Discectomy/Decompression
    Closure
    Neuromonitoring
    Outcomes/Complications
    High Cervical ACDF (C3-C4)
    Introduction: See ACDF*
    Pathology
    Procedure Details
    Outcomes/Complications
    Low Cervical/Cervicothoracic ACDF (C7-T3)
    Introduction Operative Planning
    Procedure Details
    Incision and Exposure
    Decompression/Reconstruction
    Intraoperative Monitoring/Consideration
    Posterior Cervical Laminectomy, Instrumentation, and Fusion (PCDF) Versus Posterior Cervical Laminectomy and Decompression
    Introduction
    Procedure Details
    Outcomes/Complications
    References
    Lumbar Spine Surgery
    Lumbar Laminectomy
    Overview
    Pathology
    Procedure Details
    Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
    Outcomes/Complications
    Lumbar Microdiscectomy
    Overview
    Pathology
    Procedure Details Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
    Outcomes/Complications
    Lumbar Interbody Fusion
    Overview
    Pathology
    Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion
    Procedure Details
    Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
    Outcomes/Complications
    Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion (TLIF)
    Procedure Details
    Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
    Outcomes/Complications
    Lateral Lumbar Interbody Fusion (LLIF)
    Procedure Details
    Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
    Outcomes/Complications
    Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (ALIF)
    Procedure Details Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
    Outcomes/Complications
    References
    Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery
    Introduction
    Posterior Cervical Laminotomy and Foraminotomy
    Translaminar Decompression for Lumbar Stenosis
    LLIF
    TLIF
    Intraoperative Monitoring Considerations
    References
    Metastatic Disease of the Spine: Operative Considerations
    Introduction
    Pathology
    Tumor Workup
    Surgical Decision Making
    Case Presentation
    Intraoperative Monitoring Plan and Considerations
    References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rachel R. Kelz, Sandra L. Wong, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Quality Improvement in Surgery
    2. The science of quality improvement
    3. Measuring Surgical Quality
    4. Are you capable of providing high quality care?
    5. Surgical Quality Improvement: Local quality improvement
    6. How to address a quality problem
    7. Barriers and pitfalls in quality improvement
    8. Conflict Resolution
    9. Teaching quality improvement
    10. Is 'quality science' human subjects research?
    11. Academic careers in quality improvement
    12. National Quality Improvement: Federal Regulation, Public Reporting, and the Surgeon
    13. The public perception of quality improvement in surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Recall series editor and senior editor, Lorne H. Blackbourne.
    Summary: "Written in a rapid-fire question-and-answer format, Surgical Recall is a best-selling, high-yield reference for clerkship students. Covering both general surgery and surgical subspecialties, this portable resource provides accurate, on-the-spot answers to the questions you’re most likely to encounter during your rotations and on the shelf exam. The eighth edition—now in full color—distills the content even further to give you exactly what you need: survival tactics and tips for success, key information for those new to the surgical suite, and expanded opportunities for self-assessment in a variety of formats. Strategic two-column format provides chapter content in the form of questions on the left and answers on the right to facilitate quick, effective review"--Publisher's description.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RD37.2 .S9748 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Recall series editor and senior editor, Lorne H. Blackbourne.
    Summary: "Written in a rapid-fire question-and-answer format, Surgical Recall, 7e is a popular, high-yield reference for 3rd and 4th year clerkship students performing surgical rotations. This portable resource addresses both general surgery and surgical subspecialties and provides accurate, on-the-spot answers. The book s popular two-column format provides questions on the left and answers on the right to facilitate self-pimping and quick review. This edition is packed with survival tactics and tips for success on the boards and wards, as well as key information for those new to the surgical suite. Those who go on to surgery residencies can continue to test their knowledge with Advanced Surgical Recall." -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Surgical syndromes
    Surgical most commons
    Surgical percentages
    Surgical history
    Surgical instruments
    Sutures and stitches
    Surgical knot tying
    Procedures for the surgical ward and clinic
    Incisions
    Surgical positions
    Surgical speak
    Preoperative 101
    Surgical operations you should know
    Wounds
    Drains and tubes
    Surgical anatomy pearls
    Fluids and electrolytes
    Blood and blood products
    Surgical hemostasis
    Common surgical medications
    Complications
    Common causes of ward emergencies
    Surgical respiratory care
    Surgical nutrition
    Shock
    Surgical infection
    Fever
    Surgical prophylaxis
    Surgical radiology
    Anesthesia
    Surgical ulcers
    Surgical oncology
    GI hormones and physiology
    Acute abdomen and referred pain
    Hernias
    Laparoscopy
    Trauma
    Burns
    Upper GI bleeding
    Stomach
    Bariatric surgery
    Ostomies
    Small intestine
    Appendix
    Carcinoid tumors
    Fistulas
    Colon and rectum
    The anus
    Lower GI bleeding
    Inflammatory bowel disease: Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis
    Liver
    Portal hypertension
    Biliary tract
    Pancreas
    Breast
    Endocrine
    Thyroid gland
    Parathyroid
    Spleen and splenectomy
    Surgically correctable hypertension
    Soft tissue sarcomas and lymphomas
    Skin lesions
    Melanoma
    Surgical intensive care
    Vascular surgery. Pediatric surgery
    Plastic surgery
    Hand surgery
    Otolaryngology: head and neck surgery
    Thoracic surgery
    Cardiovascular surgery
    Transplant surgery
    Orthopaedic surgery
    Neurosurgery
    Urology
    Clinical microvignettes
    Surgical pathognomonic microvignettes
    Complications microvignettes
    Blood microvignettes
    Diagnostic surgical stimulation and radiographic tests
    Surgical laboratory microvignettes
    Medical treatments of surgical diagnoses
    Eponyms microvignettes.
  • Digital
    Recall series editor and senior editor, Lorne H. Blackbourne.
    Summary: "This edition of Surgical Recall has been distilled even further to allow optimal performance on BOTH the shelf exam and the wards. Rapid-Fire "microvignettes" throughout the text are once again provided so you can test your knowledge and also get familiar with finding the words in every vignette that are the key to unraveling the puzzle they hold"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Masahito Ohji, editor.
    Summary: This atlas presents the state-of-the-art in vitreoretinal surgery. In ten chapters written by internationally respected vitreoretinal surgeons, it addresses various surgical diseases of the retina and vitreous, providing detailed information on all key surgical aspects. The topics covered include small-gauge vitrectomy and surgical aspects of retinal detachment, proliferative vitreoretinopathy, proliferative diabetic retinopathy, serous macular detachment with optic disc pit, coloboma of the choroid, and cysticercosis. Surgical aspects of various macular diseases such as epiretinal membrane, vitreomacular traction syndrome, and macular hole are also examined. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable asset for practicing ophthalmologists, vitreoretinal specialists, and trainees in the field. The Surgical Retina Atlas is one of nine volumes in the series Retina Atlas, which provides comprehensive and validated information on vitreoretinal diseases, covering imaging basics, retinal vascular disease, macular disorders, ocular inflammatory and infectious disorders, retinal degeneration, surgical retina, ocular oncology, pediatric retina and trauma.

    Contents:
    23-G, 25-G and 27-G vitrectomy
    Epiretinal membranes and macular pseudoholes
    Vitreomacular traction syndrome
    Idiopathic macular hole
    Retinal detachment and proliferative vitreoretinopathy
    Myopic maculoapthy (foveoschisis, MHRD)
    Optic disc pit maculopathy
    Coloboma of the choroid
    Diabetic retinopathy
    Intraocular cysticercosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    edited by J.S.P. Lumley, J.L. Craven.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RD11 .S88
    1
  • Digital
    Paige M. Porrett, MD, PhD, Assistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Pavan Atluri, MD, Assistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Giorgos C. Karakousis, MD, Assistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Robert E. Roses, MD, Assistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, senior editor ; Jeffrey A. Drebin, MD, PhD, Professor of Surgery, John Rhea Barton Chair of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Section I Body as a Whole
    1. Wound Healing / Suhail K. Kanchwala
    2. Hemostasis and Coagulation / Grace Wang
    3. Surgical Infectious Disease / Daniel N. Holena
    4. Nutrition, Digestion, Absorption / Niels D. Martin
    5. Immunology and Transplantation / Matthew Levine
    6. Statistics and Epidemiology / Rachel R. Kelz
    7. Anesthesia / Meghan Lane-Fall
    Section II Abdomen and Gastrointestinal Tract
    8. Hernias / Andy S. Resnick
    9. The Esophagus / John C. Kucharczuk
    10. The Stomach / Robert E. Roses
    11. The Small Bowel / Steven E. Raper
    12. The Colon, Rectum, and Anus / Cary B. Aarons
    13. The Hepatobiliary System / Paige M. Porrett
    14. The Pancreas / Charles M. Vollmer Jr.
    Section III Endocrine System and Oncology
    15. Tumor Biology / Jeffrey A. Drebin
    16. Melanoma, Sarcoma, Lymphoma, and the Spleen / Giorgos C. Karakousis
    17. Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Adrenal Glands / Douglas L. Fraker. Note continued: 18. The Breast / Brian J. Czerniecki
    Section IV Cardiovascular and Respiratory Systems
    19. Cardiovascular Disease and Cardiac Surgery / Pavan Atluri
    20. Vascular Disease and Vascular Surgery / Benjamin M. Jackson
    21. Pulmonary Physiology and Thoracic Disease / Sunil Singhal
    Section V Trauma
    22. Trauma Evaluation, Resuscitation, and Surgical Critical Care / Benjamin M. Braslow
    23. Management of Specific Traumatic Injuries / Carrie A. Sims
    24. Burn Management / Patrick K. Kim
    Section VI Surgical Subspecialties
    25. Neurosurgery / James M. Schuster
    26. Pediatric Surgery / Michael L. Nance
    27. Urology / Thomas J. Guzzo
    28. Gynecology / Christina S. Chu
    29. Otorhinolaryngology / Ara A. Chalian
    30. Orthopaedic Surgery / Samir Mehta.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2016
  • Digital
    Sanchia S. Goonewardene, Karen Ventii, Ali Gharib, Raymond J. Leveillee, David M. Albala.
    Summary: This book provides a practical guide to surgical endourology. Evidence-based chapters give expert opinion on complex cases, best practice techniques, and treating complications. The book covers a broad range of topics required within urological treatment including basic science, imaging in endourology, the use of technological devices, therapeutics for endourology, the treatment of high risk patients, stone disease management, pelvic kidneys, and dialysis. Surgical Strategies in Endourology aims to give the reader guidance in treating patients with endourological conditions and is relevant to both practising and trainee urologists.

    Contents:
    1. Basic Science for Endourology
    2. Therapeutics for Endourology
    3. Metabolic stone disease and management
    4. Complications in Metabolic stone disease and management
    5. Technology- Imaging in EndoUrology- CT
    6. Management of the high risk patient in endourology
    7. High risk patient cases and Complications
    8. Imaging in EndoUrology-US
    9. Imaging in EndoUrology- Retrograde studies
    10. Cases and Complications seen on Retrograde studies
    11. Imaging in Endourology- MRI
    12. Technology and indications- ESWL
    13. Cases and Complications with ESWL
    14. Technology- Lasers
    15. Cases and Complications with Lasers
    16. Technology- Lithoclast
    17. Cases and Complications with Lithoclast
    18. Technology- Which type of wire and basket?
    19. Cases and Complications with wires and baskets
    20. Stents, Nephrostomies and Nephroureteral catheters
    21. Cases and Complications- Stents and nephrostomies
    22. Rigid Ureteroscopy- Tips and Tricks
    23. Cases and Complications- Rigid Ureteroscopy
    24. PCNL- Supine, Prone, Endoscopic Combined
    25. Technique- The PCNL Tract
    26. Cases and Complications in Standard PCNL
    27. Technique- Mini, Super mini and Ultra Mini PCNL
    28. Cases and Complications in minimally invasive PCNL
    29. The Pelvic Kidney and Stone Disease Management
    30. Cases and complications in pelvic kidneys
    31. Types of Dialysis
    32. The Dialysis Patient and stone disease
    33. Cases and Complications with Dialysis Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Rakesh V. Khanna, Gennady Bratslavsky, Robert J. Stein, editors.
    Summary: Surgical Techniques for Kidney Cancer provides a comprehensive review and detailed description of surgical techniques for kidney and adrenal cancer. Through a step by step approach various surgical techniques are covered including radical nephrectomy, partial nephrectomy, and thermal ablation for renal cortical tumors. Each step by step approach is followed by the latest data on outcomes. Furthermore, limitations as well as tips and tricks are detailed in addition to management of common complications. Kidney Surgery for Urologists will be a valuable resource for Urologists, Urological Surgeons, Fellows in Urologic Oncology and Minimally Invasive/Robotic Surgery as well as upper level residents training in Urology.

    Contents:
    Imaging of Renal Masses
    Renal Mass Biopsy
    Open Partial Nephrectomy
    Robotic Assisted Laparoscopic Partial Nephrectomy
    Management of Renal Cell Carcinoma with Inferior Vena Caval Tumor Thrombus
    Minimally Invasive Radical Nephrectomy Including Vena Cava Thrombus
    Renal Cryotherapy
    Radiofrequency Ablation of Renal Masses.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Rakesh V. Khanna, Gennady Bratslavsky, Robert J. Stein, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive review and detailed description of surgical techniques for prostate cancer surgery. All aspects are covered, including surgical anatomy and methods of transrectal ultrasound guided prostate biopsies, step-by-step approach techniques for radical prostatectomy, and the latest data on outcomes. Furthermore, limitations as well as tips and tricks are detailed in addition to management of common complications. Lastly, with the increasing use of ablative therapy and brachytherapy, the mechanism of action as well as the keys to obtaining optimal outcomes are illustrated. Surgical Techniques for Prostate Cancer is a concise and valuable resource to surgeons that documents the different approaches to prostate cancer surgery.

    Contents:
    Essentials of the Human Prostate
    Transrectal Ultrasound Guided Prostate Biopsy
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Prostate Cancer Diagnosis
    Open Radical Retropubic Prostatectomy and Pelvic Lymph Node Dissection
    Laparoscopic Prostatectomy and Pelvic Lymph Node Dissection
    Robotic Prostatectomy
    Perineal Prostatectomy
    Brachytherapy
    Prostate Cryoablation
    Focal Ablation for Prostate Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Gregory Bain, Denise Eygendaal, Roger P. van Riet, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Peter Vajkoczy, MD.
    Summary: A luminary in the field of cerebrovascular surgery brings his pace-setting work on the surgical management of moyamoya disease to the neurosurgical community. When the rare stroke strikes in children and youth, a likely cause is the idiopathic disease moyamoya, characterized by the slow and progressive stenosis and occlusion of the internal carotid artery and the arteries of the circle of Willis. A result of these stenoses is the formation of collaterals that are typically small and fragile, and liable to rupture. While there is no cure for moyamoya, a variety of surgical procedures can be performed to re-establish and maintain adequate blood supply to the affected brain areas. The procedures described here include various revascularization techniques and recommended bypasses. Key Features: with contributions from the world's most renowned bypass surgeons; Perioperative management and considerations; An overall practical approach to this painstaking high-end surgery; Detailed criteria for analyzing the situation and choosing the appropriate procedure; General principles of bypass surgery, direct and indirect revascularization, and combined revascularization techniques; Step-by-step descriptions of these procedures; Rescue strategies when repeat surgery is necessary; Surgical Techniques in Moyamoya Vasculopathy is an indispensable guide for the experienced neurovascular surgeon.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Yan Wang, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces surgical treatment of ankylosing spondylitis in details, aiming to help surgeons to make better planning and technique. In part 1, authors mainly introduce the osteotomy technique in AS and surgery planning. Moreover, the benefits in organ function brought by spinal correction would be introduced in the same chapter. The hips are the most commonly effected diarthrodial joint in patients with AS, and the stiff hip causes poor life quality. In part 2, authors mainly introduce the skills of total hip arthroplasty (THA) in AS. For some patients both with kyphosis and hip involvement, how the authors make surgery planning. ln part 3, authors introduce their experiences and methods, including the advantages and disadvantages when do spinal correction first or THA first, and the principle of making spinal correction match with THA well.

    Contents:
    Part 1
    Overview.-1. Ankylosing spondylitis.- Part 2
    History & Basic research.- 2. History of spinal osteotomy of ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis.- 3. Cardiopulmonary and Gastrointestinal Manifestations of Patients in Ankylosing Spondylitis.- 4. Clinical and radiographic evaluation.- Part 3
    Strategy & Technical.- 5. Classification & Surgical Decision Making for Ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis.- 6. Surgery Planning in AS Thoracolumbar Kyphosis.- 7. Basic Surgical technique for Management of AS Kyphosis.- 8. Vertebral Column Decancellation
    Technique for thoracolumbar kyphosis in ankylosing spondylitis.- 9. Selection of the fusion level in AS kyphosis.- 10. Surgimap Spine for preoperative surgical planning in patients with ankylosing spondylitis.- 11. Cervical osteotomy in Ankylosing Spondylitis.- Part 4
    Complication and nursing in AS patients.- 12. Intraoperative nursing and position in spinal osteotomy.- 13. Sagittal Translation During Osteotomy.- 14. Andersson lesion-complicating ankylosing spondylitis.- 15. The management and prevention of complications.- Part 5
    AS kyphosis with hip joints involvement.- 16. Spinal osteotomy and total hip replacement for ankylosing spondylitis: which prior to perform.- Part 6
    Hip involvement in ankylosing spondylitis.- 17. Hip involvement.- 18. Hip Replacement in Patients with Ankylosing Spondylitis.- 19. The clinical classfication and surgical techniques of Ankylosing Spondylitis(AS).- 20. Ankylosing spondylitis involves hip-Intraoperative and postoperative complications.- Part 7
    The joint replacement of ankylosing knee in ankylosing spondylitis patients.- 21. Clinical characteristic.- 22. Surgical technique of Total knee arthroplasty (TKA) for Ankylosing Spondylitis(AS).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jonathan M. Philpott, Christian W. Zemlin, Ralph Damiano.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Foundations and fundamentals
    Chapter 2. Outcome tracking is critical to success- and a mandatory part of the procedure
    Chapter 3. Maze indications, perioperative managment, and expected success rates
    Chapter 4. The art and science of making effective maze ablation lines
    Chapter 5. Mastering the initial dissection and cannulation: making ablation easy and safe
    Chapter 6. Overview of the right atrial lesion set of the Maze-IV
    Chapter 7. The vertical atriotomy
    Chapter 8. The intercaval line
    Chapter 9. The modified and the classic right atrial appendage line
    Chapter 10. Tricuspid caval isthmus line
    Chapter 11. Overview of the left side of the Maze-IV lesion set
    Chapter 12. Box pulmonary vein isolation
    Chapter 13. LAA line and appendage amputation/exclusion
    Chapter 14. The mitral valve isthmus line
    Chapter 15. Intraoperative testing
    Chapter 16. Sequencing overview and coronary artery bypass implications
    Chapter 17. Sequencing examples using the modified MVI CS ablation line technique
    Teaching appendix. Thought experiments to understand activation waves, AF, atrial flutter, MRCs, and complications of the Maze
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Ahmed M. Afifi, Ziv M. Peled, Jeffrey E. Janis, editors.
    Summary: Since its serendipitous discovery, surgeons and physicians have continued to study and refine the surgical treatment of chronic headaches. This innovation has been a "disruptive" treatment challenging the classical methods of management for patients living with migraines. This comprehensive reference provides the starting point for many surgeons who are entering this field and also describes intricate and variable technical details, providing the reader with a basic knowledge while delving deeper into techniques honed through years of treatment experience. Surgical Treatment of Chronic Headaches and Migraines is organized across 17 chapters and contributed to by a multidisciplinary wealth of practitioners in the fields of plastic surgery, neurology, pain medicine, and more. Topics examine the various types of headaches that may require surgical treatment and include postoperative care alongside minimally invasive interventions. The text is rounded out by a look towards the future in this field and further enhanced by high-quality videos, tables, and figures, making it a valuable reference for anyone looking to treat patients exhibiting the debilitating pain of chronic headaches and migraines.

    Contents:
    1: Pathophysiology and Diagnosis of Nerve Compression Headache
    2: The Non-Surgical management of Nerve Compression Headache
    3: Patient Evaluation and Diagnosis of Trigger Sites-A Practical Guide.-4: Surgical Treatment of the Supraorbital and Supratrochlear Nerves.-5: Surgical Treatment of the Zygomaticotemporal Nerve.-6: Surgical Treatment of the Greater Occipital Nerve.-7: Surgical Treatment of the Lesser Occipital Nerve.-8: Surgical Treatment of the Auriculotemporal Nerve.-9: Rhinogenic Headaches
    10: Nummular Headache
    11: Postoperative Management after Headache and Migraine Surgery.-12: Minimally Invasive Interventions for Headache.13: Functional and Cosmetic Management of Post-Craniotomy Pain
    14: How to Start a Headache/Migraine Surgery Practice
    15: Outcomes in Migraine Surgery
    16: The Story of Migraine Surgery: 20 Years in the Making
    17: Headache and Migraine Surgery: A Look Back and Into the Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nam Kyu Kim, Kenichi Sugihara, Jin-Tung Liang, editors.
    Summary: This book presents an Asian perspective on how the treatment of colorectal cancer can be optimized and standardized in ways that take into account technological advances and the trend towards individually tailored therapy. Readers will find careful, well-illustrated descriptions of the standard surgical techniques for rectal cancer and colon cancer that have contributed to recent improvements in 5-year survival rates in the Asia-Pacific region, where the incidence of colorectal cancer has been rising alarmingly due to lifestyle changes. The vital role now being played by minimally invasive laparoscopic and robotic options receives detailed scrutiny. Extent and timing of surgery, patient safety, risk of complications, and unresolved issues are all discussed. Furthermore, the use of surgery within the context of multimodal management including chemotherapy and radiotherapy is explained and an integrated approach for stage IV and recurrent disease is described. The book will serve as a valuable reference for young surgeons who are in training, experienced practitioners who want to enhance their knowledge and skills, and all others who wish to learn about this field.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Alberto Peña, Andrea Bischoff.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    History
    Basic Anatomy and Physiology
    Prenatal Diagnosis
    Neo-Natal Management
    Colostomy
    Imaging
    Bowel Preparation
    Perineal Fistula
    Bulbar Fistula
    Prostatic Fistula
    Bladder Neck Fistula
    No Fistula
    Minimally Invasive Approach
    Re-Operations on Male Patients
    Vestibular Fistula
    Cloacas
    Cloacal Exstrophy
    Bowel Management
    Operations to Administer Enemas
    Urologic Problems
    Hirschsprung{u2019}s Disease
    Idiopathic Constipation
    Perianal Fistula
    Posterior Sagittal Approach for Other Conditions
    Rare, Complex Defects
    Associated Defects in General
    Future, Advances
    Long Term Follow-Up
    Sacrococcygeal Teratoms
    ARM in Developing Countries
    Hemorrhoids
    Polyps
    Angiodysplasia Gastro Rectal Heterotopia Rectal Bleeding.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] James Stannard, Andrew Schmidt.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The polytrauma patient
    Chapter 2. Care of the soft tissue envelope
    Chapter 3. Musculoskeletal infection associated with skeletal trauma
    Chapter 4. Acute compartment syndrome
    Chapter 5. Evolving concepts in plate fixation
    Chapter 6. Treatment strategy for nonunion
    Chapter 7. Treatment strategy for malunion
    Chapter 8. Treatment of fractures in geriatric patients
    Chapter 9. Injuries to the cervicocranium
    Chapter 10. Lower cervical spine injuries
    Chapter 11. Thoracic spine injuries
    Chapter 12. Thoracolumbar and lumbar spine injuries
    Chapter 13. Shoulder girdle injuries
    Chapter 14. Proximal humerus fractures and shoulder dislocations
    Chapter 15. Humeral shaft fractures
    Chapter 16. Distal humeral fractures
    Chapter 17. Elbow trauma
    Chapter 18. Forearm fractures
    Chapter 19. Distal radius fractures
    Chapter 20. Carpal fractures and dislocations
    Chapter 21. Hand fractures and dislocations
    Chapter 22. Pelvic ring injuries
    Chapter 23. Acetabular fractures
    Chapter 24. Hip dislocations and associated fractures of the femoral head
    Chapter 25. Femoral neck fractures
    Chapter 26. Intertrochanteric hip fractures
    Chapter 27. Subtrochanteric femur fractures
    Chapter 28. Femoral shaft fractures
    Chapter 29. Distal femur fractures
    Chapter 30. Patella fractures and injuries to the knee extensor mechanism
    Chapter 31. Knee dislocations and ligamentous injuries
    Chapter 32. Tibial plateau fractures
    Chapter 33. Tibial shaft fractures
    Chapter 34. Distal tibia fractures
    Chapter 35. Ankle fractures and dislocations
    Chapter 36. Foot fractures
    Index.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016
  • Digital
    Andrew W. Phillips, Steven J. Durning, Anthony R. Artino Jr.
    Summary: Offering a practical, six-step approach to effective survey design, delivery, and analysis, Survey Methods for Medical and Health Professions Education provides a real-world framework for successful research and evaluation using surveys. Focused on medical and other health professional education research, this unique text features quick-reference checklists, high-yield explanations, and case examples throughout, making it both a foundational reference and a go-to resource for all health professions educators and researchers who use surveys. Provides a detailed and practical discussion of the steps in survey methodology, along with just enough theory to inform common decisions. Includes numerous real-world examples, both simple and complex, covering the wide range of problems researchers are likely to face. Addresses issues of survey fatigue and addresses the challenge of how to get "good data." Features "Voice of Experience" boxes-pearls based on authors' actual experiences. Concludes each chapter with a checklist so readers can quickly ensure they have covered every necessary step of survey design and implementation. Contains a convenient glossary of terms. Offers guidance from expert international contributors in medical and health professions research. Summarizes the most current standards and understanding of survey research so that experienced and novice researchers alike can directly apply content to improve research rigor. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Print
    Bertrand, Didier; Hutchinson, G. Evelyn; Kamen, Martin David.
    Contents:
    1. Isotropic phenomena in biogeochemistry / M.D. Kamen
    2. The biogeochemistry of vanadium / D. Bertrand
    3. The biogeochemistry of vertebrate excretion / G.E. Hutchinson.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D333 .H975
    1
  • Print
    by Jerad M. Gardner, MD ; manuscript reviewed by Elizabeth Montgomery, MD, David Elder, MD.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RL95 .G37 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Bridget Martin.
    Summary: Written with passion for anyone interested in seeing an end to the illegal trade in elephant ivory and rhino horn, this book shows how, by working together, people all over the world who care about these animals are gradually bringing about change for the better. It takes an overview of how the current situation came to pass by exploring poaching and its devastating consequences and the pivotal role of organized crime. The discussion of how matters are starting to improve covers the investigation and monitoring of ivory markets, sustainable uses and the key role of local communities. Enforcement of the law is vital in this story. Enter the enforcers, the technology they use to defeat the poachers and the evidence they require to prosecute offenders. Cases, some deeply shocking, are included, as well as a number of fascinating case studies, while the exploits of organized crime gangs make lively, as well as disturbing reading. Throughout the message is clear. We can and must save these animals from extinction.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The animals : elephants, rhinos and people
    CITES and the CBD
    Sustainable use : golden thread or fool's gold?
    Elephant ivory and rhino horn
    The products, their retail outlets, their sellers and their buyers
    Poaching and its consequences
    The survivors
    Smugglers and smuggling routes
    The one-off sales of elephant ivory and their aftermath
    The confusing nature of ivory markets
    Researchers and their methodology
    Markets in Africa
    Markets in Southeast Asia
    Markets in the USA
    Markets in the UK
    The history of rhinoceros listing on CITES
    The illegal trade in rhino horn
    In which we meet our first organized crime gang and the law is changed
    Organized crime
    Rebel militia and 'blood ivery'
    The Internet
    Religious ivory
    Bribery and corruption
    The enforcers
    Seizures and arrests
    Evidence
    Prosecutions
    Technology to the rescue
    The London Conference and what followed
    CoP16
    Updates to some countries
    Rhino trophy hunting in South Africa
    Research
    Education
    The CBD re-visited
    Sustainable use : contentious issues
    People
    Countries
    Zoos, ecosystems and translocations
    Last chance to save
    Living together : resolutions to human-elephant conflict and other problems
    Working together creates people power
    Survival or extinction?
    Further reading
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mari Iwaya-Inoue, Minoru Sakurai, Matsuo Uemura, editors.
    Summary: "This book comprehensively describes biological phenomena, adaptation mechanisms, and strategies of living organisms to survive under extremely cold or desiccated conditions at molecular, cellular, and organ levels. It also provides tremendous potential for applications of the findings to a wide variety of industries. The volume consists of three parts: Part 1, Adaptation Mechanisms of Cold, and Part 2, Adaptation Mechanisms of Desiccation, collect up-to-date research on mechanisms and strategies of living organisms such as sleeping chironomids, polar marine fishes, hibernating mammals, bryophytes, dormant seeds, and boreal plants to survive under extreme cold and desiccated conditions at molecular, cellular, and organ levels. Part 3, Application Technologies from Laboratory to Society, covers various applications to a wide variety of industries such as the medical, food, and agricultural and life science industries. For example, biological knowledge of how plants and animals survive under cold, drought, and desiccated conditions may provide a hint on how we can improve crop production in a very fragile environment in global climate change. Unique molecules that protect cells during desiccation and freezing such as trehalose and antifreeze protein (AFP) have potential for use to preserve cells, tissues, and organs for the long term under very stable conditions. In addition, the current progress of supercooling technology of cells may lead us to solve problems of cellular high sensitivity to freezing injury, which will dramatically improve the usability of these cells. Furthermore, knowledge of water substitution and glass formation as major mechanisms for formulation designs and new drying technologies will contribute to the development of food preservation and drug delivery systems under dry conditions. Written by contributors who have been conducting cutting-edge science in related fields, this title is recommended to a wide variety of readers who are interested in learning from such organisms their strategies, mechanisms, and applications, and it will inspire researchers in various disciplines"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Adaptation mechanisms for cold. Gene regulatory networks mediating cold acclimation: the CBF pathway / Javier Barrero-Gil, Julio Salinas
    RNA regulation in plant cold stress response / Kentaro Nakaminami, Motoaki Seki
    The mechanism enabling hibernation in mammals / Yuuki Horii, Takahiko Shiina, Yasutake Shimizu
    Freezing tolerance of plant cells: from the aspect of plasma membrane and microdomain / Daisuke Takahashi, Matsuo Uemura, Yukio Kawamura
    Natural variation in freezing tolerance and cold acclimation response in Arabidopsis thaliana and related species / Ellen Zuther, Yang Ping Lee, Alexander Erban, Joachim Kopka, Dirk K. Hincha
    Ice nucleation activity in plants: the distribution, characterization, and their roles in cold hardiness mechanisms / Masaya Ishikawa, Hideyuki Yamazaki, Tadashi Kishimoto, Hiroki Murakawa, Timothy Stait-Gardner, Kazuyuki Kuchitsu [and others]
    Investigating freezing patterns in plants using infrared thermography / David P. Livingston III
    Mechanism of overwintering in trees / Keita Arakawa, Jun Kasuga, Naoki Takata
    The mechanism of low-temperature tolerance in fish / Kiyoshi Soyano, Yuji Mushirobira
    Adaptation mechanisms for desiccation. Mechanisms underlying freezing and desiccation tolerance in bryophytes / Daisuke Takezawa
    Regulatory gene networks in drought stress responses and resistance in plants / Fuminori Takahashi, Takashi Kuromori, Hikaru Sato, Kazuo Shinozaki
    Mechanism of stomatal closure in plants exposed to drought and cold stress / Srinivas Agurla, Shashibhushan Gahir, Shintaro Munemasa, Yoshiyuki Murata, Agepati S. Raghavendra
    Mechanisms of maturation and germination in crop seeds exposed to environmental stresses with a focus on nutrients, water status, and reactive oxygen species / Yushi Ishibashi, Takashi Yuasa, Mari Iwaya-Inoue
    The antioxidant system in the anhydrobiotic midge as an essential, adaptive mechanism for desiccation survival / Alexander Nesmelov, Richard Cornette, Oleg Gusev, Takahiro Kikawada
    Physicochemical aspects of the biological functions of trehalose and group 3 LEA proteins as desiccation protectants / Takao Furuki, Minoru Sakurai
    Application technologies from laboratory to society. Supercooling-promoting (anti-ice nucleation) substances / Seizo Fujikawa, Chikako Kuwabara, Jun Kasuga, Keita Arakawa
    Applications of antifreeze proteins: practical use of the quality products from japanese fishes / Sheikh Mahatabuddin, Sakae Tsuda
    Development and application of cryoprotectants / Robin Rajan, Kazuaki Matsumura
    Cryopreservation of plant genetic resources / Daisuke Tanaka, Takao Niino, Matsuo Uemura
    Applications of freezing and freeze-drying in pharmaceutical formulations / Ken-ichi Izutsu
    Control of physical changes in food products / Kiyoshi Kawai, Tomoaki Hagiwara.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Carol W. Berman.
    Contents:
    The comfort of denial
    Fear: the catalyst that breaks through denial
    Anxiety: easier than anger
    Depression: natural responses
    Anger: a natural response
    Bargaining: a common way to delay the inevitable
    Somatization: is it only physical?
    Acting out instead of feeling
    Control and self-assuredness: healthy coping mechanisms
    Intellectualization: how not to indulge in it
    Humor: the ultimate defense
    Acceptance: the ultimate release
    Death: hospice and after
    Resolution: acceptance.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Mayur Murali, Rob Shulman, Hugh Montgomery.
    Summary: Safe and effective prescribing is one of the pillars of medical practice but is much more complicated than it seems. Many new prescribers find prescribing extremely challenging, and a plethora of independent, multidisciplinary prescribers are also seeking guidance. However, pharmacology textbooks are rarely practical. They warn to 'take care when prescribing erythromycin to a patient on warfarin, as the INR may rise'. But what should the prescriber actually do? Surviving Prescribing fulfils an important need by offering practical advice for real-world prescribing problems. The book complements existing educational resources but adds a new perspective. Written by experienced contributors from a variety of professional backgrounds, the content speaks directly to the problems routinely seen in hospital prescribing. And all in one, pocket-sized volume. Whether revising for the national Prescribing Safety Assessment, preparing for starting on the wards, or looking for a quick reference guide, this book is an essential companion.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Cindy L. Schwartz, Wendy L. Hobbie, Louis S. Constine, Kathleen S. Ruccione, editors.
    Contents:
    Overview
    Algorithms of Late Effects by Disease
    Facilitating Assessment of Late Effects by Organ System
    Pediatric Growth and Development: Impact on Vulnerability to Normal Tissue Damage from Cancer Therapy
    Central Nervous System Effects
    Neuroendocrine Complications of Cancer Therapy
    Ocular Complications due to Cancer Treatment
    Head and Neck
    Adverse Effects of Cancer Treatment on Hearing
    The Thyroid Gland
    Cardiovascular Effects of Cancer Therapy
    Pulmonary Effects of Antineoplastic Therapy
    Late Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Effects
    The Ovary
    The Testes
    Genitourinary
    Musculoskeletal, Integument.- Breast
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
    Second Malignancies Following Treatment for Childhood Cancer
    Psychological Aspects of Long-Term Survivorship
    Legal Issues
    Methodological Issues in the Study of Survivors of Childhood Cancer
    Survivorship Transitions following Childhood and Adolescent Cancer
    Health Maintenance and Promotion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Stefan Rauh, editor.
    Summary: This book is a valuable source for oncologists and all other physicians dealing with cancer survivors. It provides detailed information on the evidence-based benefits and forms of intervention, with contributions by a highly prestigious and well recognized panel of experts. Chapters deal with all features of survivorship outlining the role of the oncologist and other caregivers and discusses survivorship care in different countries and different settings. The book addresses new challenges and complex issues broader than medical issues faced by patients who are cured highlighting that cancer is no longer a death sentence. It provides evidence-based management guidance and addresses issues such as symptom management, palliative care, screening for recurrence, rehabilitation, fertility issues among others. This is an indispensable resource for oncologists, oncology nurses and other professionals dealing with cancer patients as well as patient advocacy groups and cancer leagues.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgements
    Introduction
    Contents
    1: Definition of Survivorship Care
    Definition of Survivorship Care
    Evolution of Term in Pubmed
    Brief History
    Definitions
    Seasons of Survival Revisited
    Categories of Patients with and Survivors of Cancer Category Description
    Shades of Survivorship Describes Three Categories
    ESMO and European Cancer Patient Coalition Categories of Cancer Survivors (Who Are all Post-Treatment)
    Evidence-Based Survivorship Care Interventions
    Survivorship Care Plan
    Oncologist Versus Primary Care Provider Models of Cancer Survivorship Health Care
    Quality of Cancer Survivorship Care Framework
    Cancer and its Treatment
    General Health Care and Prevention
    Health Care Delivery
    Evidence Gaps and Research Priorities
    Surveillance for Recurrence and New Cancers
    Management of Long-Term and Late Physical Effects
    Management of Long-Term and Late Psychosocial Effects
    Health Promotion
    Care Coordination
    Financial Hardship
    Cross-Cutting Needs
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Goals of Survivorship Care
    Cancer Survivorship Care
    Domains of Cancer Survivorship Care Cancer Survivorship Care Plan and Rehabilitation Targets
    Cancer Survivorship Care Plan
    Rehabilitation Targets
    The Different Needs for Survivorship Care
    The Impact of National Disparities on Survivorship Care
    The Cancer Stigma and Cancer Advocacy
    Concluding Remarks
    References
    3: "There is Life after Cancer": The Medical, Psychological, Social and Financial Challenges of Cancer Survivors at the End of the Active Treatment
    Introduction
    Life after Cancer and the Notion of the Quality of Life
    Improving the Medical Dimension of Survivorship Care The Psychological aspects of Survivorship Cancer Care
    The Impacts of Cancer in the Socioeconomic Lives of Cancer Survivors
    Return to Work after Cancer
    Access to Financial Instruments and the Right to Be Forgotten
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Follow-Up and Long-Term Follow-Up of Cancer Patients: Who is in Charge, why, when, and how...: Introduction: The Evolution from "Surveillance" to "Survivorship Care"
    References
    5: Models of Long-Term Follow-up for Cancer Patients: From Children to Adults, from Simple to Multi-Modal
    References 6: Who Should Be in Charge of Survivorship Care?
    What Does Survivorship Care Mean?
    Who Fares Better?-Perceptions of Oncologists, Primary Care Physicians, and Patients
    Medical Oncologists' Perception of FU
    Primary Care Providers'(PCPs') Perception of FU
    Patients' Perception of FU
    Who Fares Better? Evidence
    Survival Benefit According to the Chosen FU Model
    Progression Free Survival and Early Detection of Recurrence
    Other Endpoints
    Current/Existing Models of Survivorship Care
    Shared Models
    Shared Models with Risk-Stratified Individualized Survivorship Follow-Up
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Pramod Kumar Rout, Basanta Kumara Behera.
    Summary: This book presents a concept for implementing a mass balance approach toward developing an effective eco-friendly, livestock farming system independent of external energy input. In this context it describes a modern, integrated farming system, and includes comprehensive technical information explaining the design and evaluation of manure management systems, and modeling and operational tools. It first discusses the mass balance operating process, highlighting the difference between imported and exported mass across the farm boundary. Estimating mass balance can provide critical information for (comprehensive) nutrient management planning and for managing the movement of nutrients and manure. It then explains the estimation of whole-farm P mass balance using a suitable model system. The subsequent chapters provide updated information on management aspects of livestock-farming and generation of multiple job opportunities, and also explore various aspects of livestock farming operational protocols like housing and management; nurture of rams, ewes and lambs, new born calves and heifers; care of buck, doe and kid- nutrition flushing; concept zero grazing-systems; disease control and management; integrated goat farming; and crop-livestock integration. Further, the book addresses crop-livestock integration; energy autonomy in cattle farming; value added biopharmaceuticals from cattle farming; CAPEX for cattle farming; concepts of cattle farming; detrimental effects of the industry; topographic and edaphic factors, and thermal stress on livestock growth and development; socioeconomic development; and water requirements for livestock. The book concludes with the most important issue in the field of agriculture and veterinary science: "Livestock Farming with Care," describing sustainable, eco-friendly livestock farming by highlighting issues like animal feed vs. human food; agricultural GDP vs livestock, and factors affecting the sustainability of livestock farming. Given its scope, this book is a valuable resource for researchers and students alike, and will also appeal to practitioners in the field of livestock.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Prelusion Significance of Livestock
    Chapter 2. Mass Balance concept in Livestock Farming
    Chapter 3. Goat and Sheep Farming
    Chapter 4. Cattle and Buffaloes Farming
    Chapter 5. Factors Influencing Livestock Way of Life
    Chapter 6. Sustainable Livestock Farming
    Chapter 7. Conceptual Development of Livestock Supply Chain Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Filippo Arfini, Valentin Bellassen, editors.
    Summary: This edited volume evaluates recent EU quality policy, focusing on the structure, governance, technical specifications and performances - economic, environmental and social - of Food Quality Schemes (FQS) in the European Union and South East Asia. Initiatives such as EU Regulation No. 1151/2012 are relatively novel policies that seek to improve and promote the operation of schemes to protect geographical indications (GIs) for agri-food products. The intended benefits of protecting GIs include generating a fair return for farmers and producers for the qualities of particular goods, and enabling consumers to make better informed purchasing choices through effective labeling. In addition, policy makers are now considering FQS as a means of not only guaranteeing quality in food production, but also sustainability. Despite these potential benefits, the economic performance of the FQS (e.g. PDO, PGI, organic) and individual GIs has been variable. While some GIs support significant value-added production, with substantial benefits to producers, consumers and wider economies, many others have failed to become economically sustainable. In addition, the environmental and social performance of FQS remains largely unexamined, with the exception of the environmental performance of organic products which has been assessed in several instances through life cycle assessments.

    Contents:
    Part-I. Assessing the sustainability performance of food quality schemes
    1. Conceptual framework
    2. Common methods and sustainability indicators
    Part-II: Cereal & bakery sector
    3. Organic flour in France
    4. Organic pasta in Poland
    5. PGI rice in Thailand
    6. Organic PGI rice in France
    Part-III: Fruits & vegetables
    7. Organic olive oil in Croatia
    8. PDO paprika powder in Hungary
    9. Organic tomatoes in Italy
    10. PDO potatoes in the Netherlands
    11. PGI strawberries in Poland
    12. Organic rasperries in Serbia
    13. PDO & PGI apple in Greece
    14. PGI Buon Ma Tuot coffee in Vietnam
    15. PGI Doi Chaang coffee in Thailand
    Part-IV: Meat sector
    16. PGI ham in Croatia
    17. Organic pork in Germany
    18. PGI sausage in Hungary
    19. PGI ternasco lamb in Spain
    20. PGI Mallorca sausage in Spain
    Part-V:Dairy sector
    21. PDO Comt? cheese in France
    22. PDO Parmigiano cheese in Italy
    23. Organic yoghurt tbc in Germany
    24. PGI Sjenica cheese in Serbia
    Part-VI:Fish & seafood sector
    25. PDO bouchot mussels in France
    26. PGI stockfish in Norway
    27. Organic salmon in Norway
    28. PDO fish sauce in Vietnam.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Javid Ahmad Parray, Mohammad Yaseen Mir, Nowsheen Shameem.
    Summary: This book will be of immense helpful to the students of plant biotechnology, Agricultural sciences, Microbiology of both undergraduate and postgraduate levels in universities, colleges, and Research institutes. Besides the book will be quite supportive researchers who work in the field of plant biotechnology and agricultural sciences. In this book, the main focus will be on advanced genome editing approaches for the production of GM crops besides their socioeconomic, ethical and risk-biosafety assessments. Nanotechnology is the new emerging and fascinating field of science finds its application in almost all the major research areas and its uses in agriculture and food sectors are incipient.The books seems to be first in summarizing the two way interactive approach in the field of plant biotechnology and setting of a new arena in shaping the new bio techniques towards the sustainable cause.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Plant Biotechnology: Tool for sustainable agriculture
    Chapter 2. Plant metabolomics: Sustainable approach towards crop productivity
    Chapter 3. Rhizosphere engineering and agricultural productivity
    Chapter 4. Plant Genetic engineering and GM crops: Merits and Demerits
    Chapter 5. Stress Management: Sustainable approach towards resilient agriculture
    Chapter 6.Soil Health and Food security
    Chapter 7. Nanotechnology and sustainable agriculture
    Chapter 8. Bioenergy: Plants and products
    Chapter 9.Sustainable agriculture: Future of Plant Biotechnology
    Chapter 10. Advancement in sustainable agriculture: Computational and Bioinformatics tools.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Manoj Kumar Jhariya [and more], editors.
    Summary: The recent technologies for sustainable development and maintaining ecological integrity in the field of agriculture, forestry and environmental management for the green future. Describes the recent technologies and issues to generate awareness among the global scientific community towards sustainable development. Covers various eco-friendly approaches for successful management of soil, water, forest, agriculture, and other natural resources. Addresses the policy issues promoting conservation, protection and management of various natural resources. Presents the issues of climate change and sustainable strategies to combat such a mega event. The existence of life on the earth primarily depends upon the agriculture, forest and environment. The changing climate is imposing the multifaceted challenges in front of human civilization. The agroecosystem management practices and technologies leads to higher productivity with destruction of agricultural, forest and environmental habitat leading to soil-water-air pollution. Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) plays a key role in the promoting research and developmental activities in various sectors to achieve the sustainable development goals under 2030 agenda. Gradual growth of science and technology has imposed a significant pressure on the different ecosystem. In this context, approaches such as sustainable agriculture, forestry and eco-friendly technologies need to be address across the world. Keeping view of these facts this book underlines scientific chapters dealing with the issues with proper explanation, and accompanied by illustrative diagrams, tables, database as required. The editors have tried to provide a brief scenario about the current issues related to the agriculture, forestry and environment. Therefore, the book would be a very useful resource for academicians, scientists, and policy makers of the related field.

    Contents:
    Mitigating Climate Change Through Bioclimatic Applications and Cultivation Techniques in Agriculture (Andalusia, Spain) ; 1 Introduction; 2 Material and Methods; 2.1 Study Area; 2.2 Data Processing; 3 Results and Discussion; 3.1 Analysis of Climate Trends; 3.2 Bioclimatic Analysis; 3.3 Analysis of Vegetation Cover; 3.4 Phytosociological Analysis of Vegetation Cover in Southern Spain; 4 Conclusions; 5 Future Prospectus; References; Abiotic Stress in Agricultural Crops Under Climatic Conditions; 1 Introduction; 2 Stresses in Agriculture; 3 Effects of Abiotic Stress Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors and Contributors; Editors; Contributors; Agriculture, Forestry and Environmental Sustainability: A Way Forward; 1 Introduction; 2 Agriculture, Food and Environmental Security; 3 Challenges for Agriculture Sustainability; 4 Forestry; 5 Challenges Towards Sustainability of Forests; 6 Environment; 7 Environmental Sustainability and Its Challenges; 8 Green Growth Roadmap in Indian Perspective; 9 Sustainability and Sustainable Development; 10 Future Prospects of Research and Development Vis-a-vis Sustainable Management; 11 Conclusion 4 Types of Abiotic Stress in Crops4.1 Temperature Stress; 4.2 Heat Stress; 4.3 Water Stress; 4.4 Effects of Water Stress in Agricultural Crops; 4.5 Nutrient Stress; 4.6 Nitrogen Stress; 4.7 Phosphorus Stress; 4.8 Potassium, Magnesium and Calcium Stress; 4.9 Radiation Stress; 4.10 Plant Responses to Abiotic Stress; 5 Combating Strategies Towards Abiotic Stresses; 6 Research and Development in Agriculture Under Stress Condition; 7 Sustainable Approaches Towards Combating Climatic Stress on Agriculture; 8 Conclusions; 9 Future Prospective; References 8 Prospects of Agroforestry in Soil Management9 Agroforestry and Soil Health: A Linking Concept; 10 Synergies Between Soil Health and Productivity Under AFS; 11 Ecosystem Services of AFS; 12 Agroforestry for Natural Resource Conservations; 13 Agroforestry and Livelihood Security; 14 Scientific Interventions and Policy for Agroforestry; 15 Conclusions; 16 Future Prospects of AFS; References; Soil and Water Conservation Techniques for Sustainable Agriculture; 1 Introduction; 2 Phases, Mechanism and Types of Soil Erosion; 2.1 Soil Erosion by Water; 2.2 Mechanics of Soil Erosion Agroforestry: A Holistic Approach for Agricultural Sustainability1 Introduction; 2 Agroforestry in the Tropics; 2.1 AFS in Arid Tropics; 2.1.1 Agrihorticulture System; 2.1.2 Agrihortisilviculture System; 2.1.3 Hortipasture; 2.1.4 Horti-Silvopastoral System; 2.2 AFS in Semiarid Tropics; 2.3 AFS in Humid Tropics; 3 Climate Change: A Global Concern or Perspective; 4 Agroforestry Under Changing Climate; 5 Agroforestry Solutions for Climate Change; 6 Addressing Food Insecurity Through Agroforestry; 7 Agroforestry for Wasteland Reclamation
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors: Rajib Roychowdhury,Shuvasish Choudhury, Mirza Hasanuzzaman, Sangeeta Srivastava.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rattan Lal, Rosa Francaviglia, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the threats that hamper the achievement of sustainable soil management: soil erosion by water and wind, soil organic carbon loss, nutrient imbalance, salinization, contamination, acidification, loss of soil biodiversity, surface sealing, compaction and water logging. The specific focus is on preventive and ameliorative strategies for sustainable soil management.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; 1 Environmental Microbial Health Under Changing Climates: State, Implication and Initiatives for High-Performance Soils; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Soil Biological Fertility and Soil Health; 1.3 Soil Performance and Climate Changes; 1.3.1 Impacts of Climate Changes on Soil Microbial Diversity and Abundance; 1.3.2 Impact of Climate Change on Rhizospheres; 1.3.3 Impact of Changing Climate on Soil Biological Fertility; 1.4 Maintaining High-Performance Soil Health in Changing Climates; 1.4.1 Soil Microbial Health Assessment 1.4.2 Soil Amendments with 'Green' Inorganic Materials1.4.3 Soil Improvement with Organic Amendments; 1.4.4 Biological Amelioration Through Augmentation; 1.4.5 Combination of Mineral, Organic and Biological Amendments for Soil Health; 1.5 Conclusions, Challenges and the Way Forward; References; 2 Deep Carbon Sequestration in Cropping Systems; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Soil Organic Carbon (SOC) Stock and Its Distribution; 2.3 Factors Affecting SOC Distribution Within the Soil Profile; 2.3.1 Climate, Soil, and Vegetation Type; 2.3.2 SOC Input; 2.3.3 SOC Translocation Processes 2.3.4 SOC Protection Mechanisms2.4 Management Factors Affecting SOC Distribution; 2.4.1 Tillage; 2.4.2 Rotation and Crop Type; 2.4.3 Fertilization; 2.5 Methods to Quantify SOC in the Soil Profile; 2.6 Conclusions; References; 3 Organic Matter Management in Cereals Based System: Symbiosis for Improving Crop Productivity and Soil Health; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Importance of Cereals Crops; 3.1.2 Cereals Are Exhaustive Crops and Decrease Soil Fertility; 3.1.3 The Role of Chemical Fertilizers in Cereals Production and Soil Health 3.1.4 The Role of Organic Fertilizers (Organic Matter) in Cereals Production and Soil Health3.1.5 The Role of Biofertilizers (Beneficial Microbes) in Cereals Production and Soil Health; 3.1.6 The Role of Integrated Nutrients Management (INM) in Cereals Production and Soil Health; 3.1.7 Improving Soil Health: A Successful Life for All; 3.2 Conclusions; References; 4 Impact of Mineral P Fertilization on Trace Elements in Cropland Soils; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 A Brief History of P Fertilization; 4.3 Impact of Mineral P Fertilization on Trace Elements in Cropland Soils 4.4 Austrian Long-Term P Field Experiments4.4.1 Description of the Long-Term Experimental Sites and Methods Used; 4.4.2 Results-Acid Soluble Elements in Soils and Crops; 4.4.3 Discussion; 4.5 Sustainable Agricultural P Management Options; 4.6 Conclusions; References; 5 Remote Sensing and Sustainable Management of SOC in the Sahelian Area; 5.1 Introduction; 5.1.1 The Study Area; 5.1.2 Organic Carbon in the Sahelian Soils; 5.2 Methodological Approach; 5.2.1 Digitization of the Limits; 5.2.2 The Sampling Strategy; 5.2.3 The Use of Remote Sensed Data; 5.2.4 The Multiple Linear Regression; 5.2.5 The Interpolation Techniques in SOC Mapping Model.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mu. Naushad, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book is the result of remarkable contribution from the experts of interdisciplinary fields of Science with comprehensive, in-depth and up-to-date research and reviews. It describes the applications of date palm for food, medicine and the environmental sectors. Date palm is one of the oldest cultivated trees and its fruit has been a dietary staple around the world for many centuries. Date pulps contain dietary fibers and easily digestible sugars (70%), mainly glucose, sucrose and fructose. They also contain vitamins like biotin, thiamine, riboflavin, ascorbic and folic acid that are important for our body. The date palm fruit has been used in folk remedies for the treatment of various infectious diseases, cancer and immuno-modulatory activity. Date stones and date palm leaves are freely and abundantly available biomass. Therefore, the renovation of agricultural biomass wastes into activated carbons for drinking water purification, wastewater treatment, treatment of dyes, and metal-ions from aqueous solution would add value to agricultural commodities which offer a solution to environmental problems as well as reduce the cost of waste disposal.

    Contents:
    Preface: Mu. Naushad and E. Lichtfouse Chapter 1. Date palm as a healthy food; P. Senthil Kumar, P.R. Yaashikaa Chapter 2. Analysis of antioxidants and nutritional assessment of date palm fruits; B.M. Gnanamangai, S. Saranya, P. Ponmurugan, S. Kavitha, P. Sudhagar, P. Divya Chapter 3. Nutritional and therapeutic applications of date palm from date palm; Prabu Periyathambi, Hemalatha Thiagarajan, Suganthan Veerachamy Chapter 4. Chemical Composition of Date Pits: Potential to Extract and Characterize the Lipid Fraction; Asif Ahmad, Hifsa Imtiaz Chapter 5. Biogas production from date palm fruits; P. Senthil Kumar and Femina Carolin Chapter 6. Valorization of waste date seeds for green carbon catalysts and biodiesel synthesis; Ala'a H. Al-Muhtaseb, Farrukh Jamil, Lamya Al Haj, Eyas Mahmoud, Mohamed Becherif, Sikander Rafiq Chapter 7. Different extraction methods, physical properties and chemical composition of date seed oil; Jawhar Fakhfakh, Sahar Ben-Youssef, Mu. Naushad and Noureddine Allouche Chapter 8. Production of glucose and lactic acid from cellulosic date palm wastes by enzymatic fermentation; Muhammad Tauseef Azam, Asif Ahmad Chapter 9. Application of date-palm fibers for the wastewater treatment; Marija Nujic, Natalija Velic, Mirna Habuda-Stanic Chapter 10. Recent updates on heavy metal remediation using date stones (Phoenix dactylifera L.)
    Date fruit processing industry waste; N. Sivarajasekar, J. Prakashmaran, S. Poornima, S. Sivapriya, V. Gayathri, T. Pradeepika, V. Raghu, Mu. Naushad, S. Sivamani, Swapnil Dharaskar, Nirajan Dhakal Chapter 11. Removal of toxins from the environment using date palm seeds; Basma Al-Najar, Mohamed Bououdina, J. Judith Vijaya, Radhika R Nair, Tetiana Tatarchuk Chapter 12. Date palm based activated carbon for the efficient removal of organic dyes from aqueous environment; Shamik Chowdhury, Sharadwata Pan, Rajasekhar Balasubramanian, Papita Das Chapter 13. Date palm assisted nanocomposite materials for the removal of nitrate and phosphate from aqueous medium; Mirna Habuda-Stanic, Marija Nujic, Blanca Magdalena Gonzalez Silva, Sveinung Saegrov, Stein Wold Østerhus, Mario Siljeg.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Grégorio Crini, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews recent research and applications of chitin and chitosan, as natural alternatives of fossil fuel products, in green chemistry, energy, biotechnology, bioprinting, medicine, water treatment, agriculture and food science. Chitin and chitosan products are polysaccharides derived from food waste of crustaceans and fungi, and thus are cheap, abundant, sustainable, non-toxic, recyclable and biocompatible.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Historical Landmarks in the Discovery of Chitin
    Chapter 2. Fundamentals and Applications of Chitosan
    Chapter 3. Biocatalytic Production of Hetero-Chitosan Oligosaccharides as Anti-Oxidants
    Chapter 4. Enzyme Immobilization on Chitin and Chitosan-Based Supports for Potential Biotechnological Applications
    Chapter 5. Chitin and Chitosan Derivative Membranes in Resources, Energy, Environmental and Medical Field
    Chapter 6. Utility of Chitosan for 3D Printing and Bioprinting
    Chapter 7. The Contribution of D-Glucosamine to cell Membrane Stability: Mechanisms and Applications in Regenerative Medicine
    Chapter 8. Manufacture Techniques of Chitosan Based Microcapsules to Enhance Functional Properties of Textiles.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Grégorio Crini, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews recent research and applications of chitin and chitosan, as natural alternatives of fossil fuel products, in medicine and pharmacy, agriculture, food science and water treatment. Chitin and chitosan products are polysaccharides derived from food waste of crustaceans and fungi, and thus are cheap, abundant, sustainable, non-toxic, recyclable and biocompatible. Remarkable applications include food additives and preservation, packaging materials, biopesticides and fertilisers, drug delivery, tissue engineering, bioflocculation and dye removal.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Nutritional and Additive Uses of Chitin and Chitosan in the Food Industry
    Chapter 2. Chitosan for Seafood Processing and Preservation
    Chapter 3. Applications of Chitosan as Food Packaging Materials
    Chapter 4. Applications of Chitin in Agriculture
    Chapter 5. Chitosan-Based Hydrogels
    Chapter 6. Chitin and Chitosan in Drug Delivery
    Chapter 7. Application of Chitosan-Based Formulations in Controlled Drug Delivery
    Chapter 8. Design of Nano-Chitosans for Tissue Engineering and Molecular Delivery
    Chapter 9. Chitosan for Direct Bioflocculation Processes
    Chapter 10. Cross-linked Chitosan Hydrogels for Dye Removal.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Inamuddin, Abdullah M. Asiri, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book presents sources of carbon dioxide emission, related environmental issues and methods for carbon dioxide utilization, storage, analysis, modeling and optimization. This first volume focused on biochemical methods of carbon dioxide sequestration such as forestry, biomineralization, geo-chemo-mechanical, mangrove plantation and biowaste.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction to Carbon Dioxide Capture and Storage (Arshad Raza, Raoof Gholami)
    Chapter 2. Sources of Carbon Dioxide and Environmental Issues (M.N. Anwar, M. Iftikhar, B. Khusbakhat, N.F. Sohail, Mujtaba Baqar, A.S. Nizami)
    Chapter 3. Carbon capture utilization and storage supply chain: analysis, modeling and optimization (Grazia Leonzio)
    Chapter 4. Natural carbon sequestration by forestry (Xolile G. Ncipha, Venkataraman Sivakumar)
    Chapter 5. Carbon sequestration via biomineralization: processes, applications and future directions (Willis Gwenzi)
    Chapter 6. A Review of Coupled Geo-Chemo-Mechanical Impacts of CO2-Shale Interaction on Enhanced Shale Gas Recovery (Danqing Liu, Sen Yangb, Yilian Li, and Ramesh Agarwa)
    Chapter 7. Plantation methods and restoration techniques for enhanced blue carbon sequestration by mangroves (Abhiroop Chowdhury, Aliya Naz, Santanu Bhattacharyya)
    Chapter 8. Biowaste for carbon sequestration (Nhamo Chaukura).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Inamuddin, Abdullah M. Asiri, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book presents materials and physical methods for carbon dioxide sequestration. Materials include nanosponges, titanium oxide/zeolite hybrids, classical absorbents, metal oxides, ionic liquids, alkaline soils and metal organic frameworks. Methods include cryogenic capture, adsorption, solvent dissolution and soil sequestration.

    Contents:
    Preface;
    Chapter 1. Nanosponges for carbon dioxide sequestration; Diana Azevedo
    Chapter 2. Absorbents, media, and reagents for carbon dioxide capture and utilization; Khairiraihanna Johari
    Chapter 3. Metal oxides for carbon dioxide capture; Lakshminarayana Bhatta
    Chapter 4. Hybrid membranes for carbon capture; Mohammad Mesbah
    Chapter 5. Ionic liquids for carbon dioxide capture; Mohammad Mesbah
    Chapter 6. Carbon sequestration in alkaline soils; Qaiser Hussain
    Chapter 7. Metal organic frameworks for carbon capture; Shanmuga Selvanathan
    Chapter 8. Ionic liquids for carbon dioxide capture; Mohammad Reza Rahimpour
    Chapter 9. Methods for the recovery of CO2 from chemical solvents; Mohammad Reza Rahimpour
    Chapter 10. Cryogenic CO2 capture; Mohammad Reza Rahimpour.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Eric Lichtfouse, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews recent research advances in sustainable agriculture, with focus on crop production, biodiversity and biofuels in Africa and Asia.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    About the Editor
    Chapter 1: Crop Protection for Agricultural Intensification Systems in Sub-Saharan Africa
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 The Four Main Agricultural Intensification Pathways for Sub-Saharan Africa
    1.2.1 The Conventional High Input Pathway
    1.2.1.1 Pesticide Use in the Conventional Pathway
    1.2.1.2 Transgenic Pest-Resistant and Herbicide-Tolerant Crops as the Mainstay in the Conventional Pathway
    1.2.1.3 Land Sparing for Biodiversity Conservation in the Conventional Pathway
    1.2.2 The Organic Agriculture Pathway
    1.2.3 The Agroecological Pathway 1.2.4 The Eco-technical Sustainable Intensive Pathway
    1.2.4.1 Targeted Use of Pesticides in the Eco-Technical Pathway
    1.2.4.2 Genetic Engineering in the Eco-Technical Pathway
    1.2.4.3 Socioeconomic Intensification in the Eco-Technical Pathway
    1.2.4.4 Other IPM Options in the Eco-Technical Pathway
    Biological Control
    Physical Barriers
    1.3 Comparison of the Performance of the Intensification Pathways
    1.4 Scientific Priorities and Research Needs
    1.4.1 At the Plant and Field Levels
    1.4.2 At the Farm and Local Landscape/Territory Levels 1.4.3 At the National, Regional and International Levels
    1.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: Coffee Diversity and Conservation in Ethiopia
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Meta Analysis
    2.2.1 Coffee Production Systems in Ethiopia
    2.2.1.1 The Forest Coffee Production System
    2.2.1.2 The Semi-forest Coffee Production System
    2.2.1.3 The Garden Coffee Production System
    2.2.1.4 Plantation Coffee Production System
    2.2.2 Genetic Diversity of Arabica Coffee and Study in Ethiopia
    2.2.3 Coffee Genetic Erosion 2.2.3.1 Partial Reduction of Production in Some Areas for Economic, Climatic or Agronomic Reasons
    2.2.3.2 Deforestation Due to Population Pressure in the Major Coffee Growing Zones
    2.2.3.3 Replacement of Local Landraces by Improved Varieties with Narrower Genetic Base
    2.2.3.4 Existence of Heterosis in Coffee
    2.2.4 Coffee Conservation in Ethiopia
    2.2.4.1 Ex-situ Coffee Conservation
    2.2.4.2 In-situ Conservation Method
    2.3 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Phytochemistry, Toxicity and Pharmacology of Pistacia lentiscus, Artemisia herba-alba and Citrullus colocynthis 3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Methodologies
    3.3 Taxonomical Classification of Plants
    3.4 Distribution and Botanical Aspect of Plants
    3.5 Phytochemistry
    3.5.1 Phytochemical Composition of Artemisia herba-alba
    3.5.2 Phytochemical Composition of Citrullus colocynthis
    3.5.3 Phytochemical Composition of Pistacia lentiscus
    3.6 Pharmacology
    3.6.1 Anticancer Activity
    3.6.2 Hypotensive and Cardioprotective Effect
    3.6.3 Anti-allergic and Neuroprotective Effect
    3.6.4 Antioxidant Effect
    3.6.5 Antidiabetic Effect
    3.6.6 Renal and Hepatoprotective Effect
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Eric Lichtfouse, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews recent research advances in sustainable agriculture, with focus on crop production, biodiversity and biofuels in Africa and Asia.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    About the Editor
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Mycotoxins Occurrence, Toxicity and Detection Methods
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Occurrence of Mycotoxin in Food
    1.3 Factors Controlling Mycotoxins Genesis
    1.4 Occurrence of Mycotoxins in Humans and Associated Diseases
    1.5 Conventional Methods for Mycotoxins Detection
    1.5.1 Chromatographic-Based Techniques
    1.5.1.1 Thin-Layer Chromatography
    1.5.1.2 High-Performance Thin-Layer Chromatography
    1.5.2 Microarrays for Mycotoxin Detection
    1.5.3 Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent
    1.5.4 Radioimmunoassay 1.6 Nanotechnology-Based Techniques for Mycotoxin Detection
    1.6.1 Quartz Crystal Microbalance Immunosensor (QCMI)
    1.6.2 Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR)
    1.6.3 Electrochemical Immuno-Sensor Based on Nanoparticle
    1.6.4 Optical Waveguide Lightmode Spectroscopy
    References
    Chapter 2: Nanopesticides for Pest Control
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Classification and Traditional Applications of Pesticides
    2.3 Emergence of Biopesticides for Biological Control
    2.4 Transgenic Approach
    2.4.1 RNAi Technology: Sequence-Specific Silencing of Targeted Gene 2.8 Elemental and Specialized Nanoparticles as Nanopesticides
    2.8.1 Silica Nanoparticle
    2.8.2 Silver Nanoparticles and Nanoalumina
    2.8.3 Iron Oxide Nanoparticle
    2.8.4 Gold-Ferbam Nanoparticles
    2.9 Actual Concerns about Nanopesticides
    2.10 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Synthesis of Nanofertilizers by Planetary Ball Milling
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Nanofertilizers
    3.3 Synthesis Methods for Nanoparticles
    3.3.1 High Energy Ball Milling
    3.3.2 Synthesis of Nanoparticles Using a Planetary Ball Mill
    3.3.2.1 Milling Speed
    3.3.2.2 Milling Time
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Shamsul Hayat, John Pichtel, Mohammad Faizan, Qazi Fariduddin, editors.
    Summary: Nanotechnology is a branch of science that embraces the study and application of nanoparticles (NPs), i.e., those particles having at least one dimension measuring from 1-100 nm. This book presents recent developments involving the role of nanoparticles on plant physiology and growth. Nanotechnology applications include improvement of agricultural production using bio-conjugated NPs (encapsulation), transfer of DNA in plants for development of insect pest-resistant varieties, nanoformulations of agrochemicals such as pesticides and fertilizers for crop improvement, and nanosensors/nanobiosensors in crop protection for identification of diseases and residues of agrochemicals. Recent findings on the increased use of nanotechnology in agriculture by densely populated countries such as China and India indicate that this technology may impart a substantial impact on reducing hunger, malnutrition, and child mortality. Nanomaterials have recently experienced significant scrutiny in the basic and applied sciences as well as in bio-nanotechnology. A range of NP types (e.g., ZnO-NPs, Au-NPs, CuO-NPs, CNTs, AgO-NPs and TiO2-NPs) have been examined by researchers for their impacts on plant growth and development. In addition, particle size, size distribution, shape, surface and core chemistry, crystallinity, agglomeration state, purity, redox potential, catalytic activity, surface charge, and porosity are being investigated to understand and predict the behavior of NPs. This book addresses these issues and many more. Chapters incorporate both theoretical and practical aspects of plant nanotechnology and may serve as baseline information for future research through which significant development is possible. This book will be useful to researchers, instructors and students both in universities and research institutes, especially in relation to biological and agricultural sciences.

    Contents:
    1. Nanomaterials: Scope, applications, and challenges in agriculture
    2. Nutrient phyto-availability upon nanoparticle application
    3. Effects of plant-based eco-friendly nanoparticles on growth, chemical composition and bioactivity of plants
    4. Effect of zinc oxide nanoparticles on crop plants: A perspective analysis
    5. Response of titanium nanoparticles to plant growth: Agricultural perspective
    6. Impact of silver oxide nanoparticles on plant physiology: A critical review
    7. Silicon nanoparticles and plants: Current knowledge and future perspectives
    8. Copper nanoparticles: A new generation of fungicidal agent and plant growth promoter
    9. Interaction of copper nanoparticles with plants: Uptake, accumulation and toxicity
    10. Nanotechnological advances with PGPR applications
    11. Impending and inadvertent abundance of engineered nanomaterials in soil: Vicissitudes to the soil microbiome and plant health
    12. Boon or bane: Nanomaterials in plant growth and development.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ankit Saneja, Amulya K. Panda, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This edited book comprises of eight chapters dealing on various aspects of pharmaceutical technology for delivery of natural products. Book chapters deal with the solubility and bioavailability enhancement technologies for natural products. Emphasis has also been given on the significance of delivery strategies for improving the therapeutic efficacy of paclitaxel, galantamine and tea constituents.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Pharmaceutical technology for improving the of bioavailability of natural products
    2. Solubility Enhancement Techniques for Natural Product Delivery
    3. Delivery of natural products using polymeric particles for cancer chemotherapeutics
    4. Chemistry, pharmacology and therapeutic delivery of major tea constituents
    5. Current approaches and recent advances in Galantamine Delivery for Alzheimer's
    6. Overview of Paclitaxel Delivery Systems
    7. Phytosomes as an emerging nanotechnology for herbal drug delivery
    8. Albumin as natural versatile drug carrier and various diseases treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ankit Saneja, Amulya K. Panda, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book covers nanotechnology based approaches for improving the therapeutic efficacy of natural products. It critically explores lipid nanoarchitectonics, inorganic particles and nanoemulsion based tools for delivering them. With its chapters from eminent experts working in this discipline, it is ideal for researchers and professionals working in the area.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Nanotechnology Applications for Natural Products Delivery
    1.1 Introduction
    1.1.1 Nanotechnologies Strategies to Optimize the Clinical Use of Natural Products
    1.2 Polymeric Nanocarriers
    1.2.1 Polymeric Nanoparticles
    1.2.2 Polymeric Micelles
    1.2.3 Dendrimers
    1.3 Lipid Nanocarriers
    1.3.1 Micro and Nanoemulsions
    1.3.2 Vesicles
    1.3.3 Nanocochleates
    1.3.4 Solid Lipid Nanoparticles
    1.3.5 Nanostructured Lipid Carriers
    1.4 Conclusions
    References 2.6 Natural Products from Plants Approved for Therapeutic Use
    2.7 Usage of Curcumin in Nanoparticles for Periodontal Disease Therapy
    2.8 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Nanocarriers as Tools for Delivery of Nature Derived Compounds and Extracts with Therapeutic Activity
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Problems Associated with Natural Compounds
    3.2.1 Solubility
    3.2.2 Permeability
    3.2.3 Stability
    3.3 Nanotechnology in Medicine
    3.4 Development of Nanocarrier Systems
    3.5 Nanotechnology in Delivery of Natural Products
    3.5.1 Resveratrol
    3.5.2 Artemisinin 3.5.3 Thymoquinone
    3.5.4 Rapamycin
    3.5.5 Naringenin
    3.5.6 Silymarin and Silibinin
    3.5.7 Cyclosporin
    3.5.8 Berberine
    3.5.9 Quercetin
    3.5.10 Epigallocatechin-3-gallate
    3.5.11 Natural Antibiotics
    3.5.12 Plant Extracts
    3.6 Challenges
    3.7 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Nanoemulsions as Optimized Vehicles for Essential Oils
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Nanoemulsions: General Aspects
    4.3 Nanoemulsions: Composition
    4.3.1 Surfactants
    4.3.2 Types of Surfactants
    4.3.3 Oil Phase
    4.3.4 Essential Oils
    4.4 Preparation of Nanoemulsions 4.4.1 High-Energy Methods
    4.4.2 Low-Energy Methods
    4.4.3 Comparison Between Obtention Methods
    4.5 Stability of Nanoemulsions
    4.5.1 Instability Phenomena
    4.6 Characterization of Nanoemulsions
    4.6.1 Dynamic Light Scattering
    4.6.2 Zeta Potential
    4.6.3 Rheological Behavior
    4.6.4 Conductivity
    4.6.5 Phase Behavior
    4.7 Application of Nanoemulsions
    4.8 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 5: Lipid Nanoarchitectonics for Natural Products Delivery in Cancer Therapy
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Organic and Inorganic Nanoparticles
    5.3 Lipid Nanoarchitectonics Chapter 2: Nanotechnology-Inspired Bionanosystems for Valorization of Natural Origin Extracts
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Methodology
    2.3 Medicinal Plants and Nanotechnology
    2.4 Nanomaterials Used in Combination with Plants Extracts
    2.4.1 Nanoemulsions
    2.4.2 Nanosuspensions
    2.4.3 Nanofibers
    2.4.4 Nanotubes
    2.4.5 Nanoparticles
    2.5 Properties and Applications of Plant-Based Nanomaterials
    2.5.1 Silver Nanomaterials
    2.5.2 Gold Nanomaterials
    2.5.3 Zinc Nanomaterials
    2.5.4 Iron Nanomaterials
    2.5.5 Nanofibers
    2.5.6 Nanoemulsions
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Inamuddin, Mohd Imran Ahamed, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book presents recent reviews on the occurrence, analysis, toxicity and remediation of pesticides in biological systems such as fish, chickens, water, soil and food.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Determination of Pesticide Residues in Fish
    Chapter 2 Analysis of Pesticide Residues in Pollen and Dairy Products
    Chapter 3 Monitoring and Evaluation of Pesticide Residues in Aquatic Systems
    Chapter 4 Pyrethroid and Residues in Chickens and Poultry Litter
    Chapter 5 Extraction Procedures and Chromatography of Pesticides Residues in Strawberries
    Chapter 6 Non-extractable Pesticide Residues in Soils
    Chapter 7 Pyrethroids Metabolites in Human Urine Samples
    Chapter 8 Remediation of Pesticide in Water
    Chapter 9 Strategy for the Inspection of Pesticide Residues in Food and Agriculture
    Chapter 10 Toxic Effects of Pesticides on Avifauna Inhabiting Wetlands
    Chapter 11 Analysis of Pesticide Residues in Biotic Matrices.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Harsh Panwar, Chetan Sharma, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: Antibiotics have drastically improved the health and life expectancy of humans, yet the abrupt increase of antibiotic usage for animals, agriculture and healthcare has induced antimicrobial resistance. Antimicrobial resistance is leading to resurgence of deadly infectious diseases, calling for new cures. This book presents advanced therapies based on new and complementary drugs, and alternative techniques and strategies, such as phages, probiotics, flavonoids, essential oils, cellulose, peptides, nano delivery, iron starvation and vaccines.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1 Strategies for prevention and containment of antimicrobial resistance.-Chapter 2 Probiotics, Prebiotics and Synbiotics for the prevention of Antimicrobial Resistance
    Chapter 3 Plant natural products for mitigation of antibiotic resistance
    Chapter 4 Essential Oils as Potential Antimicrobial Agents
    Chapter 5 Polymeric Antimicrobials with Quaternary Ammonium Moieties
    Chapter 6 Nanoparticles: Powerful tool to mitigate antibiotic resistance
    Chapter 7 Antimicrobial Peptides and Peptidomimetics for the Control of Antibiotic Resistance
    Chapter 8 Exploiting the Achilles' heel of iron dependence in antibiotic resistant bacteria with new anti-microbial iron withdrawal agents
    Chapter 9 Potential for phage biotechnology to mitigate antimicrobial resistance in agriculture
    Chapter 10
    The Role of Vaccines in Combating Antimicrobial Resistance.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Vipin Kumar Singh, Rishikesh Singh, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews contaminants of emerging nature affecting the agroecosystem and includes important information regarding the their sources, types, transportation, environmental threats and strategies to decontaminate the affected agroecosystems. The contents of this volume will help the policy makers and environmental engineers in combating the continuously rising threats to cultivated ecosystems.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Part I: Sources of Emerging Contaminants in Agroecosystems
    Chapter 1: Sources and Impacts of Emerging Contaminants in Agroecosystems
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Naturally Produced Compounds
    1.3 Man-Made Chemicals
    1.3.1 Pharmaceuticals and Personal Care Products
    1.3.2 Bio-terrorism Agents
    1.3.2.1 Category A Agents and Diseases
    1.3.2.2 Category B Agents and Diseases
    1.3.2.3 Category C Agents and Diseases
    1.3.3 Persistent Organic Pollutants
    1.3.4 Nanomaterials 1.3.5 Metabolites and Transformation Products of Man-Made Chemicals
    1.3.6 Flame Retardants
    1.4 Agricultural Environment and Emerging Contaminants
    1.5 Effects of Emerging Contaminants on Ecosystems and Human Health
    1.6 Conclusion and Recommendations
    References
    Chapter 2: Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Traditional and Emerging Contaminants in Agroecosystems
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Contamination in Agroecosystems
    2.2.1 Traditional Contaminants
    2.2.1.1 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Heavy Metals and Metalloids 2.2.1.2 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Organic Contaminants
    2.2.2 Emerging Contaminants
    2.2.2.1 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Antibiotics and Antibiotic Resistance Genes
    2.2.2.2 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Human Pathogens
    2.2.2.3 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Hormones, Endocrine Disruptors and Personal Care Products
    2.3 Fate of Sewage Wastewater and Sewage Sludge in Agroecosystem
    2.4 Advantages and Disadvantages of Sewage Wastewater and Sludge Application in Agroecosystem 2.4.1 Advantages of Sewage Wastewater and Sludge Application in Agriculture
    2.4.2 Disadvantages of Sewage Wastewater and Sludge Application in Agriculture
    2.5 Treatment of Sewage Wastewater and Sludge for Application in Agroecosystem
    2.6 Conclusion and Future Perspectives
    References
    Chapter 3: Dew as Source of Emerging Contaminants in Agricultural System
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Dew Formation
    3.3 Role of Dew in Agricultural Systems
    3.3.1 Role of Dew as Water Source
    3.3.2 Role of Dew in Crop Productivity
    3.4 Sources of Emerging Contaminants in Agricultural Fields 3.5 Transport Mechanism of Emerging Contaminants in Agricultural Systems
    3.5.1 Emerging Contaminants Transmission in Atmosphere
    3.5.2 Chemical Interaction of Dew with Aerosol
    3.6 Negative Impacts of Dew
    3.7 Emerging Contaminants and Their Health Effects
    3.8 Conclusion and Future Recommendations
    References
    Chapter 4: Particulate Matter Pollution and Global Agricultural Productivity
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Particulate Matter Pollution and Air Quality
    4.2.1 Modern Air Quality: Crisis and Concern
    4.2.2 Categorization of Major Particulate Matter Pollutants
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Grégorio Crini, Eric Lichtfouse.
    Summary: This book reviews recent research and applications, developments, research trends, methods and issues related to the applications of industrial hemp for fundamental research and technology. Contains a complete overview of traditional and new applications of hemp.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1 Hemp Production
    Chapter 2 Traditional and New Applications of Hemp
    Chapter 3 Industrial Hemp in the USA: A Brief Synopsis
    Chapter 4 Hemp Fibers in Serbia: Cultivation, Processing, and Applications
    Chapter 5 Physico-chemical Characterization and Development of Hemp Aggregates for Highly Insulating Construction Building Materials
    Chapter 6 Modelling of the Hygrothermal Behaviour of Hemp Concrete
    Chapter 7 Hempseed Protein: Processing and Functional Properties
    Chapter 8 Functional and Bioactive Properties of Hemp Proteins
    Chapter 9 Hemp Seed as a Source of Food Proteins
    Chapter 10 Hemp Fibers for Wastewater Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Om V. Singh, Anuj K. Chandel, editors.
    Summary: "Nature offers abundant renewable resources that can be used to partially replace fossil fuels and commodity chemicals but issues of cost, technology readiness levels, and compatibility with existing distribution networks remain huge challenges. Cellulosic ethanol and biodiesel are the most immediately obvious target fuels, with hydrogen, methane and butanol as other potentially viable products. This book continues to bridge the technology gap and focus on critical aspects of lignocellulosic biomolecules and the respective mechanisms regulating their bioconversion to liquid fuels into energy and value-added products of industrial significance. This book is a collection of reviews elucidating several broad-ranging areas of progress and challenges in the utilization of sustainable resources of renewable energy, especially in biofuels. This book comes just at a time when government and industries are accelerating their efforts in the exploration of alternative energy resources, with expectations of the establishment of long-term sustainable alternatives to petroleum-based liquid fuels. Apart from liquid fuel this book also emphasizes the use of sustainable resources for value-added products, which may help in revitalizing the biotechnology industry at a broader scale. This book also provides a comprehensive review of basic literature and advance research methodologies to graduate students studying environmental microbiology, chemical engineering, bio-economy and microbial biotechnology."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents; About the Editors; 1 Introduction; References; 2 Role ofSystematic Biology inBiorefining ofLignocellulosic Residues forBiofuels andChemicals Production; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Concept ofBiorefineries; 2.3 Biofuel asRenewable Energy Source; 2.4 Lignocellulosic Biomass forBioethanol Production; 2.5 Pretreatment oftheLignocellulosic Biomass; 2.5.1 Physical Pretreatment; 2.5.2 Chemical Pretreatment; 2.5.3 Biological Pretreatment; 2.6 Enzymatic Saccharification ofPretreated Lignocellulosic Biomass; 2.7 Ethanol Fermentation; 2.8 Biohydrogen asBiofuel. 2.18 Bacillus spp. forPHB Production2.19 Strategies forPHB Production; 2.19.1 Process Optimization forPHB Production; 2.19.2 Application ofGenetic Engineering Tools; 2.19.3 Pretreatment ofBiomass; 2.19.4 Structural Modifications ofPHB; 2.20 Lignocellulose Biomass forProduction ofIndustrial Enzymes; 2.21 Conclusion; 2.22 Future Prospects; References; 3 Biotechnological Advances inLignocellulosic Ethanol Production; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Bioethanol Production: Statistics andGlobal Overview; 3.3 Potential Feedstock, Biomass Composition andSurplus Availability. 2.9 Microalgae forBiohydrogen Production2.10 Biobutanol asBiofuel; 2.11 Strategical Improvements forBiobutanol Production; 2.12 Lignocellulosic Biomass asSource ofPrebiotics; 2.12.1 Xylooligosaccharides asPrebiotics; 2.13 Delignification ofBiomass forXOS Production; 2.14 Xylan Extraction fromLignocellulosic Biomass; 2.14.1 Alkaline Extraction; 2.14.2 Acid Extraction; 2.14.3 Autohydrolysis; 2.15 Enzymatic Production ofXylooligosaccharides; 2.16 Strategical Improvements forProduction ofXOS; 2.17 Lignocellulosic Biomass forPolyhydroxybutyrate (PHB) Production. 3.4 Feedstock Processing toGenerate Sugars asBuilding Block3.5 Types ofPretreatment Methods; 3.5.1 Physical Pretreatment Approaches; 3.5.2 Chemical Pretreatment Methods; 3.5.3 Physicochemical Pretreatment Methods; 3.6 Biological Pretreatment Methods; 3.7 Biotechnological Advancements; 3.7.1 Microbial Production ofCellulases andEnzymatic Hydrolysis ofPretreated Substrates; 3.7.2 Hydrolysis ofPretreated Biomass; 3.8 Biotechnological Advancements; 3.8.1 Strategies Used toImprove Fungal Enzyme Production; 3.8.2 Mutagenesis; 3.8.3 Co-cultivation; 3.8.4 Metabolic Engineering. 3.8.5 Heterologous Expression3.8.6 Immobilization; 3.9 Bioethanol Recovery fromFermented Broth; 3.10 Conclusion; References; 4 Sustainable Production ofBiofuels fromWeedy Biomass andOther Unconventional Lignocellulose Wastes; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Technological Option andLimitations ofBiofuel Production; 4.3 Lignocellulosic Biomass Composition ofWeedy Biomass; 4.3.1 Cellulose (C6H10O5)n; 4.3.2 Hemicellulose (C5H8O4)n; 4.3.3 Lignin [C9H10O3(OCH3)]n; 4.4 Available Bioresources forSustainable Biofuel Production; 4.4.1 Agricultural byProducts; 4.5 Weedy Lignocellulosic Biomass.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Kim Gutschow, Robbie Davis-Floyd and Betty-Anne Daviss.
    Summary: This contributed volume explores flexible, adaptable, and sustainable solutions to the shockingly high costs of birth across the globe. It presents innovative and collaborative maternity care practices and policies that are intersectional, human rights-based, transdisciplinary, science-driven, and community-based. Each chapter describes participatory and midwifery-oriented care that helps improve maternal and newborn outcomes within minoritized populations. The featured case studies respond to resource constraints and inequities of access by transforming relations between providers and families or by creating more egalitarian relations among diverse providers such as midwives, obstetricians, and nurses that minimize inefficient hierarchies within maternity care. The authors build on a growing awareness that quality and respectful midwifery care has lower costs and improved outcomes for child bearers, newborns, and providers. Topics include: Sustainable collaborations including transfers of care among midwives and obstetricians in India, The Netherlands, Germany, United Kingdom, and Denmark Midwifery-oriented, femifocal, indigenous, and inclusive models of care that counter obstetric violence and gender stereotypes in Mexico, Chile, Guatemala, Argentina, and India Doula care and midwifery care for women of color, previously incarcerated women, indigenous women, and other minoritized groups in the global north and south Practices and metrics for improving quality of newborn and maternal care as well as maternal and newborn outcomes in disruptive times and disaster settings Sustainable Birth in Disruptive Times is an essential and timely resource for providers, policy makers, students, and activists with interests in maternity care, midwifery, medical anthropology, maternal health, newborn health, obstetrics, childbirth, medicine, and global health in disruptive times.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Brett Duane, editor.
    Summary: This book provides the why, what and how on delivering a sustainable dental practice. Dentists have a professional duty to support optimal oral health. They also have a moral duty to do so in a way that leaves the smallest footprint on this planet and takes their impacts on the environment and society into account. This book helps the reader to develop a sustainable practice, driven by prevention and delivering the right care at the right time and at the right place, within systems of universal, needs-based access to care. Readers learn how to opt for a practice that is supplied with sustainable energy and encourages biodiversity while building models of care that maximize remote patient engagement and avoid travel. Clear guidance is given on responsible decontamination, waste management and environmentally sensitive ways of managing people with anxiety or behavioural difficulties within the dental setting. The future of dentistry products and innovations to reduce environmental impacts in the dental practice are discussed. This book is a must-have for dentists, dental students and all members of the dental team.

    Contents:
    Sustainable Dentistry - An Urgent Need for Change
    Building a sustainable dental practice (considering the need to rebuild, material, location)
    Habitat level considerations for build options
    Reducing the energy needs of your dental practice
    Prevention; The sustainable practice initiative
    A guide to how to reduce the impact of PPE in your dental practice 200
    Responsible decontamination
    Supporting people and their behaviour in the dental setting as sustainably as reasonably achievable
    Buying sustainably and ethically for the dental practice
    Responsible waste management; using resources efficiently/responsibly
    The Future of dentistry products; How can we redesign the products we create
    Sustainability: The need to transform oral health systems
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Pia Katila, Carol J. Pierce Colfer, Wil de Jong, Glenn Galloway, Pablo Pacheco, Georg Winkel.
    Summary: "Its successful implementation will reduce consumption of wood fuels, offset by increases in the use of hydrocarbon-based fuels or other cleaner energy sources. Future energy trends include turning to improved wood fuels, like wood pellets and the use of liquid biomass fuels, like palm oil-based biodiesel, whose production may happen at the expense of forests"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Mahadi Hasan Masud, Azharul Karim, Anan Ashrabi Ananno, Asif Ahmed.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive review of renewable energy-based sustainable drying techniques for developing countries. Aspiring towards a world with zero food waste, the book has provided discussion on sustainable drying techniques in terms of energy efficiency. The socio-economic condition of each developing country is unique; therefore, has specific technological requirements. As such, the book presents discussions on food waste scenario around the world, the socio-economic status of developing countries and their correlation with food. The book gives an overview of the quality aspects of drying, along with the required energy and time to retain these features. Additionally, a method of selecting drying techniques for developing countries, taking the cost and safety factor into consideration, has been discussed extensively Also, the renewable and non-renewable energy resources of low income, lower-middle income, middle income, and high-income developing countries have been analyzed and presented. The book also highlights the available drying techniques that are currently being practiced by the consumers and industries of developing countries. The book recommends ten sustainable drying technologies for the developing countries and describes their working principle. Discussion on potential challenges for sustainable drying technology adoption is also presented. The book presents up-to-date research on sustainable drying techniques and their impact on developing countries to reduce food waste. Food waste is not only a humanitarian concern but also a threat to environmental sustainability. Currently, one-third of all produced food is being wasted, when nearly 805 million people - including children remain undernourished on a daily basis. In an effort to solve this crisis, a number of food preservations techniques are being practiced in food supply chain. Drying is one such preservation technique that prevents microbial proliferation, slows enzymatic reaction and preserves the physio-chemical properties of food. Albeit, drying is an effective means of food preservation; it is also highly energy-intensive. Developing countries do not have sufficient energy and financial resources to adopt conventional (expensive and high energy) drying techniques. As such, this is the first reference work dedicated to discussing the prospects and challenges of sustainable (renewable energy based and inexpensive) drying techniques for developing countries in order to reduce food waste. Sustainable food drying techniques in developing countries: Prospects and Challenges is a singular work in the field of food preservation and affordable drying technology. .

    Contents:
    Insights into Drying
    Energy Requirement in Drying
    Energy Scenario in Developing Countries
    Existing drying Technologies in Developing Countries
    Proposal of Sustainable drying techniques in Developing Countries
    Challenges in Drying Sector
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Inamuddin, Abdullah Asiri, editors.
    Summary: Urbanization, industrialization, and unethical agricultural practices have considerably negative effects on the environment, flora, fauna, and the health and safety of humanity. Over the last decade, green chemistry research has focused on discovering and utilizing safer, more environmentally friendly processes to synthesize products like organic compounds, inorganic compounds, medicines, proteins, enzymes, and food supplements. These green processes exist in other interdisciplinary fields of science and technology, like chemistry, physics, biology, and biotechnology, Still the majority of processes in these fields use and generate toxic raw materials, resulting in techniques and byproducts which damage the environment. Green chemistry principles, alternatively, consider preventing waste generation altogether, the atom economy, using less toxic raw materials and solvents, and opting for reducing environmentally damaging byproducts through energy efficiency. Green chemistry is, therefore, the most important field relating to the sustainable development of resources without harmfully impacting the environment. This book provides in-depth research on the use of green chemistry principles for a number of applications.

    Contents:
    Preface
    New approaches for renewable energy using metal electrocatalysts for lithium-O2 and zinc-air batteries
    Biodiesel production for the sustainable development of chemical industry
    Cellulose based green and sustainable energy
    Design of dithienopyrrole-based organic dyes for efficient dye-sensitized solar cells: Strategies and outcome
    Sonochemical production of hydrogen: A novel approach
    Impact of alcohol and its blends on engine performance
    Photovoltaic performance of bipyridine and dipyridophenazine-based ruthenium complexes in application of dye-sensitized solar cell sensitizers
    Compressed fluids for food by-products biorefinery
    Green and sustainable biomass processing for fuels and chemicals
    Enriching of carotenes by supercritical desorption of buriti oil (Mauritia flexuosa Mart.) from alumina adsorbent
    Utilization of bio waste in green chemistry
    The role of heterogeneous catalysts in cellulose conversion to platform chemicals and biofuels
    Potential of neem oil as source of biodiesel
    Sustainable photocatalyst for energy and environment application
    Implementation guidelines for modelling gasification processes in computational fluid dynamics: A tutorial overview approach
    Sustainable cellulose based absorbents for heavy metal remediation
    Recent trend in photo-catalytic water of azo dyes
    Hospital effluents treatment
    Solar photocatalytic treatment of tannery effluent
    Modification of natural fibers by graft copolymerization and their environmental applications
    Dye degradation for environmental remediation
    Exploring natural coagulant application in the treatment of water for safe drinking
    Sustainable technologies for the wastewater treatment generated by leather industry sector: Regulation and economic aspects
    Physical and biological techniques to remediate carcinogenic Cr(VI) from industrial effluents
    Separation of industrial effluents
    Application of polymers in purification of industria l wastewater
    Role of disinfectants in green chemistry
    Sonochemistry in green processes: modeling, experiments and technology
    Biosynthesis of silymarin through plant in-vitro cultures
    Chemistry for new frontiers in supramolecular theranostics
    Cellulose nanocrystal aerogels: Synthesis, functional properties, and applications
    Graphene oxide: An efficient, and recyclable nano catalyst for the synthesis of 2-substituted benzimidazoles from aldehydes and diamines at ambient temperature
    Green synthesis of TiO2 nanomaterials photocatalyst
    Green corrosion inhibitors for industrial cleaning processes
    Cellulose amphiphilic materials: Chemistry, process, and applications
    Oleogels and their applications
    Measuring corrosion abrasion in various solid-fluid systems
    Base-free conversion of aldose sugar to aldonic acid
    Treatment of dairy products with conversion of useful bio-products
    Green corrosion inhibitor for petroleum pipelines
    Impact and challenges of polymerization
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Chrystel Y. Olivier, Tim J. Dumonceaux, Edel Pérez-López, editors.
    Summary: With 160+ countries and islands, the tropical belt is the geographical region centered on the equator and limited by the tropics of Cancer and Capricorn. Tropical agricultural production is mostly for local consumption but cash crops are also present. Tropical agriculture is characterized by a significant lack of capital in research and agricultural systems and by a high prevalence of insect pests and diseases. Phytoplasma diseases are associated by bacteria-like pathogens living in plant sap and spread by sap-feeding insects. They are emerging diseases and are difficult to control, mostly because their epidemiology is not known. This book will focus on detection and prevention of phytoplasma diseases in field and horticultural crops grown in the tropical belt. The book will review current prevention methods used in small and large-scale farms, and present research results aiming at developing sustainable management of phytoplasma diseases in the tropics.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: The CpnClassiPhyR Facilitates Phytoplasma Classification and Taxonomy Using cpn60 Universal Target Sequences
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Results
    1.2.1 Generation of Novel cpn60 UT Sequences from Previously Unexplored Phytoplasmas
    1.2.2 The CpnClassiPhyR: A Cpn(60-Based) Classi(Fier for) Phy(Toplasmas Using) R(FLP) Analysis
    1.2.3 New Group/Subgroup Registration Service
    1.2.4 CpnClassiPhyR Output
    1.2.5 Application of the CpnClassiPhyR to the Identification of New Groups and Subgroups
    1.2.6 Discrepancies 1.2.7 Application of the CpnClassiPhyR to cpn60 Sequences Extracted from Genomes
    1.3 Discussion
    1.4 Materials and Methods
    1.4.1 Generation of cpn60 and 16S rRNA Amplicon from Phytoplasmas
    1.4.2 CpnClassiPhyR Code
    1.4.3 Phylogenetic Analysis
    1.4.4 Examination of Genome Sequences for 16S rRNA and cpn60 Gene Sequences
    1.5 Concluding Remarks
    References
    Chapter 2: Epidemiology of Non-culturable Phloem-Limited Pathogens of Citrus
    Case Study Phytoplasma
    2.1 Introduction: Citrus and Citriculture in Iran
    2.2 Challenging Diseases of Citrus in Iran 2.2.1 Witches' Broom Disease of Lime (WBDL), Host Range, and Plant Response to the Pathogen
    2.2.2 Greening or Huanglongbing, Host Range, and Plant Response to the Pathogen
    2.3 Practical Measures to Control Phloem-Limiting Pathogens of Citrus
    Case Study Phytoplasma
    2.3.1 WBDL and HLB Origins and Foreign and Internal Quarantine for Effective Sanitation Practices in Citrus Orchards
    2.3.2 Accurate and Early Detection of the Pathogen
    2.3.3 Vector Control by Chemical Spray
    2.3.4 Eradication of Trees with Symptoms 2.3.5 Control of CPa by Injecting Surfactant or Antibiotic Tetracycline
    2.3.6 Cross-Protection
    2.3.7 Breeding Programs and Horticultural Best Practices
    2.3.8 New Tools Through Implementation of Genetic Engineering
    2.4 Concluding Remarks
    References
    Chapter 3: Occurrence and Distribution of Phytoplasma Diseases in Iran
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Phytoplasma Diseases in Poaceae
    3.3 Phytoplasma Diseases in Vegetable Crops
    3.4 Phytoplasma Diseases in Oilseed Crops
    3.5 Phytoplasma Diseases in Alfalfa
    3.6 Phytoplasma Diseases in Weeds and Ornamental Plants 3.7 Phytoplasma Diseases in Pome Fruits
    3.8 Phytoplasma Diseases in Stone Fruits
    3.9 Phytoplasma Diseases in Grapevine
    3.10 Phytoplasma Diseases in Citrus Crops
    3.11 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Diversity of Phytoplasmas in Cuba, Their Geographic Isolation and Potential Development of Management Strategies
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Economically Important Plants Infected by Phytoplasmas in Cuba
    4.2.1 Sapodilla
    4.2.2 Soybean
    4.2.3 Papaya
    4.3 Diversity of 'Candidatus Phytoplasma' Species in Cuba
    4.4 Insect Vectors Transmitting Phytoplasmas in Cuba
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ram Swaroop Meena, Sandeep Kumar, Jitendra Singh Bohra, Mangi Lal Jat, editors.
    Summary: Fertilizers have been used extensively around the globe since the Green Revolution, due to the high subsidies. However, extensive fertilizer use exacerbates soil degradation and causes yield stagnation, and as a result threatens food security and soil sustainability, especially in developing countries. This means that sustainable soil and environmental management are vital to provide food and nutritional security for present and future generations. This has led to the International Union of Soil Science (IUSS) declaring 2015-2024 the International Decade of Soils. This book focuses on the impact of sustainable management of soil and environment on improving the functioning of soil-ecosystems and agronomic productivity, and also discusses food security, nutrient cycling, recent advances in INM technologies, eco-friendly cultivation, agricultural practices to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, as well as conservation agriculture and its effects, and strategies for soil sustainability. Offering a comprehensive overview of management in the context of the sustainability of soil and the agroecosystems that it supports, it demonstrates the options available and provides insights into restoring soil health and matching soil nutrient supply with crop demand to ensure nutritional security in an eco-friendly environment.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Soil and Environmental Management
    Chapter 2. Strategies to Practice Climate-Smart Agriculture to Improve the Livelihoods under Rice -Wheat Cropping System in South Asia
    Chapter 3. Soil Erosion and Management Strategies
    Chapter 4. Conservation Agriculture: Perspectives to Soil and Environmental Management in Indo-Gangetic Plains of South Asia
    Chapter 5. Improved Soil Environment under Conservation Agriculture
    Chapter 6. Legumes for Sustainable Soil and Crop Management
    Chapter 7. Legume Root Rot Control Through Soil Management for Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 8. Fate and Behavior of Pesticides and Their Effect on Soil Biological Properties under Climate Change Scenario
    Chapter 9. Agricultural Socio-economic Effects in Colombia due to Degradation of Soils
    Chapter 10. Soil Microbes for Sustainable Agriculture. Chapter 11. Enzymes in Relation to Soil Biological Properties and Sustainability.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mehmet Turgut, R. Shane Tubbs, Ahmet T. Turgut, Aaron S. Dumont, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth review of the sutures of the skull. The premature closure of the sutures of the skull (craniosynostosis) due to genetic or metabolic etiologies results in typical progressive skull deformity, due to both the inhibition of growth caused by the affected cranial suture and associated compensatory expansion of the skull along the open ones. Today, it is well known that early diagnosis of craniosynostosis is crucial for the best surgical outcomes and for the normal development of the brain and cosmetic appearance of the skull. As such, in addition to the anatomy, biology, genetics and embryology of the sutures of the skull, the book also covers the diagnosis and treatment of different forms of craniosynostosis such as metopism, and animal models for cranial suture research. This comprehensive work is a valuable resource for neuroscientists at all levels, from graduate students to researchers, as well as neurosurgeons, neuroanatomists, pediatricians, and neurologists seeking both basic and more advanced information on the unique structure of the sutures of the human skull.

    Contents:
    Overview
    The Sutures of the Skull: A Historical Perspective
    Embryological and Histological Features of the Cranial Sutures
    Anatomy of the Sutures of the Calvaria
    Anatomy of the Sutures of the Skullbase
    Anatomy of the Sutures of the Face
    Normal Growth of the Sutures of the Skull
    Variations of the Sutures of the Skull
    Metopism: Anatomical, Clinical and Surgical Aspects
    Skull Sutures as Anatomical Landmarks
    Biomechanical Features of the Sutures of the Skull
    Radiological Evaluation of the Sutures of the Skull
    The Biology of the Sutures of the Skull
    Types of Craniosynostosis and their Etiology, Pathophysiology and Epidemiology
    Genetic Features of Craniosynostosis
    Imaging Modalities in Craniosynostosis
    Craniofacial Syndromes and Syndromic Craniosynostoses
    Surgery for Craniosynostosis
    ExperimentalAnimal Models in Cranial Suture Biology Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Eri Hotta.
    Summary: "Shinichi Suzuki, of the eponymous Suzuki Method, debunked Western stereotypes about "authentic" classical performance while transforming music education globally. Yet as Eri Hotta shows, his movement was about much more than developing music skills. A committed humanist, he aspired to nurture the potential, musical or otherwise, in every child"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    No Ordinary Childhood, No Ordinary Environment
    Formative Encounters
    Enchanted Circles
    Berlin, the Golden City
    For the Sake of Beautiful Tone
    "No Such Thing as a Born Genius"
    Picking Up the Pieces
    The World Is His Stage
    "Suzuki Messodo"-In My Time.
    Digital Access 2022
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    ML423.S96 H67 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Kenneth F. Swaiman, Stephen Ashwal, Donna M Ferriero, Nina F Schor, Richard S Finkel, Andrea L Gropman, Phillip L Pearl, Michael Shevell.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Gauri Mankekar, editor.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of swallowing
    Physiology of swallowing
    Swallowing disorders: Clinical features & diagnosis
    Assessment of swallowing disorders
    Endoscopic management of swallowing disorders
    Radiological diagnosis in swallowing disorders
    Neurogenic dysphagia
    Medical management of swallowing disorders
    Pediatric dysphagia
    Presbyphagia.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    editor-in-chief, Alfred F. Tallia, MF, MPH, co-editors, Joseph E. Scherger, MD, MPH, Nancy W. Dickey, MD.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC58 .S93 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Denis Jalabert, Ian Vickridge, Amal Chabli.
    Summary: This book examines the different ion beam analysis techniques, which find relevant applications in the field of nanoscience. Ion beam analysis techniques are well established and have been widely used in materials sciences since the 1960s. Over the past two decades, the emergence of nanomaterials in science and technology has pushed many analytical techniques to their limits. This is also the case for techniques using an ion beam to probe nanoscale objects. The book discusses the various possibilities of the ion beam analysis for nanosciences and also seeks to position these techniques over other analytical tools.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Fundamentals of ion-soliday interactions with a focus on the nanoscale
    Instruments and methods
    Applications
    The place of nanoIBA in the characterization forest.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Christoph Fischer, Berthold Traub, editors.
    Summary: The Swiss National Forest Inventory (NFI) is a forest survey on national level which started in 1982 and has already reached its 5th survey cycle (NFI5). It can be characterized as a multisource and multipurpose inventory where information is mainly collected from terrestrial field surveys using permanent sample plots. In addition, data from aerial photography, GIS and forest service questionnaires are also included. The NFI's main objective is to provide statistically reliable and sound figures to stakeholders such as politicians, researchers, ecologists, forest service, timber industry, national and international organizations as well as to international projects such as the Forest Resources Assessment of the United Nations. For Switzerland, NFI results are typically reported on national and regional level. State of the art methods are applied in all fields of data collection which have been proven to be of international interest and have even served as a basis for other European NFIs. The presented methods are applicable to any sample based forest inventory around the globe. In 2001 the Swiss NFI published its methods for the first time. Since then, many methodological changes and improvements have been introduced. This book describes the complete set of methods and revisions since NFI2. It covers various topics ranging from inventory design and statistics to remote sensing, field survey methods and modelling. It also describes data quality concepts and the software framework used for data storage, statistical analysis and result presentation.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Swiss NFI at a Glance; 1: Swiss NFI at a Glance; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History and Objectives; 1.3 Legal Status, Obligations and Organisations; 1.4 Assessing Information Needs and NFI Impacts; 1.5 Content, Data Collection and Methods; 1.5.1 Content; 1.5.2 Design, Sampling Methods and Periodicity; 1.5.3 Data Collection and Analyses; 1.6 Reporting, Products and Services; 1.6.1 Reporting; 1.6.2 Other Products; 1.6.3 Services; Appendix; References; Part II: Sampling Design and Estimation Procedures 2.3.4 Sampling of Tariff Trees; 2.3.4.1 Motivation; 2.3.4.2 Poisson Sampling of Tariff Trees; 2.3.4.3 Fixed Association of Tariff Trees; 2.3.4.4 Optimal Sampling Schemes for Tariff Trees; 2.3.4.5 Tariff Tree Selection in NFI1; 2.3.5 Sampling Pieces of Lying Deadwood; 2.3.6 Sampling Young Trees; 2.4 Sampling Design of the NFI; 2.4.1 Basic Sampling Methods in Area Sampling; 2.4.2 Sampling Frames of the NFI; 2.4.3 NFI Panels for Terrestrial Data Collection; 2.4.4 NFI Panels for Auxiliary Data Collection; 2.5 Estimation Procedures; 2.5.1 Basic Estimators; 2.5.2 Use of Auxiliary Data 2.5.3 Domain Estimation; 2.5.4 Sampling Error and Confidence Intervals; 2.6 Estimation of Change; 2.6.1 Time Schedule Effects; 2.6.2 Dates and Calendar Years; 2.6.3 Vegetation Periods; 2.7 Net Change with Independent Samples; 2.7.1 Pooled Annual Panels; 2.7.2 Average Annual Change; 2.8 Estimation of Change Using Annual Panels; 2.8.1 The Role of Area Domains; 2.8.2 Average Change Per Unit Area; 2.8.3 Average Annual Change; 2.9 Change in the Population of Trees; 2.9.1 Definitions and Notation; 2.9.2 Change Components; 2.9.3 Derivation of Change Components for Tariff Trees; Appendix; References
    Chapter 2: Sampling Design and Estimation Procedures2.1 Introduction; 2.1.1 Survey Sampling; 2.1.2 Chapter Contents; 2.2 Sampling Design and Estimation Procedures; 2.2.1 Population of Interest; 2.2.2 Forest and Shrub Forest Area; 2.2.3 Trees; 2.2.3.1 Tally Trees; 2.2.3.2 Young Trees; 2.2.4 Lying Deadwood; 2.2.5 Further Elements; 2.2.5.1 Forest Edge Survey; 2.2.5.2 Forest Road Survey; 2.3 Sampling Design; 2.3.1 Population Parameters of Interest; 2.3.2 Infinite Population Approach; 2.3.2.1 Local Density Functions in NFI; 2.3.2.2 Area Domain Estimation; 2.3.3 Sampling of Tally Trees Part III: Remote Sensing;
    Chapter 3: Remote Sensing Data Sources; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Data Sources; References;
    Chapter 4: Remote Sensing Data Management; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Database Model; 4.3 Controlling Processes and Resulting Data; References;
    Chapter 5: Stereo GIS Application for Aerial-Image Interpretation; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Toolbar for Stereo GIS Application; 5.3 Image-Data Management; 5.4 Terrain Data, Topographic Maps and Feature Data Management; 5.5 Data Collection; 5.6 Data Checking; References;
    Chapter 6: Variables on the Sample Plot Captured by the Stereo GIS Application
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Dawn Graham.
    Summary: "Switchers shows you how to land your dream position. Written by a top career coach, licensed psychologist, former recruiter, and a switcher herself, this book explains how to break past obstacles, maintain your motivation, and launch a better, more rewarding career. Packed with stories and examples showing why some people succeed and others stumble, this insightful and inspirational book will give your fresh perspectives and a structured job-hunting process that works."--Book jacket "Don't settle ... SUCCEED in the right career! Are you stuck in an unsatisfying job? In the wrong profession? An industry that just isn't a fit? Get unstuck! Land a new career--one you're genuinely passionate about. Switchers helps you realize that dream. Written by celebrated career coach and psychologist Dr. Dawn Graham, the book provides proven strategies that will get you where you want to go."--Amazon.com.

    Contents:
    Choose your switch. Are you a switcher? The "magic" equation for seizing career success
    The psychology of the job search (and how to use it to your advantage!)
    Clarifying your plan A. If you don't invest, why should they? Figure out your plan A
    Change isn't linear : mapping your path to a career switch
    Craft your brand value proposition. (Re)brand or be branded : craft your professional identity
    Your career story : where reason meets intuition
    What got you here won't get you there : the proactive job search
    Create ambassadors. No excuses: your network is your net worth
    The new way to network : create ambassadors
    Keep the ball in your court. How to never have a bad interview : what are they really asking?
    It's not fair (it really isn't!)
    Always sleep on it : get ready to negotiate!
    Never look for a job again (Get recruited!)
    Appendix: How to choose a career coach.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Prof Dev 117
    1
  • Print
    Contents:
    Contents
    Course 1. Inflammatory dermatoses, rewritten and rev. by H. Montgomery and E.B. Helwig
    Course 2. Granulomatous dermatoses, rev. by Tobias R. Funt [and others]
    Course 3. Nevi and neoplasms, rewritten and rev. by David W. Kersting [and others].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    T72 .A51
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Malgorzata Kloc, editor.
    Summary: This volume presents a comprehensive overview of the latest developments in symbiosis research. It covers molecular, organellar, cellular, immunologic, genetic and evolutionary aspects of symbiotic interactions in humans and other model systems. The book also highlights new approaches to interdisciplinary research and therapeutic applications. Symbiosis refers to any mutually beneficial interaction between different organisms. The symbiotic origin of cellular organelles and the exchange of genetic material between hosts and their bacterial and viral symbionts have helped shaped the current diversity of life. Recently, symbiosis has gained a new level of recognition, due to the realization that all organisms function as a holobiome and that any kind of interference with the hosts influences their symbionts and vice versa, and can have profound consequences for the survival of both. For example, in humans, the microbiome, i.e., the entirety of all the microorganisms living in association with the intestines, oral cavity, urogenital system and skin, is partially inherited during pregnancy and influences the maturation and functioning of the human immune system, protects against pathogens and regulates metabolism. Symbionts also regulate cancer development, wound healing, tissue regeneration and stem cell function. The medical applications of this new realization are vast and largely uncharted. The composition and robustness of human symbionts could make them a valuable diagnostic tool for predicting impending diseases, and the manipulation of symbionts could yield new strategies for the treatment of incurable diseases.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Transfer of genetic information, nuclear symbiosis, and cellular differentiation
    1. Viral Symbiosis in the Origins and Evolution of Life with a Particular Focus on the Placental Mammals
    2. Gene Transfer Agents in Symbiotic Microbes
    3. Evolution from free-living bacteria to endosymbionts of insects: genomic changes and the importance of the chaperonin GroEL
    4. Epidemiology of nucleus-dwelling Holospora: infection, transmission, adaptation, and interaction with Paramecium
    5. Trends in symbiont-induced host cellular differentiation
    Part 2. Origin, adaptations and evolutionary aspects of symbiosis
    6. We're in this together: Sensation of the host cell environment by endosymbiotic bacteria
    7. Phenotype Heritability in Holobionts: An Evolutionary Model
    8. The role of constructive neutral evolution in the development of complexity from symbioses: A microbe-centric view
    9. Chemiosmosis, evolutionary conflict, and eukaryotic symbiosis
    10. Symbiotic origin of apoptosis
    11. The puzzling conservation and diversification of lipid droplets from bacteria to eukaryotes
    Part 3. Evolution and role of symbiosis in photosynthesis and nitrogen fixation
    12. Evolution of Photosynthetic Eukaryotes; Current Opinion, Perplexity and a New Perspective
    13. The photosynthetic adventure of Paulinella spp
    14. The evolutionary aspects of legume nitrogen-fixing nodule symbiosis
    15. Early molecular dialogue between legumes and rhizobia: why are they so important?
    Part 4. Diversity of nematode and insect symbionts
    16. The Wolbachia Symbiont: Here, There and Everywhere
    17. The Wolbachia Symbiont: Here, There and Everywhere
    18. The Diversity of Symbiotic Systems in Scale Insects
    19. Bacterial Symbionts of Tsetse Flies: Relationships and Functional Interactions between Tsetse and their Symbionts
    Part 5. Symbiosis, adaptive and immune responses, and therapeutic interventions
    20. Our microbiome: on the challenges, promises, and hype
    21. Endosymbiont-mediated adaptive responses to stress in holobionts
    22. Microbial Metabolites as Molecular Mediators of Host-Microbe Symbiosis in Colorectal Cancer
    23. The macrophages and intestinal symbiosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Zhiyong Li, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on the symbiotic microbiomes of invertebrates in coral reefs, especially sponges and corals. It provides in-depth and up-to-date reviews on the microbial structure and diversity, metabolism and function, symbiosis and coevolution, environment and adaption, and bioactive potentials. Meanwhile, the future perspectives will be discussed according to the existing problems and the development trend. This book will be of particular interest to the professionals in marine ecology, marine biotechnology, as well as medicinal chemists and molecular biologists.

    Contents:
    Coral reef ecosystem
    Sponge and coral microbiomes
    Microbial diversity of sponge/coral microbiomes
    Endolithic mocrobes in coral skeletons: algae or bacteria?
    The bacteria endozoicomonas: community dynamics, diversity, genomes, and potential impacts on corals
    Microbes in gorgonian and soft corals
    Marine sponge holobionts in health and disease
    After the taxonomic identification phase: addressing the functions of symbiotic communities within marine invertebrates
    Carbon and nitrogen metabolism of sponge microbiome
    Integrative omics approach for the community function evaluation of sponge and coral microbiomes
    Response of sponge microbiomes to environmental variations
    Biosynthesis of antibiotics from microbial symbionts of sponges and corals
    Marine natural products from marine sponge microorganisms
    Marine natural products from marine coral-derived microorganisms
    Natural products from sponges
    Natural products from corals
    Mass production of natural products from microbes derived from sponges and corals
    Marine enzymes from microbial symbionts of sponges and corals
    Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Neeraj Shrivastava, Shubhangi Mahajan, Ajit Varma, editors.
    Summary: This book explores microbial symbiosis, with a particular focus on soil microorganisms, highlighting their application in enhancing plant growth and yield. It addresses various types of bacterial and fungal microbes associated with symbiotic phenomena, including rhizobium symbiosis, arbuscular mycorrhizal symbiosis, ectomycorrhizal symbiosis, algal/lichen symbiosis, and Archeal symbiosis. Presenting strategies for employing a diverse range of bacterial and fungal symbioses in nutrient fortification, adaptation of plants in contaminated soils, and mitigating pathogenesis, it investigates ways of integrating diverse approaches to increase crop production under the current conventional agroecosystem. Providing insights into microbial symbioses and the challenges of adopting a plant-microbe synergistic approach towards plant health, this book is a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students and anyone in industry working on bio-fertilizers and their agricultural applications.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Part I: Fungal Symbiosis
    Chapter 1: Current Status-Enlightens in Its Biology and Omics Approach on Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Community
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Goal for Studying Its Biology and Omics Approaches
    1.3 Phylogeny of New Speices of AMF
    1.4 Genomics
    1.5 Fungal Metabolism During Symbiotic Life
    1.6 Proteomics
    1.7 Symbiotic Root-Microbe Interactions
    1.8 Enzymes
    1.9 Biology of AMF on Different Crops: Insight and Impact
    1.10 AMF Applications in Different Crops Under Varied Agro-Ecology
    1.11 Opportunities and Challenges: AMF 1.12 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: An Insight through Root-Endophytic-Mutualistic Association in Improving Crop Productivity and Sustainability
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Endophyte Distribution Pattern, Grouping, and Transmission Mode
    2.3 The Beneficial Endophytic Secretions: Bioactive Natural Products
    2.3.1 The Antimicrobial Bioactive Metabolites
    2.3.2 Anti-Insect Bioactive Potential
    2.4 The Quadra-Brigade of Endophytic Microbes: The Components of EPHś
    2.4.1 Rhizobiaceae
    2.4.2 Piriformaspora indica
    2.4.3 Trichodermal strains 2.4.4 AMF: Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi
    2.5 EPHs: A Mutualistic Boon for Sustainable Agriculture
    2.5.1 Promoting Plant Growth and Increasing Market Value
    2.5.2 Integrated Pest and Disease Management
    2.6 Successful Trials: Integrating Crop Management Practices with Endophytic Symbionts
    2.6.1 The SRI Trial: System of Rice Intensification
    2.7 Improved Agricultural Prospective of EPHs
    2.7.1 Developing Tolerance to Stress by Optimizing the Redox Environment
    2.7.2 Sequestering the Future Agricultural Stress
    2.8 Conclusion
    References 3.6.4 Endophytic Fungal Products as Anticancer Agents
    3.6.5 Antidiabetic Agents from Endophytes
    3.7 Conclusion and Future Insights
    References
    Chapter 4: Unravelling the Role of Endophytes in Micronutrient Uptake and Enhanced Crop Productivity
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Major Groups of Endophytic Microbes
    4.2.1 Fungal Endophytes
    4.2.2 Class 1 Clavicipitaceous Endophytes
    4.2.3 Class 2 Endophytes
    4.2.4 Class 3 Endophytes
    4.2.5 Class 4 Endophytes
    4.2.6 Bacterial Endophytes
    4.2.7 The Ecology of Competent Endophytes
    4.2.8 Host Range
    4.2.9 Physiological Role Chapter 3: Interaction Between Root Endophytes and Plants: Their Bioactive Products and Significant Functions
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Lifestyle of Root Endophytes
    3.3 Plant-Endophyte Relationship
    3.4 Bioactive Product Synthesized by Endophytes
    3.4.1 Ambuic Acid
    3.4.2 Cryptocin
    3.4.3 Colutellin A
    3.4.4 Pesatcin
    3.4.5 Torreyanic Acid
    3.5 Influence of Endophytes on Genetic and Phenotypic Expression of Plants
    3.6 Significant Role of Root Endophytes
    3.6.1 Endophytes Are Saprobic Decomposers
    3.6.2 Endophytes as Producer of Antibiotics
    3.6.3 Antiviral Compounds
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Symposia Fondation Mérieux to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Lejwa, Arthur; Youmans, John B.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Nutritional anemia / edited by Arthur Lejwa
    v. 2. Plasma proteins / edited by J.B. Youmans.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L299 .R63
    2
  • Digital
    Deepak M. Kamat, Lalitha Sivaswamy, editors.
    Summary: Primary health care providers such as pediatricians and family medicine physicians commonly encounter children with neurologic symptoms such as headache, double vision, facial weakness etc. Most books currently available in the specialty of pediatric neurology are disorder based, and most of them are geared towards pediatric neurologists, not generalists who take care of children. A common thread amongst most currently available books in Pediatric Neurology is that the practitioner already knows what disorder the child is suffering from. This book focuses on symptoms to a large extent. However, children with chronic neurological conditions will follow up with their primary care physicians after their visit with the sub-specialists. They may have questions or ongoing concerns regarding the diagnosis that has been made or being considered. This book attempts to provide information to the primary care physician regarding management and follow up of such children as well. This book serves as a guide for busy clinicians who take care of children presenting with neurological symptoms- with special emphasis on symptoms that are commonly encountered in clinical practice. For each symptom, a brief introduction is given as well as a definition and epidemiologic information for the given symptom. Readers are also instructed on what historical features and physical examinations are essential in narrowing the differential diagnosis. A recommendation on the management of the condition is then established. Instructions on when one should refer the patient to subspecialists for further evaluation and management are clearly laid out. Finally, a list of appropriate resources is provided for families, as well as clinical pearls that can be quickly scanned when one is pressed for time. The overarching goal of this book is to enable the primary care physician to make a confident diagnosis, triage efficiently and initiate treatment if need be. Written by experts in the field, Symptom-Based Approach to Pediatric Neurology is a valuable resource for evaluation and management of children presenting with neurologic symptoms for primary care providers who take care of children.

    Contents:
    Child with Altered Mental Status (Delirium, Acute Confusional State, Somnolence, Encephalopathy, Coma)
    Child with Global Developmental Delay
    Child with Pure Language Delay
    Child with Suspected Autism
    Child with New Onset Seizures
    Child with Epilepsy
    Child with Syncope
    Child with Sleep Disturbances
    Child with Unilateral or Bilateral Vision Loss
    Child with Diplopia
    Child with Facial Weakness
    Child with Facial Numbness
    Child with Hearing Loss
    Child with Difficulty Swallowing/Change in Voice
    Child with Dysarthria
    Child with New Onset Headache
    Child with Chronic Headache
    Child with New Onset Hemiparesis
    Child with New Onset Paraparesis
    Child with Tics/Other Unusual Movements
    Child with Torticollis
    Child with Macrocephaly
    Child with Microcephaly
    Child with Ataxia
    Child with Closed Head Injury
    Child with Altered Personality/Mood Disturbances
    Neonate with Low Tone
    Child with Acute Muscle Weakness
    Child with Foot Drop/Wrist Drop
    Child with Chronic Pain Syndromes
    Child with Vertigo/Dizziness
    Child with loss of hearing
    child with abnormal eye movements
    Child with Neurocutaneous syndrome
    Child with cerebral palsy
    Approach to childhood Neurological Emergencies
    Neurological Complications of Immunizations
    Child with Suspected Autoimmune Encephalitis
    Child with Suspected Multiple Sclerosis
    Child with Suspected Metabolic Disorder with Neurological Presentations
    Neurological Investigations for the Primary Care Physician -Neuroimaging, EEG, EMG and Spinal Fluid Analysis
    Commonly Used Drugs in Neurology, Side Effects, Drug Interactions and Monitoring.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Samir S. Shah, MD, MSCE, Director, Division of Hospital Medicine, Cincinnati Children's Research Foundation Endowed Chair, Attending Physician in Hospital Medicine & Infectious Diseases, Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, Professor, Department of Pediatrics, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnatti, Ohio, Stephen Ludwig, MD, Professor of Pediatrics, Associate Chief Medical Officer for Education, Perelman School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, Division of General Pediatrics & Pediatric Emergency Medicine, the Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, Phildadelphia, Pennsylvania.
    Contents:
    Wheezing / Dustin R. Haferbecker, Evan S. Fieldston, Todd A. Florin
    Decreased activity level / Matthew Test, Nathan Timm, Phillip Spandorfer, Megan Aylor
    Vomiting / Paul L. Aronson, Todd A. Florin, Amy Feldman, Joanne N. Wood, Kamillah N. Wood
    Coughing / Debra Boyer, Stephanie Zandieh, Tregony Simoneau, Lianne Kopel, Alicia Casey, Todd A. Florin, Phuong Vo
    Back, joint, and extremity pain / Megan Aylor, Sanjeev K. Swami, Maya A. Jones, Evan S. Fieldston, Pamela A. Mazzeo
    Poor weight gain / Stephen Ludwig, Brandon C. Ku, Sanjeev K. Swami, Maya A. Jones, Kamillah N. Wood
    Abdominal pain / Marina Catallozzi, Sanjeev K. Swami, Paul L. Aronson
    Altered mental status / Nathan Timm, Jennifer L. McGuire
    Rash / Kara N. Shah, Kamillah N. Wood, Joanne N. Wood, Christine T. Lauren
    Pallor / Stephen Ludwig, Brandon C. Ku, Maya A. Jones
    Fever / Samir S. Shah, Rebecca Tenney-Soeiro, Matthew Test
    Constipation / Heidi C. Werner, Samir S. Shah, Rebecca Tenney-Soeiro, Pratichi K. Goenka
    Neck swelling / Stephen Ludwig, Brandon C. Ku, Paul L. Aronson, Heidi C. Werner, Pratichi K. Goenka
    Chest pain / Debra Boyer, Lianne Kopel, Phuong Vo, Pratichi K. Goenka, Alicia Casey, Tregony Simoneau
    Jaundice / Stacey R. Rose
    Abnormal gait, including refusal to walk / Jeanine Ronan, Amy T. Waldman
    Diarrhea / Christina L. Master, Amy Feldman
    Syncope / Samir S. Shah
    Seizures / Amy T. Waldman, Matthew Test, Samir S. Shah, Rebecca Tenney-Soeiro, Pratichi K. Goenka.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPediatrics
    AccessPediatrics
  • Digital
    Scott D.C. Stern, Adam S. Cifu, Diane Altkorn.
    Contents:
    Diagnostic process
    Screening and health maintenance
    Abdominal pain
    Acid-base abnormalities
    AIDS/HIV infection
    Anemia
    Back pain
    Bleeding disorders
    Chest pain
    Cough, fever, and respiratory infections
    Delirium and dementia
    Diabetes
    Diarrhea, acute
    Dizziness
    Dyspnea
    Dysuria
    Edema
    Fatigue
    Gi bleeding
    Headache
    Hematuria
    Hypercalcemia
    Hypertension
    Hyponatremia and hypernatremia
    Hypotension
    Jaundice and abnormal liver enzymes
    Joint pain
    Kidney injury, acute
    Rash
    Sore throat
    Syncope
    Weight loss, unintentional
    Wheezing and stridor.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015
  • Digital
    Scott D.C. Stern, Adam S. Cifu, Diane Altkorn.
    Contents:
    Diagnostic process
    Screening and health maintenance
    Abdominal pain
    Acid-base abnormalities
    AIDS/HIV infection
    Anemia
    Back pain
    Bleeding disorders
    Chest pain
    Cough, fever, and respiratory infections
    Delirium and dementia
    Diabetes
    Diarrhea, acute
    Dizziness
    Dyspnea
    Dysuria
    Edema
    Fatigue
    GI bleeding
    Headache
    Hematuria
    Hypercalcemia
    Hypertension
    Hyponatremia and hypernatremia
    Hypotension
    Jaundice and abnormal liver enzymes
    Joint pain
    Kidney injury, acute
    Rash
    Sore throat
    Syncope
    Unintentional weight loss
    Wheezing and stridor.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2020
  • Digital
    Michele Brignole, David G. Benditt, editors.
    Summary: This heavily revised second edition provides a comprehensive multi-disciplinary review of syncope and how to care for these patients successfully. It contains detailed descriptions of the scientific basis behind the pathophysiology of conditions that cause syncope and collapse. Pathways for optimal clinical management in line with the latest guidelines are reviewed and are accompanied by clearly defined recommendations on how to treat patients with syncope. Common procedures and tests are also discussed along with their indications, methodology, interpretation and limitations. Syncope: An Evidence-Based Approach systematically describes the pathophysiology and latest clinical management guidelines for treating patients with syncope. It is an essential resource for a variety of medical professionals including cardiologists, emergency physicians, internists, general practitioners, geriatricians, cardiac electrophysiologists, neurologists and psychiatrists.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Tloc/Collapse Pathophysiologic And Epidemiologic Features
    Syncope: Definition and Classification- Contrasting American and European Guideline definitions
    Physiology of Maintaining Healthy Consciousness: Role of autonomic nervous system
    Prognosis of TLOC/Collapse Across the Diagnostic Spectrum
    The Burden of TLOC/Collapse: Economic Impact
    Basic Clinical Features
    Determining the Cause of TLOC/Collapse: The Initial Evaluation
    Seizures vs Syncope: Distinguishing Features for the Clinic
    The Reflex Syncopes: The Common and Less Common Variants
    Orthostatic Hypotension Variants, POTs, and Less well Defined Autonomic Dysfunction
    Bradycardias and Tachycardias: Acquired and Inheritable
    Psychogenic Pseudosyncope and Approaches to Treatment
    Basic Diagnostic Strategies
    TLOC/Collapse Risk Assessment: Who Needs to be Hospitalized and Who can be evaluated as Outpatient
    Ambulatory ECG Monitoring in TLOC/Collapse: Current status and Utility in USA and Europe
    Carotid sinus syndrome: Pathophysiology and diagnosis
    Electrophysiological Testing: Appropriate Indications in TLOC/Collapse
    Chp 15 The Syncope Evaluation Unit: Essential Features, Current Status
    Selected Testing: When And How
    The Autonomic Testing Laboratory for studying Syncope/Collapse: Studies and Their Interpretation
    Utility of Video-EEG for Diagnosing and Understanding TLOC/Collapse
    Role of Head and Cardiac Imaging, and Cardiac Stress Testing for Syncope/Collapse
    Selected Treatment Concerns
    Update on Cardiac Pacing in Reflex Syncope
    Indications for pacing in patients with unexplained syncope and bifascicular block
    ICD indications in patients with unexplained syncope
    Drugs in Vasovagal Syncope: Current Status
    Ictal Asystole, Relation to VVS and Role of Cardiac Pacing
    Driving and Flying: US and European Recommendations.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Bruno Bissonnette, Igor Luginbuehl, Thomas Engelhardt.
    Summary: "The book to have on hand when assessing the potential impact of genetic syndromes on clinical care of the surgical patient"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessAnesthesiology
    AccessPediatrics
  • Digital
    edited by, Sonya R. Hardin, Roberta Kaplow.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Dawn LaPorte, MD, Professor Department of Orthopadic Surgery Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland, USA.
    Summary: "Hand surgery emerged as a specialty due to advances in treatment of hand injuries incurred during World War II. Synopsis of Hand Surgery by distinguished hand surgeon Dawn LaPorte reflects the approach championed by the late American surgeons Sterling Bunnell and Norman Kirk: multidisciplinary care is key to optimal treatment of bone and soft tissue conditions in the hand and wrist. The book features contributions from an impressive group of hand and upper extremity surgeons and radiologists"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Approaches / Jessica Hawken and Aviram M. Giladi
    History and Examination of the Hand / Carson F. Woodbury and Laura Lewallen
    Radiographic Anatomy / Molly Vora and Laura Lewallen
    Advanced Imaging / Laura M. Fayad and Jonathan Samet
    Electrodiagnostic Studies / Anthony F. Colon, Michael S. Shear, and Aviram M. Giladi
    Fractures, Dislocations, and Ligament Injuries of the Hand / Richard Samade and Hisham Awan
    Carpal Fractures and Dislocations / Kevin O'Malley, Jay L. Mottla, and Michael W. Kessler
    Fractures and Dislocations of the Distal Radius and Ulna / Eric Schafer, Benjamin K. Gundlach, and Jeffery N. Lawton
    Triangular Fibrocartilage Complex and Distal Radioulnar Joint Pathology / Cory Lebowitz and Jonas L. Matzon
    Osteoarthritis of the Wrist and Hand / Brittany Homcha and Kenneth F. Taylor
    Rheumatoid Arthritis and Other Inflammatory Arthropathies / Laura Lewallen, Hannah C. Langdell, and Scott D. Lifchez
    Tendinitis, Tendinosis, and Dupuytren's Contracture / Noah Raizman
    Infection / R. Timothy Kreulen and Dawn LaPorte
    Flexor Tendon Injury, Repair, and Reconstruction / Nicole Schroeder
    Extensor Tendon Injury, Repair, and Reconstruction / Viviana Serra López, Adnan N. Cheema, and David Bozentka
    Peripheral Nerve Injuries and Repair and Reconstruction / Suresh K. Nayar and John Ingari
    Nerve Palsies and Tendon/Nerve Transfers for Injuries at or Distal to the Elbow / Roshan T. Melvani and Aviram M. Giladi
    Compression Neuropathies / Tyler Pidgeon, Samir Sabharwal, and Erica Taylor
    Soft Tissue Reconstruction : Hand and Upper Extremity
    Vascular Pathology of the Hand and Upper Extremities, including Kienbock's Disease / Ariel Williams and Lauren Lee Smith
    Digital Replantation and Revascularization / Alexandra Tilt and Mitchell A. Pet
    Compartment Syndrome / Eric Lukosius and Kenneth F. Taylor
    Tumors of the Hand / Samir Sabharwal and Sophia Anne Strike
    Congenital Conditions of the Upper Extremity and Hand
    Fractures of the Pediatric Hand / James S. Lin and Julie B. Samora.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2021
  • Digital
    Shane J. Nho, Joshua D. Harris, Brett R. Levine.
    Summary: A reader-friendly overview of the fundamentals in hip pathology and treatment presented by esteemed experts! Synopsis of Hip Surgery by renowned hip specialists Shane Nho, Joshua Harris, Brett Levine, and an impressive group of contributors provides a well-rounded perspective on the surgical and nonsurgical management of common to rare hip conditions. The generously illustrated clinical reference is both concise and comprehensive, not only encompassing the full age continuum but also a wide array of hip disorders such as congenital and degenerative issues and problems associated with sports

    Contents:
    Synopsis of Hip Surgery
    Title Page
    Copyright
    Dedication
    Contents
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contributors
    Section I
    1 Anatomy of the Hip and Surgical Approaches
    Basic Anatomy of the Hip and Pelvis
    Femur
    Pelvis and Acetabulum
    Ilium
    Ischium
    Pubis
    Acetabulum
    Joints
    Musculature
    Surgical Anatomy
    Surface Anatomy
    Surgical Approaches
    Anterior Approach (Smith-Petersen)
    Anterolateral Approach (Watson Jones)
    Direct Lateral Approach (Hardinge)
    Posterolateral Approach
    Modified Hueter Approach
    Hip Arthroscopy
    References Suggested Readings
    2. History and Physical Examination
    History
    Diagnosing Disorders of the Hip
    Mechanical Symptoms
    Physical Examination
    Inspection
    Motion Assessment
    Range of Motion Assessment
    Special Signs and Tests
    References
    Suggested Readings
    3. Radiographic Anatomy of The Hip
    General Considerations
    Plain Film Radiographs
    Computed Tomography
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Ultrasound
    References
    Suggested Readings
    4. Hip Imaging and Diagnostic Tests
    Imaging Modalities
    General Considerations
    Plain Radiographs
    Pelvic Fractures Femoral Head Dislocation
    Femoral Neck Fractures
    Nontraumatic Hip Conditions
    Computed Tomography
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Magnetic Resonance Arthrography
    Ultrasound
    Bone Scintigraphy
    References
    Suggested Readings
    5. Hip Biomechanics
    General Considerations
    Functional Anatomy
    Hip Joint Motions
    Hip-Spine Kinematics
    Lower Limb Axis
    Gait
    Hip Joint Forces and Equilibrium
    References
    Suggested Readings
    6. Hip Pathomechanics
    General Considerations
    References
    Suggested Readings
    7. Implant Biology
    General Considerations Cartilage Repair Biology
    Implant Prosthesis
    Hip Replacement Implant Materials
    Types of Hip Implants and Fixation
    Hip Implant Biomechanics
    Implant-Bone Interface Biology
    References
    Suggested Readings
    8. Hip Instability
    Biomechanics
    Hip Joint Stability
    Etiology
    Traumatic
    Atraumatic
    Diagnosis
    History
    Physical Examination
    Imaging
    Diagnostic Intra-articular Injection
    Treatment
    References
    Suggested Readings
    Section II
    9. Pelvic Fractures
    Introduction
    Pelvic Ring Fractures
    Acetabular Fractures
    Anatomic Considerations Pelvic Ring
    Acetabulum
    Classification
    Pelvic Ring
    Acetabulum
    History and Examination
    Information from Emergency Medical Transport Professionals
    Initial Assessment
    Symptoms
    Physical Examination
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Radiographs
    Computed Tomography
    Treatment
    Pelvic Ring Injuries
    Acetabulum Fractures
    Complications
    Pelvic Ring Injuries
    Acetabulum Fractures
    References
    10. Intracapsular Hip Fractures
    Femoral Head Fractures
    Introduction
    Mechanism
    Diagnosis
    Classifications
    Treatment
    Complications
    Femoral Neck Fractures
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2021
  • Digital
    Malte Renz, Elisabeth Diver, Whitfield Growdon, Oliver Dorigo.
    Summary: This text is a fast and convenient overview of the clinical trials in gynecologic cancer treatment, setting out the evidence base of treatment decisions in uterine, ovarian, cervical and vulval cancers and gestational trophoblastic neoplasia. Residents and fellows will find this book an indispensable reference for revision, while existing practitioners will welcome it as a clarification of the evidence base for treatment options.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2020
  • Digital
    Malte Renz, Elisabeth J. Diver, Whitfield B. Growdon, Oliver Dorigo.
    Summary: "This revised and updated new edition of a best-selling text remains a fast and convenient overview of the clinical trials in gynecologic cancer treatment, outlining the evidence base of treatment decisions in uterine, ovarian, cervical, and vulvar cancers, and gestational trophoblastic neoplasia. Residents and fellows will find this book an indispensable reference, while practitioners will welcome it as a clarification of the evidence base for treatment options. *Gives a convenient summary of trials in Gynecologic Oncology *Supplies an invaluable revision primer for those undertaking certification *Provides a uniquely up-to-date resource"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Uterine Malignancies
    Ovarian Malignancies
    Cervical Cancer
    Vulvar Cancer
    Gestational Trophoblastic Neoplasia (GTN).
    Digital Access TandFonline 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Alan B. Ettinger, Deborah M. Weisbrot, Casey E. Gallimore.
    Summary: Symptoms and signs in neurology and psychiatry typically present in the clinical context of other underlying conditions. When evaluating a patient, a physician may choose to review a diverse list of potential underlying diagnoses with the aid of the editor team's existing text: Neurological Differential Diagnosis: A Case-Based Approach. However, if the patient has a known pre-existing condition, the physician will need to consider a reverse approach - considering what complications of that condition may be associated with current symptoms. This book provides quick-reference, comprehensive, concise summaries of neurologic, psychiatric and medical diagnoses with a focus on neurologic and psychiatric implications of systemic disorders. A separate pharmacology section provides a consolidated review of potential neurologic and psychiatric adverse effects of medications. This book is an invaluable resource for a broad medical audience, from the medical student to the experienced consultant.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: List of contributors; Preface; Part I:
    1. Entries A-Z; Part II:
    2. Medication adverse effects;
    3. Cardiovascular and renal medications;
    4. Medications to treat diabetes;
    5. Hormones and medications to treat endocrine and bone disorders;
    6. Gastrointestinal medications;
    7. Vitamins and minerals;
    8. Medication to treat asthma and allergies;
    9. Antimicrobial medications;
    10. Antiretroviral medications;
    11. Immunosuppressive medications;
    12. Oncology and hematology medications;
    13. Disease-modifying antirheumatic medications (DMARDs);
    14. Medications to treat neurodegenerative diseases;
    15. Medications to treat epilepsy;
    16. Medications to treat headache and migraine;
    17. Medications to treat mental health and substance abuse disorders; Index.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Brian H. Mullis, Greg E. Gaski.
    Summary: "Orthopaedic trauma spans the full spectrum of injury, from simple fractures to life-threatening accidents with multiple broken bones. As such, these incidents are a common reason patients visit emergency departments and receive treatment from orthopaedic surgeons. Synopsis of Orthopaedic Trauma Management by nationally recognized experts Brian Mullis, Greg Gaski, and esteemed contributors fills a gap in the literature by providing a concise yet comprehensive reference for evaluating these conditions and initiating immediate treatment. The text provides a well-rounded perspective on the surgical and nonsurgical management of trauma in adult and pediatric patients. The opening section lays a solid foundation, with chapters covering physiology, open and closed fracture management, imaging, biomechanics, complications, and other core topics. Subsequent chapters address a full compendium of orthopaedic procedures to treat traumatic conditions of the upper and lower extremities, pelvis, and spine. Key Features Bulleted format provides quick and authoritative navigation of essential information needed for effective treatment A wealth of high-quality illustrations, radiographic images, and tables supplement concise text Uniformly organized chapters include up-to-date, clinically relevant statistics and suggestions for further reading Videos by renowned experts enhance understanding of specific fractures and orthopaedic surgery approaches This is a must-have resource for providers who treat orthopaedic trauma patients, including general and orthopaedic surgeons, residents, ER physicians, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, nurses, medical students, and others on call. It also provides a robust review for orthopaedic residents prepping for the boards"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020
  • Digital
    Abdelhamid H. Elgazzar.
    Summary: Improved understanding of the pathophysiologic changes in different diseases, including the molecular mechanisms of pathologic conditions such as tumors, has enhanced our ability to apply non-invasive techniques to investigate these diseases and permitted earlier detection and better management. It has also expanded the use of functional imaging, including molecular imaging. This synopsis is a companion to The Pathophysiologic Basis of Nuclear Medicine and arose from the recognition that there is a need for a compact, readable account of this complex and important subject. The companion book concisely describes relevant anatomic and physiologic considerations for each organ system and the pathophysiologic features of different relevant diseases, and relates them to the scintigraphy of each system. It thereby provides an informative synopsis of the pathophysiologic basis of nuclear medicine and molecular imaging. The volume will serve as a quick reference that will help the reader to understand different scintigraphic patterns and to select appropriate treatment modalities based on functional imaging. It will prove useful to undergraduates and postgraduates as well as to practitioners in clinical and research fields.

    Contents:
    Pathophysiology: General Principles
    The Cell and Tissue Biology
    Basis of Radiopharmaceutical Localization
    Basis of Inflammation and Infection Imaging
    Basis of Musculoskeletal imaging
    Basis of Genito-urinary imaging
    Basis of Endocrine system imaging
    Basis of Cardiovascular System Imaging
    Basis of Digestive system
    Basis of Nuclear Oncology
    Basis of Respiratory System Imaging.-Basis of Central Nervous System Imaging.-Basis of Nuclear Haematology
    Basis of Therapeutic Nuclear Medicine
    Biological Effects of Ionizing Radiation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Uma Srikumaran, MD, MBA, MPH, Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery Shoulder Fellowship Director, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine; Chair, Orthopaedic Surgery at Howard County General Hospital, Columbia, Maryland, USA.
    Summary: "Shoulder problems comprise a significant percentage of orthopaedic practice, including trauma and sports related injuries. Synopsis of Shoulder Surgery by Uma Srikumaran and esteemed contributors provides a concise, well-rounded perspective on the surgical and nonsurgical management of a wide array of shoulder disorders. The opening chapters lay a solid foundation of knowledge, covering anatomy, physical examination of the shoulder, surgical approaches to the shoulder, imaging, and the use of diagnostic and therapeutic injections. Subsequent chapters succinctly discuss management of a comprehensive range of shoulder conditions, organized by the underlying type of pathology. The final chapters provide insightful pearls on shoulder rehabilitation and perioperative pain management"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Shoulder Anatomy / Nickolas G. Garbis
    Complications in Shoulder Arthroscopy / Clayton Alexander and Uma Srikumaran
    Surgical Approaches to the Shoulder / Nickolas G. Garbis and Diana Zhu
    Shoulder-Spine Syndrome / Scott Wagner and Kelly G. Kilcoyne
    Shoulder Imaging / Joseph Ferraro and Matthew Binkley
    Ultrasound of the Shoulder / Paul S. Ragusa and Uma Srikumaran
    Diagnostic and Therapeutic Injections / Suresh K. Nayar and Uma Srikumaran
    Rotator Cuff Disease / Ankit Bansal and Uma Srikumaran
    Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Repair : Single-Row, Double-Row, and Transosseous-Equivalent Repair / Paul S. Ragusa, Ankit Bansal, and Uma Srikumaran
    Rotator Cuff Reconstruction / Ankit Bansal and Uma Srikumaran
    Frozen Shoulder / Matthew Baker and Uma Srikumaran
    Anterior Shoulder Instability / Alexander E. Loeb and Uma Srikumaran
    Posterior Shoulder Instability / Alexander E. Loeb and Uma Srikumaran
    Shoulder Stabilization Procedures / Eric G. Huish Jr and Uma Srikumaran
    Osteoarthritis / Matthew Binkley and Joseph Ferraro
    Total Shoulder Arthroplasty / Matthew Baker and Uma Srikumaran
    Reverse Total Shoulder Arthroplasty / Matthew Baker and Uma Srikumaran
    Clavicle Fracture / Matthew Baker and Uma Srikumaran
    Proximal Humeral Fractures / Diana Zhu and Uma Srikumaran
    Scapular Winging / Andrew Schneider and Uma Srikumaran
    Thoracic Outlet Syndrome / Alexander Bitzer and Uma Srikumaran
    Perioperative Pain Management for Shoulder Surgery / Ian S. Patten and Uma Srikumaran.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2021
  • Digital
    Howard S. An, Kern Singh.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and surgical approaches
    History and physical examination
    Radiographic anatomy
    Spinal imaging and diagnostic tests
    Intraoperative neuromonitoring
    Biomechanics of the spine and spinal instrumentation
    Physiology of bone healing and fusion
    Bone grafts, substitutes, and biologics
    Evaluation and management of spinal cord injury
    Cervical spine trauma
    Thoracolumbar spine fractures
    Spinal rehabilitation and disability evaluation
    Biochemical aspects of intervertebral disk degeneration
    Degenerative cervical spine disorders
    Degenerative thoracic spine conditions
    Lumbar disk disease: pathogenesis and treatment options
    Surgical management of lumbar degenerative disk disease
    Lumbar spinal stenosis
    Lumbar spondylolisthesis
    Adult spinal deformity
    Pediatric spinal deformity
    Pediatric cervical spine disorders
    Spinal tumors
    Spinal infections
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Seronegative spondyloarthropathies.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Brian F. Mandell, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews the major components of synovial fluid analysis, with an emphasis on crystal recognition. Synovial fluid analysis is the required gold standard test for the definitive diagnosis of septic and crystal induced arthritis, the most frequent causes of acute inflammatory arthritis. Synovial fluid is obtained routinely from patients with acute arthritis by clinicians in many specialties. Fluids are sent to the clinical pathology and microbiology laboratories for analysis, but are also frequently examined directly by rheumatologists and others for the presence of crystals. Competency in synovial fluid crystal analysis is a requirement for all graduating rheumatology fellows in the United States, and is an expectation for musculoskeletal disease physicians internationally -- although competency is assumed with a variable degree of rigor. This book comprehensively provides practical knowledge presented by skilled and experienced clinicians and pathologists, fulfilling an educational niche for teaching programs and a reference need for academic and community hospital clinical pathology laboratories. This is an ideal introductory guide for rheumatology trainees, as well as a reference text for rheumatologists, infectious disease consultants, orthopedists, cytotechnologists, and advanced nurse practitioners.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The impact of synovial fluid analysis on clinical practice : Introduction
    Chapter 2. Synovial structure and physiology in health and disease
    Chapter 3. Arthrocentesis
    Chapter 4. Biochemical Composition of Synovial Fluid in Health and Disease
    Chapter 5. Cellular Components of Synovial Fluid in Health and Disease
    Chapter 6. Microbiology and Culture Identification of Infections
    Chapter 7. Molecular Microbiology for Diagnosing Infectious Arthritis
    Chapter 8. Basics of Light Microscopic analysis of Synovial Fluid
    Chapter 9. Basics of Polarized light microscopy
    Chapter 10. Crystal associated arthritis: Gout
    Chapter 11. Crystal associated arthritis: Calcium pyrophosphate arthritis
    Chapter 12. Lipid crystals
    Chapter 13. Analytic methods to detect articular basic calcium phosphate crystals
    Chapter 14. Novel Techniques for Synovial Fluid Crystal Analysis
    Chapter 15. Atlas of Images--Normal and Abnormal Synovial Fluid.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Satoshi Obika, Mitsuo Sekine, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge on a broad range of topics relating to the synthesis of natural and artificial oligonucleotides with therapeutic potential. Nucleic acid-based therapeutics are attracting much attention, and numerous therapeutic oligonucleotides, such as antisense oligonucleotides, siRNAs, splice-switching oligonucleotides, and nucleic acid aptamers, are being evaluated in clinical trials for the treatment of a variety of diseases. Synthesis of Therapeutic Oligonucleotides covers a broad range of topics in the field that are of high relevance to researchers, including the synthesis of natural and chemically modified oligonucleotides, the development of novel nucleic acid analogs, industrial scale synthesis and purification of oligonucleotides, and important aspects of chemistry, manufacturing, and controls (CMC). The aim is to provide new insights and inspire fresh ideas in nucleic acid chemistry that may ultimately lead to novel concepts and techniques and the discovery of more effective nucleic acid drugs. The book will be of high value for both established researchers in the field and students intending to specialize in nucleic acid chemistry research.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Synthesis of Natural Oligonucleotides; Non-protected Synthesis ofOligonucleotides; 1 Introduction; 2 Development ofProton-Block Strategy fortheSynthesis ofOligonucleotides WithoutBase Protection; 3 Development oftheActivated Phosphite Method Using N-Unprotected Phosphoramidites; 4 Mechanism oftheActivated Phosphite Method; 5 Synthesis ofRNA Oligomers Using theActivated Phosphite Method; 6 Synthesis ofPhosphoramidite Monomer Building Blocks; 7 Conclusion; References 10 RNA Synthesis Using [[2-(Methylthio)phenyl]thio]methyl (MPTM) Group11 RNA Synthesis Using (N-Dichloroacetyl-N-methyl)aminobenzyloxylmethyl (DCMABOM) Group; 12 RNA Synthesis Using theAcetal Levulinyl Ester (ALE) Group; 13 RNA Synthesis Using theCyanoethyl (CE) Group; 14 RNA Synthesis Without Using Base Protection; 15 Recent Studies onRNA Chemical Synthesis; 16 Summary andPerspectives; References; RNA Synthesis Using theCEM Group; 1 Introduction; 2 Synthesis ofCEM Amidites; 3 Synthesis ofRNA; 4 Experimental Section; 4.1 Preparation ofCEM-SMe 3 Current RNA Synthesis Using TBDMS as2'-Hydroxyl Protecting Group4 RNA Synthesis Using Acid-Labile 2'-Hydroxyl Protecting Groups; 5 RNA Synthesis Using 2'-Protecting Groups Having anAcetal Skeleton; 5.1 (2-Nitrobenzyl)oxymethyl (NBOM) Group; 5.2 2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEM) Group; 6 RNA Synthesis Using theTriisopropylsilyloxymethyl (Tom) Group; 7 Cyanoethoxy-1-Methylethyl (CEE) andCyanoethoxymethyl (CEM) Groups; 8 RNA Synthesis Using 4-Methylphenylsulfonylethoxymethyl (TEM) Group; 9 RNA Synthesis Using tert-Butyldithiomethyl (DTM) Group 4.2 Synthesis ofU-CEM Phosphoramidite (5a.)4.2.1 32 52 O-(Tetraisopropyldisiloxane-1,3-diyl)-22 O-(2-cyanoethoxymethyl)uridine (2a.); 4.2.2 22 O-(2-Cyanoethoxymethyl)uridine (3a.); 4.2.3 52 O-(4,42 Dimethoxytrityl)-22 O-(2-xyanoethoxymethyl)uridine (4a.); 4.2.4 52 O-(4,42 Dimethoxytrityl)-22 O-(2-cyanoethoxymethyl)uridine 32 O-(2-Cyanoethyl N, N-diisopropylphosphoramidite) (5a.); 4.3 Synthesis ofC-CEM Phosphoramidite (5b.); 4.3.1 4-N-Acetyl-32 52 O-(tetraisopropyldisiloxane-1,3-diyl)-22 O-(2-cyanoethoxymethyl)cytidine (2b.); 4.3.2 4-N-Acetyl-22 O-(2-cyanoethoxymethyl)cytidine (3b.) Various Coupling Agents inthePhosphoramidite Method forOligonucleotide Synthesis1 Introduction; 2 Coupling Agents inthePhosphoramidite Method; 2.1 1H-Tetrazole andIts Derivatives; 2.1.1 1H-Tetrazole; 2.1.2 5-Ethylthio-1H-tetrazole; 2.1.3 5-Benzylthio-1H-tetrazole; 2.1.4 5-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1H-tetrazole (Activator 42); 2.2 4,5-Dicyanoimidazole; 2.3 Carboxylic Acids; 2.4 Acid/Azole Complexes; 3 Conclusion; References; Recent Development ofChemical Synthesis ofRNA; 1 Introduction; 2 Basic Principle ofSolid-Phase Synthesis ofDNA/RNA inPhosphoramidite Approach
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Shailza Singh, editor.
    Summary: The book uses an integrated approach to predict the behavior of various biological interactions. It further discusses how synthetic biology gathers the information about various systems, in order to either devise an entirely new system, or, to modulate existing systems. The book also tackles the concept of modularity, where biological systems are visualized in terms of their parts. The chapters discuss how the principles of engineering are being used in biomedical sciences, to design biological circuits that can harbor multiple inputs and generate multiple outputs; to create genetic networks and control gene activity, in order to generate a desired response. The book aims to help the readers develop an array of biological parts, and to use these parts to develop synthetic circuits that can be assembled like electronic circuits. The ultimate aim of the book will be to serve as an amalgamation of key ideas of how judiciously synthetic biology could be exploited in therapeutic device and delivery mechanism.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Integrated Systems and Chemical biology approaches for targeted therapies
    Chapter 2. Application of bioengineering in revamping human health
    Chapter 3. Integrative Omics for Interactomes
    Chapter 4. Studying parasite gene function and interaction through ribozymes and riboswitches design mechanism
    Chapter 5. Genome microbiology for Synthetic applications
    Chapter 6. Medicinal Application of Synthetic Biology
    Chapter 7. Computational tools for applying multi-level models to Synthetic Biology
    Chapter 8. Computational techniques for a comprehensive understanding of different genotype-phenotype factors in biological systems and their applications
    Chapter 9. Alignment-free analyses of nucleic acid sequences using graphical representation
    Chapter 10. Modern Approaches in Synthetic Biology: Genome Editing, Quorum Sensing and Microbiome Engineering
    Chapter 11. Synthetic Probes, their applications & designing
    Chapter 12. Omics Based Nanomedicine
    Chapter 13. Characterization of plant genetic modifications using Next Generation Sequencing.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Sarah E. O'Connor.
    Contents:
    Directing biosynthesis: Practical supply of natural and unnatural cyanobactins / D. Sardar, M.D. Tianero, and E.W. Schmidt
    Synthetic biology approaches to new bisindoles/ L.M. Alkhalaf, Y.-L. Du, and K.S. Ryan
    Enzymatic [4+2] cycloadditions in the biosynthesis of Spirotetramates and spirotetronates/ B. Pang, G. Zhong, Z. Tang, and W. Liu
    Application and modification of flavin-dependent halogenases/ K.-H. van Pée, D. Milbredt, E.P. Patallo, V.Weichold, and M. Gajewi
    Engineering flavin-dependent halogenases/ J.T.Payne, M.C. Andorfer, and J.C. Lewis
    Heterologous expression of fungal secondary metabolite pathways in the Aspergillus nidulans host system/ J.W.A. van Dijk and C.C.C. Wang
    Plug-and-play benzylisoquinoline alkaloid biosynthetic gene discovery in engineered yeast
    J.S. Morris, M. Dastmalcji, J. Li, L. Chang, X. Chen, J.M. Hagel, and P.J. Facchini
    Optimizing metabolic pathways for the improved production of natural products/ J.A. Jones and M.A.G. Koffas
    Reconstituting plant secondary metabolism in Saccharomyces cerevisae for production of high-value benzylisoquinoline alkaloids/ M.E. Pyne, L. Narcross, E. Fossati, L. Bourgeois, E. Burton, N.D. Gold, and V.J.J. Martin
    Engineering microbes to synthesize plant isoprenoids/ K. Zhou, S. Edgar, and G. Stephanopoulos
    Natural product biosysnthesis in Escherichia coli: Menta monoterpenoids/ H.S. Toogood, S. Tait, A. Jervis, A. Ni Cheallaigh, L. Humphreys, E. Takano, J.M. Gardiner, and N.S. Scrutton
    High-efficiency genome editing of Streptomyces species by an engineered CRISPR/Cas system/ Y. Wang, R.E. Cobb, and H. Zhao
    Rapid optimization of engineered metabolic pathways with Serine Integrase Recombinational Assembly (SIRA)/ C.A. Merrick, C. Wardrope, J.E. Paget, S.D. Colloms, and S.J. Rosser
    Rewiring riboswitches to create new genetic circuits in bacteria/ C.J. Robinson, D. Medina-Stacey, M.-C. Wu, H.A. Vincent, and J. Micklefield.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Weiwen Zhang, Xinyu Song, editors.
    Contents:
    Chassis engineering. Challenges in the application of synthetic biology toward synthesis of commodity products by cyanobacteria via “direct conversion”
    Transporters related to stress responses and their potential application in Synechocystis sp. PCC 6803
    Discovery and application of stress-responsive sRNAs in cyanobacteria
    Photoresponse mechanism in cyanobacteria: key factor in photoautotrophic chassis
    Production of industrial chemicals from CO2 by engineering cyanobacteria
    Pathway engineering for bio-based products
    Pathway engineering for bio-based products. Cyanobacterial enzymes for bioalkane production
    Production of bioplastic compounds by genetically manipulated and metabolic engineered cyanobacteria
    Rewiring of cyanobacterial metabolism for hydrogen production: synthetic biology approaches and challenges
    Direct photosynthetic production of plastic building block chemicals from CO2
    Engineering cyanobacteria for photosynthetic production of C3 platform chemicals and terpenoids from CO2
    Synthetic biology approaches to the sustainable production of p-coumaric acid and its derivatives in cyanobacteria
    Emerging genetic tools and methods
    Regulatory tools for controlling gene expression in cyanobacteria
    Synthetic gene regulation in cyanobacteria.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mohammad Faisal, Abdulrahman A. Alatar, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces the reader to synthetic or artificial seeds, which refer to alginate encapsulated somatic embryos, vegetative buds or any other micropropagules that can be used as seeds and converted into plantlets after propagating under in vitro or in vivo conditions. Moreover, synthetic seeds retain their potential for regeneration even after low-temperature storage. The production of synthetic or artificial seeds using micropropagules opens up new vistas in agricultural biotechnology. Encapsulated propagules could be used for in vitro regeneration and mass multiplication at reasonable cost. In addition, these propagules may be used for germplasm preservation of elite plant species and the exchange of plant materials between national and international laboratories. This book offers state-of-the-art findings on methods, applications and prospects of synthetic or artificial seeds.

    Contents:
    An Introduction to Synthetic Seeds: Production, Techniques, and Applications
    Synthetic Seeds: Relevance to Endangered Germplasm Conservation in vitro
    Synseed: A New Trend in Seed Technology
    Synthetic Seeds: An Alternative Approach for Clonal Propagation to Avoiding the Heterozygosity Problem of Natural Botanical Seeds
    Insight View of Topical Trends on Synthetic Seeds of Rare and Endangered Plant Species and Its Future Prospects
    Application of Synthetic Seeds in Propagation, Storage, and Preservation of Asteraceae Plant Species
    Synthetic Seeds: a Valuable Adjunct for Conservation of Medicinal Plants
    Cash Crops: Synseed Production, Propagation and Conservation
    Synthetic Seeds of Two Aquatic Plants
    Synthetic Seed Technology in Forest Trees: A Promising Technology for Conservation and Germplasm Exchange
    Medium and Long-Term Conservation of Ornamental Plants Using Synthetic Seed Technology
    Synthetic Seed Production of Flower Bulbs
    Applications of Synthetic Seed Technology for Propagation, Storage, and Conservation of Orchid Germplasms
    Somatic Embryos Encapsulation for Synthetic Seeds Production of Sugar Palm (Arenga pinnata Wurmb Merr.))
    Perspectives of Synthetic Seed Technology for Conservation and Mass Propagation of the Medicinal Plant Castilleja tenuiflora Benth
    Encapsulation and Synthetic Seeds of Olive (Olea europaea L.): Experiences and Overview
    Somatic Embryogenesis and Synthetic Seed Technology of Curcuma spp
    Synthetic Seeds of Wild Beet; Basic Concepts and Related Methodologies
    In vitro Conservation Through Slow-Growth Storage
    Synthetic Seeds: Prospects and Advances in Cryopreservation
    Progress and Challenges in the Application of Synthetic Seed Technology for Ex Situ Germplasm Conservation in Grapevine (Vitis spp.)
    Cryopreservation of Grapevine Shoot Tips from in vitro Plants Using Droplet Vitrification and V Cryo-Plate Techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Andrew P. Zbar.
    Summary: Syphilis is an illness with mythology. The story of its origin, dissemination and treatment have all been mired in confusion, a mix of reality and quackery. I have tried to put the organism as the principal protagonist of the story, firmly in an historical focus which centres more on its social impact than on its particular medical management. A diagnosis of Syphilis had personal and community consequence and its impact transcended into the arts. Despite the discovery of an effective treatment to which the organism has fortunately failed to mutate, the restrictions in available management have been social and a result of prejudice towards its victims. This may explain why it is once again on the global rise in places where access to the most basic antibiotics remains limited. This book uniquely considers the sociological sequel of infection, the wider influence extending beyond the physical that has become its legacy.

    Contents:
    Announcing the Disease: A Brief Chronology of Syphilitic Events
    Fracastoros Poem and the Origins of Illness
    The Protean Manifestations of Disease
    In Search of the Organism and a Zauberkugel (Magic Bullet) for Treatment
    Notable Victimhood: Syphilis and the Arts
    Syphilitic Politics: Ethical Breaches, the Tuskegee Experiment and Beyond
    Syphilocentricity in Brief: Disease in the Post-HIV Era.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Andrew Dickman and Jennifer Schneider.
    Summary: This text serves as a valuable reference source, providing a comprehensive review of syringe driver use and administration of drugs via CSCI, a safe and effective way of drug administration when other routes are inappropriate.

    Contents:
    1.Continuous subcutaneous infusions and syringe drivers
    2.Stability and compatibility of drugs
    3.Drug information
    4.Symptom control with the syringe driver
    5.Compatibility and stability tables.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Graham Flint, Clare Rusbridge.
    Summary: Syringomelia is a relatively rare clinical entity in which fluid-filled cavities develop within the spinal cord. Although modern imaging technologies usually permit an accurate diagnosis at an early stage, syringomyelia remains an enigmatic condition that continues to fascinate neurosurgeons, neurologists and other specialists. This reference monograph provides an up-to-date account of the present stateofunderstanding of syringomyelia and related disorders.The editors aim to document the best clinical practice in diagnosis and treatment and to provide clear guidance on how to reduce the incidence of severe outcomes. New challenges are addressed, including the appropriate management of the increasing number of apparently idiopathic syrinx cavities that are detected. In addition, controversies in current practice and directions for future research are fully discussed. Syringomelia will be an invaluable source of information for experts in the field, specialists in various related disciplines and other interested health care professionals.

    Contents:
    Historical aspects
    Epidemiology
    Anatomy and Physiology
    Developmental Anatomy
    Genetics of Chiari malformation and syringomyelia
    The Filling Mechanism
    Mathematical modelling
    Clinical presentation
    Diagnostic Investigations
    Hindbrain Related Syringomyelia
    Post-traumatic and post-inflammatory syringomyelia
    Idiopathic syringomyelia
    Paediatric perspectives
    Veterinary Aspects
    Pregnancy
    Pain management
    The Biochemistry of Syringomyelia
    Patient perspectives
    Medico-legal aspects
    Nomenclature
    History of the imaging of syringomyelia
    Syrinx in Art
    Historical vignettes
    Useful contacts.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Andrew Booth, Anthea Sutton, and Diana Papaioannou.
    Contents:
    Getting started on your literature review
    Taking a systematic approach to your literature review
    Choosing your review methods
    Planning and conducting your literature review
    Defining your scope
    Searching the literature
    Assessing the evidence base
    Synthesising and analysing quantitative studies
    Synthesising and analysing qualitative studies
    Writing, presenting and disseminating your review.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    LB1047.3 .B66 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Stefania Boccia, Paolo Villari, Walter Ricciardi, editors.
    Summary: "This wide-ranging study reviews the state of public health worldwide and presents informed recommendations for real-world solutions. Identifying the most urgent challenges in the field, from better understanding the causes of acute diseases and chronic conditions to reducing health inequities, it reports on cost-effective, science-based, ethically sound interventions. Chapters demonstrate bedrock skills essential to developing best practices, including flexible thinking for entrenched problems, conducting health impact assessments, and working with decision-makers. From these current findings come long-term practice and policy goals for preventing disease, promoting health, and improving quality of life, both locally and globally."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction and global burden of disease
    2. Health trends of communicable diseases
    3. Global burden and health trends of non-communicable diseases
    4. Cardiovascular disease (CVD)
    5. Epidemiology of cancer and principles of prevention
    6. Obesity and diabetes
    7. Respiratory diseases and health disorders related to indoor and outdoor air pollution
    8. Public health gerontology and active aging
    9. Some ethical reflections in public health
    10. Injury prevention and safety promotion
    11. Migrant and ethnic minority health
    12. Public mental health
    13. Urban public health
    14. Genomics and public health
    15. Health impact assessment: HIA
    16. Health in all policies
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Neus Evans, Michelle Lasen, Komla Tsey.
    Summary: Rapid urbanisation, inequalities in income and service levels within and between communities, and population and economic decline are challenging the viability of rural communities worldwide. Achieving healthy and viable rural communities in the face of rapidly changing social, ecological and economic conditions is a declared global priority. As a result, governments all over the world, in both developed and developing countries, are now prioritizing rural and regional development through policies and programs aimed at enhancing the livelihoods of people living in rural regions. In recognition of the important roles that research can play in rural development, a range of systematic literature reviews have rightly examined key priorities in rural development including education, gender, economic development (especially agriculture), and health and nutrition (see Department for International Development [DFID], 2011). However, none of these works has systematically examined the extent to which rural development as a field of research is progressing towards facilitating sustainable change. This book evaluates trends in rural development research across the five continental regions of the world. Specifically, it assesses the total publication output relating to rural development, the types of publications, their quality and impact over the last three decades. Additionally, it evaluates the continental origins of the publications as well as the extent to which such publications engage with issues of sustainability. The aim is to determine whether the rural development field is growing in a manner that reflects research and policy priorities and broader social trends such as sustainability. Development policy makers, practitioners, those teaching research methods and systematic literature reviews to undergraduate and graduate students, and researchers in general will find the book both topical and highly relevant.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Heidi D. Nelson.
    Contents:
    1. Systematic reviews
    2. Defining the topic and scope and developing research questions, analytic frameworks, and protocols
    3. Building the systematic review team, engaging stakeholders, and managing the project
    4. Determining inclusion and exclusion criteria for studies
    5. Conducting searches for relevant studies
    6. Selecting studies for inclusion
    7. Extracting data from studies and constructing evidence tables
    8. Assessing quality and applicability of studies
    9. Qualitative analysis
    10. Quantitative analysis
    11. Assessing and rating the strength of the body of evidence
    12. Preparing and disseminating the report.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Paul Levay and Jenny Craven.
    Summary: Beginning by looking at the methods and techniques underlying systematic searching, the book then examines the current challenges and the potential solutions to more effective searching in detail, before considering the role of the information specialist as an expert searcher. Systematic Searching blends theory and practice and takes into account different approaches to information retrieval with a special focus being given to searching for complex topics in a health-related environment. The book does not presume an in-depth prior knowledge or experience of systematic searching and includes case studies, practical examples and ideas for further research and reading. The book is divided into three parts: Methods covers theoretical approaches to evidence synthesis and the implications that these have for the search process, including searching for complex topics and choosing the right sources. Technology examines new technologies for retrieving evidence and how these are leading to new directions in information retrieval and evidence synthesis. People considers the future of the information specialist as an expert searcher and explores how information professionals can develop their skills in searching, communication and collaboration to ensure that information retrieval practice is, and remains, evidence-based. Systematic Searching will be essential reading for library and information service providers and information specialists, particularly those in a health-related environment. -- Publisher

    Contents:
    Introduction: where are we now?
    Innovative approaches to systematic reviewing
    Searching for broad-based topics
    Choosing the right databases and search techniques
    Gathering evidence from grey literature and unpublished data
    Social media as a source of evidence
    Text mining for information specialists
    Using linked data for evidence synthesis
    Evidence surveillance to keep up to date with new research
    Training the next generation of information specialists
    Collaborative working to improve searching
    Communication for information specialists
    The information specialist as an expert searcher
    Conclusion: where do we go from here?
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Rolando Cimaz, editor.
    Summary: "This comprehensive volume provides current state of the art of the use of corticosteroids in the pediatric patient. It consists of 14 chapters written by leading authors from different countries. The first chapters cover historical notes, general concepts on treatment with corticosteroids with regard to indications and side effects, and basic pharmacologic properties of these compounds. The rest of the book is devoted to the specific use of steroids in the different pediatric subspecialties. Despite advances with newer effective immunosuppressive and anti-inflammatory drugs, corticosteroids still remain the mainstay of therapy for many disorders. Leading authors in their field have summarized these concepts to provide an authoritative, comprehensive guide to help clinicians safely and effectively use corticosteroids in their pediatric patients."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Systemic corticosteroids for autoimmune/inflammatory disorders in children: introduction
    Corticosteroids in the treatment of childhood rheumatic diseases: a historical review
    Systemic corticosteroids for autoimmune/inflammatory disorders in children: clinical aspects
    The molecular and cellular mechanisms responsible for the anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive effects of glucocorticoids
    The clinical pharmacology of past, present, and future glucocorticoids
    Corticosteroids in juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Systermic corticosteroids in childhood vasculitides
    Corticosteroids in pediatric-onset SLE and other connective tissue diseases
    Glucocorticoids in pediatric gastrointestinal disorders
    Corticosteroids in pediatric dermatology
    Corticosteroids in pediatric endocrinology
    Systermic corticosteroids in respiratory diseases in children
    Corticosteroids in pediatric nephrology
    Corticosteroids in neonatology: postnatal corticosteroids in preterm infants with bronchopulmonary dysplasia.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Rock G. Positano, Christopher W. DiGiovanni, Jeffrey S. Borer, Michael J. Trepal.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Print
    editors, Pierre J. Vinken, George W. Bruyn, Harold L. Klawans ; volume editors, C. G. Goetz, C. M. Tanner, and M. J. Aminoff.
    Access via Handbook of clinical neurology ; 1993; 63
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Augusto Vaglio, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface
    1 Genetics of fibro-inflammatory disorders
    2 Basic mechanisms linking inflammation and fibrosis
    3 Histopathology of systemic fibro-inflammatory disorders
    4 IgG4-related disorders: clinical and therapeutic aspects
    5 IgG4-related disorders: pathophysiology
    6 IgG4-related nephropathy
    7 Autoimmune (IgG4-related) pancreatitis and sclerosing cholangitis
    8 Sclerosing forms of autoimmune thyroiditis: from Hashimoto?s to Riedel?s to IgG4-related forms
    9 Chronic periaortitis/retroperitoneal fibrosis: overview
    10 Diffuse periaortitis
    11 Treatment of chronic periaortitis/retroperitoneal fibrosis
    12 Mediastinal fibrosis
    13 Erdheim-Chester disease
    14 Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis
    15 Sclerosing mesenteritis
    16 Malignant diseases mimicking retroperitoneal fibrosing disorders
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Paul Eggleton, Frank J. Ward.
    Contents:
    Pathology of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus - The Challenges Ahead
    The Lupus Biomarker Odyssey: One Experience
    Detection of Anti Nuclear Antibodies in SLE
    Tests for Circulating Immune Complexes
    Methods for Measuring Antibody Dependent Cell-Mediated Cytotoxicity in vitro
    Recombinant Antibody Microarray for Profiling the Serum Proteome of SLE
    Bi-functional Antibody Fragment-based Fusion Proteins for the Targeted Elimination of Pathogenic T-cell Subsets
    TLC Immunostaining for Detection of ?Anti-Phospholipid? Antibodies
    Induced Murine Models of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Measuring Interferon Alpha and other Cytokines in SLE
    Detection of SLE antigens in Neutrophils Extracellular Traps (NETs)
    Detection and Characterization of Autoantibodies Against Modified Self-proteins in SLE Sera after Exposure to Reactive Oxygen and Nitrogen Species
    Generation of Self-peptides to Treat Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Measurement of Malondialdehyde, Glutathione and Glutathione Peroxidase in SLE Patients
    Evaluating a Particular Circulating MicroRNA Species from an SLE Patient using Stem Loop qRT-PCR
    Microarray Technology for Analysis of MicroRNA Expression in Renal Biopsies of Lupus Nephritis Patients. Laboratory Tests for the Antiphospholipid Syndrome
    Isolation, Polarisation and Expansion of CD4+ T Helper Cell Lines and Clones using Magnetic Beads
    Meta-analysis as a Diagnostic Tool for Predicting Disease Onset and/or Activity in Systemic Lupus Erythematosus.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    by thirty-eight authors, [C.W.M. Adams ... [et al.] ; editor, W. St. C. Symmers].
    Contents:
    v. 1. Cardiovascular system, Respiratory system
    v. 2. Blood and bone marrow, Lymphoreticular system, Thymus gland
    v. 3. Alimentary system
    v. 4. Urinary system, Reproductive system, Breast, Endocrine system
    v. 5. Nervous system, Muscle, Bone, Joints
    v. 6. Skin, Eyes, Ears.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB111 .W76
    6
  • Digital
    Kazuhiko Takehara, Manabu Fujimoto, Masataka Kuwana, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Fibrosis: overview
    2. Autoimmunity in systemic sclerosis: overview
    3. Endothelial progenitor cells
    4. Animal models of systemic sclerosis
    5. Genetics of systemic sclerosis
    6. Role of the interleukin-1 family in the fibrogenic phenotype in systemic sclerosis
    7. Interleukin-6 in the pathogenesis of systemic sclerosis
    8. Epigenetics
    9. Transforming growth factor-β and connective tissue growth factor
    10. Endothelin
    11. The role of B cells in systemic sclerosis
    12. Fli1
    13. Biomarker
    14. Autoantibodies in systemic sclerosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Andrew Emili, Jack Greenblatt, Shoshana Wodak, editors.
    Summary: Epigenetic modifications underlie all aspects of human physiology, including stem cell renewal, formation of cell types and tissues. They also underlie environmental impacts on human health, including aging and diseases like cancer. Consequently, cracking the epigenetic "code" is considered a key challenge in biomedical research. Chromatin structure and function are modified by protein complexes, causing genes to be turned on or off and controlling other aspects of DNA function. Yet while there has been explosive growth in the epigenetics field, human chromatin-modifying machines have only recently started to be characterized. To meet this challenge, our book explores complementary experimental tracks, pursued by expert international research groups, aimed at the physical and functional characterization of the diverse repertoire of chromatin protein machines - namely, the "readers, writers and erasers" of epigenomic marks. These studies include the identification of RNA molecules and drugs that interact selectively with components of the chromatin machinery. What makes this book distinctive is its emphasis on the systematic exploration of chromatin protein complexes in the context of human development and disease networks.

    Contents:
    Systematic proteomic analysis of histone demethylating enzymes linked to cancer
    Histone methylating protein complexes in cancer
    Chromatin protein-protein interaction networks linked to cancer
    Structural genomics and drug discovery for chromatin-related protein complexes involved in histone tail recognition
    Transcription factories and global chromatin (enhancer) interactions in cancer
    Long ncRNAs associated with chromatin complexes and their role in cancer
    Familial and somatic mutations of histone modifying enzymes in cancer
    Chromatin regulators arising from RNAi screens of transformed cancer cell lines
    Chromatin complexes in cancer
    Exploring dynamics of chromatin complexes in cancer based on quantitative proteomics
    Regulatory ncRNAs and their targets
    ncRNA regulatory networks in cancer
    Decoding BAF remodelling complexes in cancer
    Mediator/cohesin complex in cancer
    miRNAs targeting chromatin-related protein complexes regulate epigenetic states in cancer
    Polycomb group protein complexes in cancer stem cells
    Genetic interactions between chromatin factors in cancer cell lines
    Chromatin complexes in DNA repair
    Chromatin complexes in chromosome segregation
    Evolution, co-expression and domain architecture of CM complexes linked to cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Natalia Maltsev, Andrey Rzhetsky, T. Conrad Gilliam, editors.
    Summary: "Understanding the genetic architecture underlying complex multigene disorders is one of the major goals of human genetics in the upcoming decades. Advances in whole genome sequencing and the success of high throughput functional genomics allow supplementing conventional reductionist biology with systems-level approaches to human heredity and health as systems of interacting genetic, epigenetic, and environmental factors. This integrative approach holds the promise of unveiling yet unexplored levels of molecular organization and biological complexity. It may also hold the key to deciphering the multigene patterns of disease inheritance"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Wellness and Health Omics Linked to the Environment: the WHOLE approach to personalized medicine
    Characterizing Multi-omic Data in Systems Biology
    High-throughput Translational Medicine: Challenges and Solutions
    Computational approaches for human disease gene prediction and ranking
    A Personalized Treatment for Lung Cancer: Molecular Pathways, Targeted Therapies, and Genomic Characterization-- Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Long Liu, Jian Chen, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses systems and synthetic biotechnologies for the production of nutraceuticals, and summarizes recent advances in nutraceutical research in terms of the physiological effects on health, potential applications, drawbacks of traditional production processes, characteristics of production strains, and advances in microbial production based on systems and synthetic biotechnology. It also examines future directions in the microbial production of nutraceuticals using systems and synthetic biology. The book is intended for researchers and graduate students in the field of molecular biology and industrial biotechnology as well as staff working in the nutraceutical industry.

    Contents:
    Nutraceuticals: definition, kinds and applications
    Construction of microbial cell factories by systems and synthetic biotechnology
    Microbial production of functional organic acids
    Microbial production of oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
    Microbial production of flavonoids
    Microbial production of natural food colorants
    Microbial production of vitamins
    Microbial production of oils and fatty acids
    Microbial production of nutraceuticals: challenges and prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Shailza Singh, editor.
    Summary: Systems and Synthetic Immunology focuses on the similarities between biology and engineering at the systems level, which are important for applying engineering theories to biology problems. With the advent of new genomic techniques, there are numerous systematic investigations underway in the scientific world. This volume highlights techniques that can be used to effectively combine two of the most essential biological fields - Systems Biology and Synthetic Immunology. The respective chapters discuss the role of synthetic immunology in biotechnology, production of biomaterials, and their use in vaccine delivery. Further topics include the importance of cytokines; the use of genomic engineering tools in immunotherapy; immunosensors; nanotherapeutics; and bioinformatics tools in biomedical applications. Given its scope, the book offers readers an up-to-date and comprehensive review of this unique and dynamic field of research.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Vaccine design, nanoparticle vaccines and biomaterial applications
    Chapter 2: Systems Immunology approach in understanding the association of allergy and cancer
    Chapter 3: Genome Engineering Tools in Immunotherapy
    Chapter 4: Bioinformatics tools for Epitope Prediction. Chapter 5: A chronological journey of Breg subsets: Implications in health and disease
    Chapter 6: T-cell activation and differentiation: Role of signaling and metabolic crosstalk
    Chapter 7: Innate immune signaling in cardiac homeostasis and cardiac injuries
    Chapter 8: . Role of Regulatory T lymphocytes in Health and Disease
    Chapter 9: Implication of Synthetic Biology in Biotherapeutics Engineering
    Chapter 10. Cytokines in Cancer Immunotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Leszek Konieczny, Irena Roterman-Konieczna, Paweł Spólnik.
    Summary: The objective of this book is to present the strategies employed by living organisms on a molecular level and to help understand the basics of Systems Biology. Its content is organized in a way to meet the exponential growth in the volume of biological knowledge, and the need for a multidisciplinary approach in the practice of teaching modern biology. For this reason, the whole material is divided into five chapters, each devoted to a fundamental concept: Structure-Function, Energy, Information, Regulation and Interrelationships. The book describes generic mechanisms which occur in biology and promotes a simulation-based approach to the subject of Systems Biology. The use of basic knowledge as the background for presenting biological problems obligates the teachers to deal with generalized phenomena comprising the ever increasing volume of teaching materials.

    Contents:
    The Structure and Function of Living Organisms
    Energy in Biology : Demand and Use
    Information : Its Role and Meaning in Organisms
    Regulation in Biological Systems
    Interrelationships in Organized Biological Systems.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Wei-Dong Zhang.
    Summary: Systems Biology and Its Application in TCM Formulas Research presents a theoretical research system formed for Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) formulas, along with information on the study of Shexiang Baoxin Pill (SBP), a TCM formula that has shown significant clinical efficacy in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases. The content combines theory and practice, and includes guidance for both theoretical concepts and operable technical routes. This is a valuable source not only for biomedical researchers involved in Systems Biology studies, but also for students and scientists interested in learning more about Traditional Chinese Medicine and its applications in contemporary medicine.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Natàlia Garcia-Reyero, Cheryl A. Murphy, editors.
    Summary: Social pressure to minimize the use of animal testing, the ever-increasing concern on animal welfare, and the need for more human-relevant and more predictive toxicity tests are some of the drivers for new approaches to chemical screening. This book focuses on The Adverse Outcome Pathway, an analytical construct that describes a sequential chain of causally linked events at different levels of biological organization that lead to an adverse health or ecotoxicological effect. While past efforts have focused on toxicological pathway-based vision for human and ecological health assessment relying on in vitro systems and predictive models, The Adverse Outcome Pathway framework provides a simplified and structured way to organize toxicological information. Within the book, a systems biology approach supplies the tools to infer, link, and quantify the molecular initiating events and the key events and key event relationships leading to adverse outcomes. The advancement of these tools is crucial for the successful implementation of AOPs for regulatory purposes.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    Part I: Biology
    2. "Non-model" species for eco and human health risk assessment
    3. The fish embryo as a model for eco-toxicology and other potential models
    4. Invertebrates/Plants
    5. Behavioral/Neurobehavioral linkages to AOPs
    6. Species extrapolation
    common pathways etc
    7. Life History Evolution, incorporating evolutionary processes into AOPs to extrapolate
    Part II: Incorporating Biology into AOPs
    8. Use of HTS assays to infer MIEs
    9. AOP development: how to infer and define KER
    10. The development of quantitative AOPs
    Part IV: Incorporating Modeling into AOPs.-11.Computational approaches (network science, etc) in AOPs: linking molecular datasets
    12.Computational approaches : Dynamic Energy Budgets
    13. Modeling approaches in AOPs: extrapolation from individual to population
    14. Modeling approaches that augment AOPs: GUTS, QSAR, TKTD PBTKTD
    15. Exposure science and other stressors? How to incorporate
    16. AOP as an organizing framework and implications for biological science-AOP evolution
    17. Use and acceptance of AOPs for regulatory applications, use of AOPs in human risk assessment, and legislation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Seth J. Corey, Marek Kimmel, Joshua N. Leonard, editors.
    Summary: The blood system is multi-scale, from the organism to the organs to cells to intracellular signaling pathways to macromolecule interactions. Blood consists of circulating cells, cellular fragments (platelets and microparticles), and plasma macromolecules. Blood cells and their fragments result from a highly-ordered process, hematopoiesis. Definitive hematopoiesis occurs in the bone marrow, where pluripotential stem cells give rise to multiple lineages of highly specialized cells. Highly-productive and continuously regenerative, hematopoiesis requires a microenvironment of mesenchymal cells and blood vessels. A Systems Biology Approach to Blood is divided into three main sections: basic components, physiological processes, and clinical applications. Using blood as a window, one can study health and disease through this unique tool box with reactive biological fluids that mirrors the prevailing hemodynamics of the vessel walls and the various blood cell types. Many blood diseases, rare and common can and have been exploited using systems biology approaches with successful results and therefore ideal models for systems medicine. More importantly, hematopoiesis offers one of the best studied systems with insight into stem cell biology, cellular interaction, development; linage programing and reprograming that are every day influenced by the most mature and understood regulatory networks.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic Components
    Systems Hematology: An Introduction
    Quantification and Modeling of Stem Cell
    Niche Interaction
    Angiogenesis: A Systems Biology View of Blood Vessel Remodeling
    Erythropoiesis: From Molecular Pathways to System Properties
    Systems Biology of Megakaryocytes
    Systems Biology of Platelet-Vessel Wall Interactions
    Systems Approach to Phagoycte Production and Activation: Neutrophils and Monocytes
    Part II: Physiological Processes
    Stochasticity and Determinism in Models of Hematopoiesis
    Systems Analysis of High?Throughput Data
    Developing a Systems-Based Understanding of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Cycle Control
    A Systems Biology Approach to Iron Metabolism
    Innate Immunity in Disease
    Insights from Mathematical Modeling and Analysis
    Modeling Biomolecular Site Dynamics in Immunoreceptor Signaling Systems
    Structure and Function of Platelet Receptors Initiating Blood Clotting
    Part III: Clinical Applications
    Understanding and Treating Cytopenia through Mathematical Modeling
    Drug Resistance
    Etiology and Treatment of Hematological Neoplasms: Stochastic Mathematical Models
    Assessing Hematopoietic (Stem-) Cell Behavior during Regenerative Pressure
    Engineered Cell-Based Therapies: A Vanguard of Design-Driven Medicine
    Part IV: Epilogue
    A Systems Approach to Blood Disorders
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Juan I. Castrillo, Stephen G. Oliver.
    Contents:
    Alzheimer's as a systems-level disease involving the interplay of multiple cellular networks / Juan I. Castrillo and Stephen G. Oliver
    Application of systems theory in longitudinal studies on the origin and progression of Alzheimer's disease / Simone Lista [and others]
    APP proteolytic system and its interactions with dynamic networks in Alzheimer's disease / Sally Hunter, Steven Martin, and Carol Brayne
    Effects of mild and severe oxidative stress on BACE1 expression and APP amyloidogenic processing / Jiangli Tan, Qiao-Xin Li, and Genevieve Evin
    Advanced assay monitoring APP-carboxyl-terminal fragments as markers of APP processing in Alzheimer disease mouse models / Ana García-Osta and Mar Cuadrado-Tejedor
    Optical super-resolution imaging of [beta]-amyloid aggregation in vitro and in vivo : method and techniques / Dorothea Pinotsi, Gabriele S. Kaminski Schierle, and Clemens F. Kaminski
    Protocols for monitoring the development of Tau pathology in Alzheimer's disease / Alberto Rábano [and others]
    LC3-II tagging and western blotting for monitoring autophagic activity in mammalian cells / Anne Streeter, Fiona M. Menzies, and David C. Rubinsztein
    Advanced mitochondrial respiration assay for evaluation of mitochondrial dysfunction in Alzheimer's disease / Amandine Grimm, Karen Schmitt, and Anne Eckert
    Analysis of microglial proliferation in Alzheimer's disease / Diego Gomez-Nicola and V. Hugh Perry
    Yeast as a model for Alzheimer's disease : latest studies and advanced strategies / Mathias Verduyckt [and others]
    Yeast as a model for studies on A[beta] aggregation toxicity in Alzheimer's disease, autophagic responses, and drug screening / Afsaneh Porzoor and Ian Macreadie
    Drosophila melanogaster as a model for studies on the early stages of Alzheimer's disease / Jung Yeon Lim, Stanislav Ott, and Damian C. Crowther
    Chronic mild stress assay leading to early onset and propagation of Alzheimer's disease phenotype in mouse models / Mar Cuadrado-Tejedor and Ana García-Osta
    Gene expression studies on human trisomy 21 iPSCs and neurons : towards mechanisms underlying Down's syndrome and early Alzheimer's disease-like pathologies / Jason P. Weick, Huining Kang, George F. Bonadurer III, and Anita Bhattacharyya
    Cortical differentiation of human pluripotent cells for in vitro modeling of Alzheimer's disease / Nathalie G. Saurat, Frederick J. Livesey, and Steven Moore
    Next generation sequencing in Alzheimer's disease / Lars Bertram
    Pooled-DNA sequencing for elucidating new genomic risk factors, rare variants underlying Alzheimer's disease / Sheng Chih Jin, Bruno A. Benitez, Yuetiva Deming, and Carlos Cruchaga
    New genome-wide methods for elucidation of candidate copy number variations (CNVs) contributing to Alzheimer's disease heritability / Kinga Szigeti
    RNA-sequencing to elucidate early patterns of dysregulation underlying the onset of Alzheimer's disease / Bei Jun Chen, James D. Mills, Caroline Janitz, and Michael Janitz
    Systems biology approaches to the study of biological networks underlying Alzheimer's disease : role of miRNAs / Wera Roth, David Hecker, and Eugenio Fava
    Emerging role of metalloproteomics in Alzheimer's disease research / Dominic J. Hare, Alan Rembach, and Blaine R. Roberts
    Redox proteomics in human biofluids : sample preparation, separation and immunochemical tagging for analysis of protein oxidation / Fabio Di Domenico, Marzia Perluigi, and D. Allan Butterfield
    Advanced shotgun lipidomics for characterization of altered lipid patterns in neurodegenerative diseases and brain injury / Miao Wang and Xianlin Han
    AlzPathway, an updated map of curated signaling pathways : towards deciphering Alzheimer's disease pathogenesis / Soichi Ogishima [and others]
    Computational network biology approach to uncover novel genes related to Alzheimer's disease / Andreas Zanzoni
    Network approaches to the understanding of Alzheimer's disease : from model organisms to humans / Justin Yerbury, Dan Bean, and Giorgio Favrin
    Characterization of genetic networks associated with Alzheimer's disease / Bin Zhang, Linh Tran, Valur Emilsson, and Jun Zhu
    Network-based analysis for uncovering mechanisms underlying Alzheimer's disease / Masataka Kikuchi [and others]
    SDREM method for reconstructing signaling and regulatory response networks : applications for studying disease progression / Anthony Gitter and Ziv Bar-Joseph
    Advanced neuroimaging methods towards characterization of early stages of Alzheimer's disease / Jorge Sepulcre and Joseph C. Masdeu
    Plasma proteomics biomarkers in Alzheimer's disease : latest advances and challenges / Robert Perneczky and Liang-Hao Guo
    Practical guide for exploring opportunities of repurposing drugs for CNS diseases in systems biology / Hongkang Mei [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Miguel A. Aon, Valdur Saks, Uwe Schlattner, editors.
    Contents:
    From Physiology, Genomes, Systems and Self-Organization to Systems Biology : The Historical Roots of a Twenty-First Century Approach to Complexity / M.A. Aon, D. Lloyd, and V. Saks
    Complex Systems Biology of Networks : The Riddle and the Challenge / Miguel A. Aon
    Systems Biology of Signaling Networks
    The Control Analysis of Signal Transduction / Hans V. Westerhoff, Samrina Rehman, Fred C. Boogerd, Nilgun Yilmaz, and Malkhey Verma
    MicroRNAs and Robustness in Biological Regulatory Networks. A Generic Approach with Applications at Different Levels : Physiologic, Metabolic and Genetic / Jacques Demongeot, Olivier Cohen, and Alexandra Henrion-Caude
    Dynamics of Mitochondrial Redox and Energy Networks : Insights from an Experimental-Computational Synergy / Sonia Cortassa and Miguel A. Aon
    Adenylate Kinase Isoform Network : A Major Hub in Cell Energetics and Metabolic Signaling / Song Zhang, Emirhan Nemutlu, Andre Terzic, and Petras Dzeja
    Systems Biology of Cellular Structures and Fluxes
    Moonlighting Function of the Tubulin Cytoskeleton : Macromolecular Architectures in the Cytoplasm / Judit Ovádi and Vic Norris
    Metabolic Dissipative Structures / Ildefonso Mtz. de la Fuente
    Systems Biology Approaches to Cancer Energy Metabolism / Alvaro Marín-Hernández, Sayra Y. López-Ramírez, Juan Carlos Gallardo-Pérez, Sara Rodríguez-Enríquez, Rafael Morena-Sánchez, and Emma Saavedra
    Systems Biology of Organ Function
    Network Dynamics in Cardiac Electrophysiology / Zhilin Qu
    Systems Level Regulation of Cardiac Energy Fluxes via Metabolic Cycles : Role of Creatine, Phosphotransfer Pathways, and AMPK Signaling / Valdur Saks, Uwe Schlattner, Malgorzata Tokarska-Schlattner, Theo Wallimann, Rafaela Bagur, Sarah Zorman, Martin Pelosse, Pierre Dos Santos, Franc̦ois Boucher, Tuuli Kaambre, and Rita Guzun
    Systems Biology of Microorganisms
    Temporal Partitioning of the Yeast Cellular Network / Douglas B. Murray, Cornelia Amariei, Kalesh Sasidharan, Rainer Machné, Miguel A. Aon, and David Lloyd
    Systems Biology and Metabolic Engineering in Bacteria / Johannes Geiselmann.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Gene Yeo, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Evolutionary conservation and expression of human RNA-binding proteins and their role in human genetic disease
    2. The functions and regulatory principles of mRNA intracellular trafficking
    3. RNA-binding proteins in regulation of alternative cleavage and polyadenylation
    4. Functional analysis of long noncoding RNAs in development and disease
    5. Piwi proteins and piRNAs step onto the systems biology stage
    6. Manipulation of RNA using engineered proteins with customized specificity
    7. Genetic variation and RNA binding proteins: tools and techniques to detect functional polymorphisms
    8. Genome-wide activities of RNA-binding proteins that regulate cellular changes in the epithelial to mesenchymal transition (EMT)
    9. Antisense oligonucleotide-based therapies for diseases caused by pre-mRNA processing defects
    10. RNA-binding protein misregulation in microsatellite expansion disorders
    11. RNA-binding proteins in heart development
    12. Identification of miRNAs and their targets in C. elegans
    13. Splicing code modeling
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Katarzyna A. Rejniak, editor.
    Contents:
    Image analysis of the tumor microenvironment / Mark C. Lloyd, Joseph O. Johnson, Agnieszka Kasprzak, Marilyn M. Bui
    Hypoxia in gliomas: opening therapeutical opportunities using a mathematical-based approach / Alicia Martı́nez-Gonz̀lez, Gabriel F. Calvo, Jose M. Ayuso, Ignacio Ochoa, Luis J. Fernández, and Víctor M. Pérez-García
    Computer simulations of the tumor vasculature: applications to interstitial fluid flow, drug delivery, and oxygen supply / Michael Welter, Heiko Rieger
    Cell-ECM interactions in tumor invasion / Xiuxiu He, Byoungkoo Lee, Yi Jiang
    Circulating tumor cells: when a solid tumor meets a fluid microenvironment / Katarzyna A. Rejniak
    Modeling proteolytically driven tumor lymphangiogenesis / Georgios Lolas, Lasse Jensen, George C. Bourantas, Vasiliki Tsikourkitoudi, and Konstantinos Syrigos
    Positive feedback loops between inflammatory, bone and cancer cells during metastatic niche construction / Ardeshir Kianercy, Kenneth J. Pienta
    Microenvironmental niches and sanctuaries: a route to acquired resistance / Judith P̌rez-Vel̀zquez, Jana L. Gevertz, Aleksandra Karolak, Katarzyna A. Rejniak
    The tumor microenvironment as a barrier to cancer nanotherapy / Louis T. Curtis, Hermann B. Frieboes
    Microenvironment-mediated modeling of tumor response to vascular-targeting drugs / Jana L. Gevertz
    Optimizing chemotherapeutic anti-cancer treatment and the tumor microenvironment: an analysis of mathematical models / Urszula Ledzewicz, Heinz Schaettler
    Progress towards computational 3-D multicellular systems biology / Paul Macklin, Hermann B. Frieboes, Jessica L. Sparks, Ahmadreza Ghaffarizadeh, Samuel H. Friedman, Edwin F. Juarez, Edmond Jonckheere, and Shannon M. Mumenthaler.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Bor-Sen Chen.
    Summary: Systems Evolutionary Biology: Biological Network Evolution Theory, Stochastic Evolutionary Game Strategies, and Applications to Systems Synthetic Biology discusses the evolutionary game theory and strategies of nonlinear stochastic biological networks under random genetic variations and environmental disturbances and their application to systematic synthetic biology design. The book provides more realistic stochastic biological system models to mimic the real biological systems in evolutionary process and then introduces network evolvability, stochastic evolutionary game theory and strategy based on nonlinear stochastic networks in evolution. Readers will find remarkable, revolutionary information on genetic evolutionary biology that be applied to economics, engineering and bioscience.

    Contents:
    Part I: General Theory of Stochastic Evolutionary Biological Network
    1. Introduction to Systems Evolutionary Biology
    2. Stochastic Dynamics Systems and Stochastic Nash Game in Evolutionary Biological Networks
    3. Evolutionary Gene Regulatory Networks and Biochemical Networks
    4. Evolutionary Ecological Networks
    Part II: Applications of Network Evolution to Systems Synthetic Biology
    5. Robust Design for Evolutionary Synthetic Gene Networks under Genetic Mutations and Environmental Disturbances: Genetic Algorithm (GA) Approach in Genotype Space
    6. Robust Design of Genetic Networks: Evolutionary Systems Biology Approach via Evolutionary Algorithm (EA) in Phenotype space
    7. On the Adaptive Design Rules of Biochemical Networks in Evolution
    Part III: Stochastic Evolutionary Game Strategies
    8. Stochastic Evolutionary Game as Natural Selection in a Population of Biological Networks
    9. Stochastic Noncooperative and Cooperative Evolutionary Game Strategies of a Population of Biological Networks under Natural Selection
    10. Evolutionary Game Strategy of Evolutionary Biological Network of Somatic Cells in the Organ Carcinogenesis and Aging Process
    Part IV: Evolution Measurements of Biological Networks
    11. On the System Entropy of Nonlinear Stochastic Biological Networks and Its Relationship to Network Evolution
    12. On the Evolution Measurement of Somatic Networks by the Changes of their Robustness and Response Ability in the Aging Process via Microarray Data
    13. Evoluation of Network Biomarkers Measured by Microarray Data from Early to Late Stage Bladder Cancer Samples.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Editor-in-Chief: Olaf Wolkenhauer, Department of Systems Biology & Bioinformatics, University of Rostock, Rostock, Germany.
    Summary: "Technological advances in generated molecular and cell biological data are transforming biomedical research. Sequencing, multi-omics and imaging technologies are likely to have deep impact on the future of medical practice. In parallel to technological developments, methodologies to gather, integrate, visualize and analyze heterogeneous and large-scale data sets are needed to develop new approaches for diagnosis, prognosis and therapy. Systems Medicine: Integrative, Qualitative and Computational Approaches is an innovative, interdisciplinary and integrative approach that extends the concept of systems biology and the unprecedented insights that computational methods and mathematical modeling offer of the interactions and network behavior of complex biological systems, to novel clinically relevant applications for the design of more successful prognostic, diagnostic and therapeutic approaches. This 3 volume work features 132 entries from renowned experts in the fields and covers the tools, methods, algorithms and data analysis workflows used for integrating and analyzing multi-dimensional data routinely generated in clinical settings with the aim of providing medical practitioners with robust clinical decision support systems. Importantly the work delves into the applications of systems medicine in areas such as tumor systems biology, metabolic and cardiovascular diseases as well as immunology and infectious diseases amongst others. This is a fundamental resource for biomedical students and researchers as well as medical practitioners who need to need to adopt advances in computational tools and methods into the clinical practice."--publisher's web page, viewed August 31, 2020.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Print
    Uri Alon.
    Summary: "Systems Medicine: Physiological Circuits and the Dynamics of Disease introduces the topic of physiological circuits, in which cells and organs communicate with each other. Rather than circuits inside a cell, it discusses circuits between cells. This is the level relevant to the most common and deadly diseases that currently plague humanity. The goal is to start from basic principles or 'laws' and derive why physiology is built the way it is, and why certain diseases happen while others don't. By the end of the book, you will be able to use simple but powerful mathematical models to describe physiological circuits. The models are powerful because they turn details into useful understanding and new ways to think about treating diseases. We will understand the fundamental causes of some of the most mysterious diseases: diabetes, autoimmune diseases, and age-related diseases such as lung fibrosis and cancer. The trajectory begins with basic principles. From these are derived circuits and their fragility to disease. The book explores (i) hormone circuits, (ii) immune circuits, and (iii) aging and age-related disease, and culminates in a periodic table of diseases. It is written in a very accessible style, suitable for anyone with a background in biology, engineering, physics, math, engineering, computer science, chemistry, or other subjects"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The insulin-glucose circuit
    Dynamical compensation, mutant resistance, and type-2 diabetes
    The stress hormone axis as a two-gland oscillator
    Autoimmune diseases as a fragility of mutant surveillance
    Inflammation and fibrosis as a bistable system
    Basic facts of aging
    Aging and saturated repair
    Age-related diseases
    Periodic table of diseases
    Epilogue: Simplicity in systems medicine.
    Digital Access T&Fonline 2023
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Donald E. Mager, Holly H.C. Kimko, editors.
    Contents:
    Role of Systems Modeling in Regulatory Drug Approval
    Quantitative Systems Pharmacology: Applications and Adoption in Drug Development
    Systems Pharmacology: An Overview
    Discrete dynamic modeling: a network approach for systems pharmacology
    Kinetic Models of Biochemical Signaling Networks
    Mechanistic Models of Physiological Control Systems
    Foundations of Pharmacodynamic Systems Analysis
    Direct, Indirect, and Signal Transduction Response Modeling
    Irreversible Pharmacodynamics
    Feedback Control Indirect Response Models
    Nonlinear Mixed Effects Modeling in Systems Pharmacology
    Detecting Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Covariates From High-Dimensional Data
    Multi-Scale Modeling of Drug Action in the Nervous System
    Mechanistic Modeling of Inflammation
    Systems Pharmacology of Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitor-Associated Toxicities
    Translational Modeling of Antibacterial Agents
    Viral Dynamic Modeling of Hepatitis C Virus Infection: Past Successes and Future Challenges
    Using Systems Pharmacology to Advance Oncology Drug Development
    Systems Pharmacology Modeling in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Abdulrahman M. El-Sayed, executive director and health officer, Detroit Health Department, City of Detroit, Sandro Galea, Robert A. Knox Professor and dean, Boston University School of Public Health.
    Contents:
    Reductionism at the dawn of population health / Kristin Heitman
    Wrong answers : when simple interpretations create complex problems / David S. Fink, Katherine M. Keyes
    Complexity : the evolution towards 21st century science / Anton Palma, David W. Lounsbury
    Systems thinking in population health research and policy / Stephen Mooney
    Generation of systems maps: mapping complex systems of population health / Helen de Pinho
    Systems dynamics model / Eric Lofgren
    Agent-based modeling / Brandon Marshall
    Microsimulation / Sanjay Basu
    Social network analysis : the ubiquity of social networks and their importance for population health / Douglas A. Luke, Amar Dhand, Bobbi J. Carothers
    Machine learning / James H. Faghmous
    Systems science and the social determinants of population health / David S. Fink, Katherine M. Keyes, Magdalena Cerdá
    Systems approaches to understanding how the environment influences population health and population health interventions / Melissa Tracy
    Systems of behavior and population health / Mark Orr, Kathryn Ziemer, Daniel Chen
    Systems under your skin / Karina Standahl Olsen, Hege Bøvelstad, Eiliv Lund
    Frontiers in health modeling / Nathaniel Osgood
    Systems science and population health / Abdulrahman M. El-Sayed, Sandro Galea.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Donald W. Black and Nancee Blum.
    Summary: Borderline personality disorder (BPD) is a potentially severely debilitating psychiatric diagnosis that may affect up to 2% of the general population. Hallmarks of BPD include impulsivity, emotional instability, and poor self-image, and those with BPD have increased risk for self-harm and suicide. This title brings together research findings and information on implementation and best practices for a group treatment program for outpatients with BPD. A five-month long program easily learned and delivered by therapists from a wide range of theoretical orientations, STEPPS combines cognitive behavioural therapy, emotion management and behavioral skills training, and psychoeducation with a systems component that involves professional care providers, family, friends, and significant others of persons with BPD.

    Contents:
    Overview of STEPPS : history and implementation / Nancee Blum, Don St. John, Bruce Pfohl, and Donald W. Black
    Research evidence supportive of STEPPS / Donald W. Black, Nancee Blum, and Jeff Allen
    STEPPS in the Netherlands / Horusta Freije
    STEPPS in different service settings in the United Kingdom / Renee Harvey
    STEPPS in correctional settings / Nancee Blum and Donald W. Black
    STEPPS in a residential therapeutic community in Italy / Aldo Lombardo
    Introducing STEPPS on an inpatient unit in Italy / Andrea Fossati, Roberta Alesiani, Silvia Boccalon, Laura Giarolli, Serena Borroni, Antonella Somma
    STEPPS in adolescent populations in the Netherlands / Marieke Schuppert, Paul Emmelkamp, and Maaike Nauta
    Alternatives to self-harm program (ASH) : a skills-based approach to complement STEPPS / Diane Clare.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.